DOCUMENT RESUME

ED 447 160 TM 031 977

AUTHOR Hamilton, R. Newton; Shoemaker, Mary Amanda TITLE Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction. Teacher's Handbook [and] Trainer's Manual [and] Participant's Materials. AMCI 2000. INSTITUTION Northwest Regional Educational Lab., Portland, OR. SPONS AGENCY Department of Education, Washington, DC. PUB DATE 2000-00-00 NOTE 464p. CONTRACT S283A50041-99C PUB TYPE Guides - Classroom - Learner (051)-- Guides Classroom - Teacher (052) EDRS PRICE MF01/PC19 Plus Postage. DESCRIPTORS *Curriculum; Educational Assessment; Evaluation Methods; Intervention; *Matrices; *Student Evaluation; *Teaching Methods

ABSTRACT The Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction (AMCI) is an attempt to combine curriculum alignment, instructional strategies, data analysis, goal setting, and intervention into one package. It is a tool to help teachers determine their effectiveness in teaching to the state and district standards, and was designed to help teachers address questions of: (1) standards and benchmarks;(2) assessment information (3) data interpretation;(4) goals for student performance;(5) strategies for improving instruction; and (6) evaluation. The AMCI is divided into six columns, each of which addresses questions in one of the six areas. This document contains the teacher's guide, teacher trainer's guide, and materials for participants in AMCI training. (SLD)

Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be made from the original document. ASSESSMENT MATRIX for Classroom Instruction

Teacheis Handbook Trainer's Manual Participant's Materials

AMCI 2000

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Office of Educational Research and Improvement ED CATIONAL RESOURCES INFORMATION CENTER (ERIC) This document has been reproduced as received from the person or organization originating it. Minor changes have been made to improve reproduction quality.

Points of view or opinions stated in this document do not necessarily represent official OERI position or policy. r-N- Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory's 0 Comprehensive Center, Region X 2 I-

BEST COPYAVAILABLE

Lo Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory's Comprehensive Center, Region X

ASSESSMENT MAi for ClassroomInstruction

Teacher's Handbook

AMCI20001. AIACI

Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Teacher's Handbook

by

R. Newton Hamilton and Mary Amanda Shoemaker

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 2000 NWREL, Portland, Oregon

Permission to reproduce in whole or in part is granted with the stipulation that the Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory be acknowledged as a source on all copies.

The contents of this publication were developed under Grant No. S283A50041-99C from the U.S. Department of Education. However, the contents do not necessarily represent the policy of the Department of Education, and endorsement of the contents by the federal government should not be implied.

5. Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

OVERVIEW

I. Introduction

As we make our way through new paradigms of standards-based educa- Teachers have never been tion and assessment, we are drawn into the largely uncharted waters ofheld more accountable for accountability. Teachers have never been held more accountable for whatwhat goes on behind the goes on behind the closed door of the classroom. For manyeducators, closed door of the classroom. this level of scrutiny can be a very scary reality. Education professionals results and expectationsfor immediate may view publicized test The purpose of the AMCI is to alignment with state standards as critical and unfriendly. The purpose of help transform potential the Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction (AMCI) is to help stumbling blocks into valuable transform potential stumbling blocks into valuable information for information for improving improving instruction, increasing student performance, and supporting instruction, increasing student effective teaching. Statewide assessment results, when combined with performance, and supporting informal classroom assessments, can guide instructional strategies to effective teaching. help ALL students develop the skills necessary for success.

Teaching is more challenging than ever. There are more children in at- risk populations than ever before. Fortunately, teachers responsible for instructing these students have access to more support than ever before. Nonetheless, it is still critical that teachers open their doors and support each other in this most difficult taskthe education and preparation of our children for life.

In his 1995 book, Results, Mike Schmoker identifies the keys to successful school improvement as teamwork, clear goals, and data analysis. Many of the success stories have to do with narrowing the focus to achieving a manageable number of measurable goals, even small ones (p. 50). It is our hope that the AMCI will help teachers put this type of data-driven improvement to use in their own classrooms to increase the quality and effectiveness of instruction. Schmoker stresses that itis To use data in the classroom, important to review simple types of data that are easily accessible. Toone need not be a use data in the classroom, one need not be a statistician, but a personwho statistician, but a person who is interested in applying what can be learned from results. is interested in applying what can be learned from results. The matrix is an attempt to combine curriculum alignment, instructional strategies, data analysis, goal setting, and intervention into one package. In addition to the matrix, we have provided a list of resources for effective assessment and best practices for classroom instruction. We believe that a key to success is to streamline what is being taught to Our hope is that teachers find ensure that it is purposeful and appropriate for every student. Our hope is this tool useful in planning for that teachers find this tool useful in planning for the success of ALL their the success of ALL their students and, in turn, are better able to realize the high objectives set for students and, in turn, are them. better able to realize the high objectives set for them. Assessment is the answer to the question, "How can I be sure my students are learning what they need to know?" The critical issue here is

Northwest Regional OVERVIEW G Educational Laboratory what students need to know. This is something that is now determined at state and district levels. The goal for the U.S. Department of Education is All 50 states now have that all students will achieve to high standards. Each state is required to approved standards, submit evidence to the U.S. Department of Education that it has put high developed by educators, standards in place. The actual content standards are determined by parents, business community individual states. All 50 states now have approved standards, developed members, and students by educators, parents, business community members, and students themselves. They are what themselves. They are what teachers are held accountable for teaching. teachers are held Therefore, it is important for teachers, schools, and school districts to be accountable for teaching. sure that what is being taught follows a curriculum that is aligned with these standards.

The AMCI is a tool to help teachers determine their effectiveness in The AMCI is a tool to help teaching to the state and district standards and was specifically designed teachers determine their to help teachers address the following important questions: effectiveness in teaching to the state and district standards. A.Standard/Benchmarks What do I want my students to know and be able to do?

B. Assessment Information What do assessment data do / need to collect?

C. Data Interpretation How do / make sense of the data? What domystudents know and what can they do now?

D.Goal Where do I want my students' performance to be and when?

E. Strategies for Improving Instruction What's working now? What should I change? What do Ineed to do to get them there?

F. Evaluation How do I know it's working?

Northwest Regional 7 Educational Laboratory 2 OVERVIEW Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

II. Using the Matrix

The AMCI is divided into six columns. Each column addresses a number of questions.As a guide, the matrix may contain an outline for a standard and many benchmarks or a standard and a single benchmark. Worksheets accompanying the matrix are designed to be duplicated as needed to accommodate detailed planning and support information. For example, a single folder may contain a copy of the matrix and worksheets listing assessments, interpretations of data, goals, proposed instructional strategies, and evaluative comments, all for one single benchmark, covering an entire school year. We recommend a team approach when using the matrix, although it is designed to work equally well for individuals. The starting point may be at any place in the AMCI, as long as the entire matrix is considered in reviewingdata to drive enhanced classroom instruction.

A. Standard/Benchmarks These areas represent the targets or objectives that the student is expected to achieve. A standard is a final outcome, designed to be A standard is a final outcome, achieved prior to graduation. Benchmarks reflect adequate or appropriate designed to be achieved prior progress toward meeting the standard. Benchmarks address theissue of to graduation. Benchmarks where a child should be at each grade level. Different states have reflect adequate or appropriate progress toward selected different years as their benchmark years, typically the years at meeting the standard. which the students are tested. For example, Oregon has benchmarks at third, fifth, eighth, 10th, and 12th grades. These are also the years the Oregon State Assessments are given. Idaho, on the other hand, has recently developed exiting standards. These specify what a student should know and be able to do upon graduating from high school. They have not yet set benchmarks for monitoring student progress, although they plan to do so. The other states served by the Region X Comprehensive CenterWashington, Montana, and Wyomingall have content standards and benchmarks that have been approved by their state's legislature.

There are two different types of standards frequently included in the standards document. They are content standards and performance standards. Content standards represent what a student should know and be able to do. Performance standards are similar to benchmarks. They represent when students should know and be able to do certain things and at what level of proficiency they should know or do them. The goal of standards-based The goal of standards-based education is to allow all students to be education is to allow all successful. A student's achievement is measured not in comparison to students to be successful. A that of other students, but against the standards and benchmarks. Many student's achievement is states are in transition toward this type of assessment. In Oregon, it is measured not in comparison possible for all students to meet the standard. If a state uses norm- to that of other students, but referenced testing, there will always be a "high" or "successful" group against the standards and and a "low" or "unsuccessful" group. Half of the students are above the benchmarks. 50th percentile and half of them are below the 50th percentile.

Northwest Regional OVERVIEW 3 Educational Laboratory It is important to be sure thatItis importantto be sure that parents are aware of the state standards and parents are aware of the statebenchmarks used in your district. Be prepared to respond to questions standards and benchmarksparents may have. (See Addendum, Parents Ask About Standards, RMC used in your district. Research Corp., 1994). It may also be helpful to give parents ideas about what they can do at home to increase their child's progress toward the state standards. At this writing, many school districts are reviewing options for report cards that clearly show demonstrated progress toward Students, who really have thestate standards and benchmarks. most at stake here, should also be made aware of the Students, who really have the most at stake here, should also be made standards. aware of the standards. In all cases it is appropriate to discuss standards with students. If the students know what is expected of them, they can shareresponsibilitytoachieveatcertain benchmark levels. As If the students know what is assessments become more critical in determining a child's future, it is expected of them, they can imperative that students be aware of the standards at all levels. share responsibility to achieve at certain benchmark levels. B. Assessment Information As assessments become Assessment has two major functions: to "sort and report" and to "assist more critical in determining a and support." The "sort and report" function provides a basis for child's future, it is imperative selection, program funding, and accountability. However, some "sort and that students be aware of the report" assessments can also provide data on the overall strengths and standards at all levels. weaknesses of a school or class. For example, the Oregon Reading Assessment provides scores relating to word meaning, main idea, inferential comprehension, and other areas. Frequently, gaps in the reading program will show up' here. Similarly, the Oregon Multiple Choice Math Assessment is divided into the different strands of the math standards.

In addition to large-scale assessments, teachers can readily collect other types of data. These data, which "assist and support," may include report cards, attendance records, student surveys, special education summaries, schoolwide materials and many items in a teacher's grade book. We We suggest that these suggest that these informal or authentic data be viewed with a more informal or authentic data be critical eye. It is important to understand that, in addition to providing viewed with a more critical evidence of what a student knows and can do, these data hold the keys to eye. It is important to how we can improve our instructiontofurther increasestudent understand that, in addition to achievement. Informal assessments used in the classroom on a regular providing evidence of what a basis are powerful tools. These tools are easily administered and can be student knows and can do, used frequently enough to monitor student growth. For younger students, these data hold the keys to there are several assessments to measure beginning reading skills. For how we can improve our example, a child's sight word vocabulary can be measured by using the instruction to further increase High Frequency Word Inventory. Teachers of independent readers may student achievement. want to employ a Passage Reading Inventory (PRI) or a Retelling to measure student progress in comprehension. (See the Appendix for resources for effective classroom assessment tools.) Many of these are copyrighted, so information has been provided on how they can be ordered or purchased.

In this section of the matrix, teachers list assessment information and other appropriate data to which they have access. The information should.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory OVERVIEW Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction be chosen wisely, considering its accessibility and the amount of time it will take to collect. Our primary job as teachers is to teach. We don't want to use too much precious teaching time gathering data. Once data have been collected to measure progress toward a few benchmarks and standards, it will become easier and less time consuming to identify, gather, and evaluate useful information.

C. Data Interpretation Answering the questions: "What do my students know and what can they Teachers learn to look for do now?" and "How do I make sense of it?" this section is the heart and patterns in both large- and small-scale data. soul of the AMCI. Teachers learn to look for patterns in both large- and Interpretations of the small-scale data. Interpretations of the messages in the numbers come messages in the numbers from learning to disaggregate the information and attack the results from come from learning to many perspectives. Teamingisveryeffectiveforthistype of disaggregate the information investigation. Teachers are encouraged to cooperate with administrative and attack the results from personnel, support personnel, parents, and guardians. Reflection on how many perspectives. the data were collected,as well as why, becomes important in determining the appropriate weight and meaningfulness of the data. It is crucialtostrikeabalance betweentheimpact of large-scale, Strong instructional strategies scale,authenticassessment standardized assessments and smaller driven by good data and sampling. Strong instructionalstrategies driven by good data and informed data interpretation is informed data interpretation is the theme of this section. the theme of this section. Accompanying the ACM are several organizers that can be used for comparing large-scale assessment scores. Looking at class averages gives an overview of achievement, while looking at individual scores allows teachers to identify specific students in need of additional attention. Those students who may have missed something along the way will greatly benefit from a chance to catch up.If teachers focus on individualizing instruction to meet the needs of each student, this information can help increase the student's chance for success. It is important to remember that the goal is the success of all students. This section provides an opportunity to identify the barriers to achievement for many students and plan to overcome them.

Interpreting data in this way is a new skill for many teachers. This is where we look more closely at student achievement and see exactly what We can think of data it is that our students need. We can think of data interpretation as interpretation as creating a creating a portrait of our class with numbers. There are many different portrait of our class with ways to organize classroom data, and the AMCI will work differently in numbers. different classrooms according to each teacher's needs. We have provided organizers for looking at data in many different ways.

D. Goals Most important, goals need to It is important to have a sense of where you want to go with your be realistic and measurable. students. The goals set here may be for the next week or they may span Being driven by the Data an entire school year. It is recommended to use both short-term and long- Interpretation section on the AMCI, the goals must be term goals. Most important, goals need to be realistic and measurable. congruent with those Being driven by the Data Interpretation section on the AMCI, the goals interpretations. must be congruent with those interpretations. Whether the data are

Northwest Regional OVERVIEW 10 Educational Laboratorygh collected on an individual student or a group, the goals should be geared toward that individual or group of students. A goal may propose that a certain percentage of the class will meet or exceed the benchmark expectations or it may set the amount of growth desired within an achievement category. In Oregon, for example, if a student has a RIT score of 212, a goal may be to raise that score to 219, even if that still does not meet the benchmark expectations. Likewise, if the data are in the form of percentiles, it may be that the goal for particular students is to move from the 35th percentile to the 40th, even if that is not the "passing" or "proficient" level. Goals, in turn, set the direction for the next, important and practical decisions.

Strategies for Improving Instruction. By taking an up-close look at what our students can and cannot do, we may uncover some areas of instruction that need improvement, or simply a different approach. This This is an opportunity for teachers to look closely at is an opportunity for teachers to look closely at what they are doing now, what they are doing now, see see how it aligns with standards and assessments, and make any changes how it aligns with standards needed to help streamline and focus their instruction. This process has and assessments, and make been referred to as limiting unrelated "random acts of teaching." What is any changes needed to help meant by this statement, is that it is important to be sure that each lesson streamline and focus their has a specific purpose that is directly related to students meeting a instruction. This process has standard or benchmark. This does not mean eliminating "teachable been referred to as limiting moments," but we cannot stress enough the importance of using unrelated "random acts of instructional time effectively within a standards-based system. In recent teaching. research done in states which have had published standards for some time, it was found that teachers did not spend a sufficient amount of instructional time teaching directly to benchmarks and standards (for more information see Marzano, Robert, McREL, 1999).

Because every teacher's situation differs and every student is different, The truest test of an effective we will not offer specific suggestions for the type of instructional instructional strategy is in the strategies to be used. Instead, we offer a bibliography of resources for data showing that it has professional development and instructional strategies. The truest test of moved a student closer to the an effective instructional strategy is in the data showing that it has moved attainment of an identified a student closer to the attainment of an identified benchmark or standard. benchmark or standard. E. Evaluation A variety of approaches may be used to determine if the mark you have set is being reached in the manner anticipated. Strategies which may be Many standardized employed include peer coaching, student feedback, informal testing, assessments provide checklists, and formal, standardized district or state assessments. It is information on students' important to remember that to recognize and evaluate what is working, abilities to report knowledge in outcomes must be in forms that are meaningful and measurable. Many content areas.lhis standardized assessments provide information on students' abilities to standardized information is report knowledge in content areas. This standardized information is collected as a "snapshot in collected as a "snapshot in time," which may or may not accurately time," which may or may not reflect students' abilities to apply what they have learned. If the state accurately reflect students' does not provide performance-based assessments that are aligned with abilities to apply what they the state standards, then consideration must be given to informal have learned. classroomtestingasakeyindicatorof progressalignedwith benchmarks. Informal evaluation of theeffectiveness of teaching

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory OVERVIEW 6 11 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

strategies may include the teacher's own observations and judgements. Informal evaluation of the Such practices are dynamic and allow the teacher to monitor and adjust effectiveness of teaching as a lesson proceeds. Research clearly indicates that experienced, more strategies may include the effective teachers make frequent use of this "teach-monitor-modify- teachers own observations teach" strategy. and judgements.

Here is where we get to see if our system is really aligned. If this is the case, the evaluation that takes place in order to report student progress to the district and families should be the same evaluation that tells us whether or not students have met the goals we have set under the benchmarks and state standards. In other words, the report card is aligned with the standards, which are aligned with assessments, both authentic and standardized.

In most cases, evaluation of student achievement is not aligned with the Getting a true read on student entire system and we must use several steps to evaluate and report. It is success will require us to importanf to weigh processes for evaluating students in respect to the become more demanding goals that have been set for them, or goals they have set for themselves. and creative in how we Getting a true read on student success will require us to become more evaluate our students' demanding and creative in how we evaluate our students' progress, and progress, and the impact of the impact of our instruction. our instruction.

It must be mentioned that the evaluation section of the AMCI is not meant to signal the end of the process. It is simply a checkpoint at which a number of decisions can be made. In most cases the decision will send the teacher back to check for alignment with the benchmark. The evaluation section may encourage another look at the data, or re- evaluation of the goals inlight of student performance and the discoveries made when reflecting on the successes or failures of various instructional strategies. If it were physically possible, the Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction would be printed on a cylinder, large enough to show a new starting point each time the cycle is completed from standard to evaluation.

Conclusion

Much of what is suggested here is already being done to various degrees in many schools. It is our intent to bring all of these pieces together in the classroom to increase student achievement. We know that this is hard work. The AMCI training provides experiences with real data collected in classrooms, and work sessions for teachers to use data from their own classrooms. Grade level or content area does not restrict the AMCI. It is not a philosophy or program, but a tool for teachers, to help them organize and think about important information as they plan for meaningful, focused instruction, to help prepare their students for life.

Northwest Regional OVERVIEW 7 Educational Laboratory In Standard: 11111 SIMI In Sal IN MI MI INS 8111 111111 INN 11M1 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction 11111 In NM NI Benchmarks InformationAssessment Interpretation Data Goal What's workingStrategies forInstructionImproving Evaluation myknow toWhatstudents do? and do be Ito wantable collect?What do I need to senseHowstudentsWhat do ofcan I domakeit? mynow? andmy Where studentswhen? do to I wantbe getI change?Inow? need them What to there? What do should to do How do I know it's

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory WS 1 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard:

ASSESSMENT INFORMATION

What assessment data do I need to collect?

What information is available to me now? What additional assessments do I need to give?

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory WS 2 15 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard:

DATA INTERPRETATION What do my students know and can do now? How do I make sense of the data?

Do I want to look at information for my class as a whole, individuals, or both? How will I organize the data to reveal the information I am looking for? What does the data tell me about what my students know and can or cannot do?

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 16 WS 3 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard:

GOAL

Where do I want my students to be and when?

Short term goals: Long term goals:

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory WS 4 17 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard:

STRATEGIES FOR IMPROVING INSTRUCTION What:s working nowt What should I change? What do I need to do to get them there?

Who is in need of additional instruction? In what areas is my instruction most effective? In what areas do I need to make changes? What will be the focus of new instructional strategies? Which instructional practices will I use? Why?

AktNorthwest Regional Educational Laboratory WS 5 18 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard:

EVALUATION

How do I know its working?

How will I evaluate my students in meeting both long term and short term goals? What will I do if my students have not met the goals?

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 19 WS 7 Standard: MB MB OM UM UN MI NM MI MB NMI NIB Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction 11111 Ell MN In Benchmarks InformationAssessment What canInterpretation my Data Goal What's workingStrategies forInstructionImproving Evaluation knowmyto-- Whatstudents do? and dobe Iableto want collect?What do I need to senseHowstudents do of I domakeit? now? myand Wherestudents when? do to I wantbe getInow? change?need them What to there? doWhat should to do Howworking? do I know its

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory r) 0 21 ws1 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard:

ASSESSMENT INFORMATION

What assessment data do I need to collect?

What information is available to me now? What additional assessments do I need to give?

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory WS 2 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard:

DATA INTERPRETATION What do my students know and can do now? How do I make sense of the data?

Do I want to look at information for my class as a whole, individuals, or both? How will I organize the data to reveal the information I am looking for? What does the data tell me about what my students know and can or cannot do?

AktNorthwest Regional Educational Laboratory 23 WS 3 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard:

GOAL

Where do I want my students to be and when?

Short term goals: Long term goals:

ANorthwest Regional EduCational Laboratory 24 WS 4 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard:

STRATEGIES FOR IMPROVING INSTRUCTION Whats working now? What should I change? What do I need to do to get them there?

Who is in need of additional instruction? In what areas is my instruction most effective? In what areas do I need to make changes? What will be the focus of new instructional strategies? Which instructional practices will I use? Why?

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 25 WS 5 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard: 1

EVALUATION

How do I know its working.,

How will I evaluate my students in meeting both long term and short term goals? What will I do if my students have not met the goals?

AktNorthwest Regional Educational Laboratory 26 WS 7 UM I_ MI Standard: MN OM MN EN IIII MI NM ES OM INII Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction NM NM Benchmarks InformationAssessment Interpretation Data Goal What's workingStrategies forInstructionImproving Evaluation knowmyto What studentsdo? and dobe Iableto want collect?What do I need to senseHowstudentsWhat do of I docanmakeit? now? my andmyWhere studentswhen? do Ito want be getInow? change?need them What to there? doWhat should to do Howworking? do I know its

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 28 WS 1 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard:

ASSESSMENT INFORMATION

What assessment data do I need to collect?

What information is available to me now? What additional assessments do I need to give?

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory WS 2 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard:

DATA INTERPRETATION What do my students know and can do now.2 How do I make sense of the data?

Do I want to look at information for my class as a whole, individuals, or both? How will I organize the data to reveal the information I am looking for? What does the data tell me about what my students know and can or cannot do?

AktNorthwest Regional Educational Laboratory 3 WS 3 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard:

GOAL

Where do I want my students to be and when?

Short term goals: Long term goals:

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory WS 4 31 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard:

STRATEGIES FOR IMPROVING INSTRUCTION Whats working now? What should I change? What do I need to do to get them there?

Who is in need of additional instruction? In what areas is my instruction most effective? In what areas do I need to make changes? What will be the focus of new instructional strategies? Which instructional practices will I use? Why?

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 32 WS 5 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Standard:

EVALUATION

How do I know its working,'

How will I evaluate my students in meeting both long term and short term goals? What will I do if my students have not met the goals?

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory WS 7 33 Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory's Comprehensive Center, Region X

for Classroom Instruction

Trainer's Manual

3,1 AMC I 2000 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Trainer's Manual

R. Newton Hamilton and Mary Amanda Shoemaker

Comprehensive Center, Region X Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 101 SW Main Street, Suite 500 Portland, Oregon 97204 (503) 275-9500

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory © 2000 NWREL, Portland, Oregon

Permission to reproduce in whole or in part is granted with the stipulation that the Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory be acknowledged as a source on all copies.

The contents of this publication were developed under Grant No. S283A50041-99C from the U.S. Department of Education. However, the contents do not necessarily represent the policy of the Department of Education, and endorsement of the contents by the federal government should not be implied.

3G Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Table of Contents

Acknowledgments Overview 1 I. Introduction 1 II.Using the Matrix A. Standards/Benchmarks 3 B. Assessment Information 4 C. Data Interpretation 5 D. Goals 5 E. Evaluation 6 Workshop Objectives 8 Workshop Requirements 9 Instructions to the Presenter 10 During the Workshop 11 Specific Instructions 11 Activity #1, Standards and Benchmarks 27 Activity #2, Setting the Stage 53 Activity #3, Assessment Information 87 Activity #4, Data Interpretation 109 Large-Scale Data Samples 115 Small-Scale Data Samples 129 Sample Data Organizers 163 Activity #5, Setting Goals 175 Activity #6, Strategies for Improving. Instruction 183 AMCI Instructional Strategies 187 Activity #7, Creative Evaluation 195 At the End of the Workshop 206

Appendix 209

Northwest Regional EetEducational Laboratory L iii 3 7 Assessment Matrix for C/assroom Instruction

Acknowledgments

This process began with the work of the Region X Comprehensive Center's Assessment Com- mittee. Meetings in early 1999 yielded the format and direction which is now the basic matrix. We would like to acknowledge Kim Yap, Robert Martinez, Rita Hale, and Robey Clark, all members of that team who served to inform and inspire the authors.

The collection of materials required to complete this manual was assembled from many sources. In addition to the contributions of the Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory's CC, sources include Reading Success Network from the Southern California CAC; State Department of Edu- cation Standards from Oregon, Washington, Wyoming, Montana, Idaho, and Alaska; Critical Issues in Assessment from NCREL; retelling materials courtesy of Jane Braunger; Hillsboro, Oregon, Public Schools; Rock Springs, Wyoming, Public Schools. Sample test results were gath- ered from the following: SAT 8, NWEA Level Tests, Oregon Statewide Assessment, and Oregon +.

We would like to acknowledge the reviewers who took the time to read through and make com- ment on the materials. They include Peggy Miles, USDOE, Linda Layfield and staff from AKRAC, Joan Shaughnessey and Inge Aldersebaes from the Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory, and Teresa Anderson, Title I Coordinator, Rock Springs, Wyoming. In addition to the reviewers, we would like to acknowledge staff from the Shoshoni School District in Shoshoni, Wyoming, and the Santiam School District in Santiam, Oregon, for their input as sites.

We offer a special thanks to Marjorie Wolfe from NWREL's CC, who is responsible for the out- standing cover design and overall layout of the manuals, and Catherine Paglin for editing and proofreading. Thanks also to Jennifer Railsback from NWREL's CC for help with the identifica- tion of research and resources.

It is our hope that the Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction (AMCI 2000) will be a prac- tical, useful tool for school districts and especially for classroom teachers.

R. Newton Hamilton, Training Associate Mary Amanda Shoemaker, Training Associate NWREL's CC, Region X January 2000

Northwest Regional 38 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

OVERVIEW

I. Introduction

As we make our way through new paradigms of standards-based educa- Teachers have never been tion and assessment, we are drawn into the largely uncharted waters ofheld more accountable for accountability. Teachers have never been held more accountable for whatwhat goes on behind the goes on behind the closed door of the classroom. For many educators, closed door of the classroom. this level of scrutiny can be a very scary reality. Education professionals may view publicized test results and expectations for immediate align- The purpose of the AMCI is to ment with state standards as critical and unfriendly. The purpose of the help transform potential Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction (AMCI) is to help trans- stumbling blocks into valuable form potential stumbling blocks into valuable information for improving information for improving in- instruction, increasing student performance, and supporting effective struction, increasing student teaching. Statewide assessment results, when combined with informal performance, and supporting classroom assessments, can guide instructional strategies to help ALLeffective teaching. students develop the skills necessary for success.

Teaching is more challenging than ever. There are more children in at- risk populations than ever before. Fortunately, teachers responsible for instructing these students have access to more support than ever before. Nonetheless, it is still critical that teachers open their doors and support each other in this most difficult taskthe edUcation and preparation of our children for life.

In his 1995 book, Results, Mike Schmoker identifies the keys to success- ful school improvement as teamwork, clear goals, and data analysis. Many of the success stories have to do with narrowing the focus to achieving a manageable number of measurable goals, even small ones (p. 50). It is our hope that the AMCI will help teachers put this type of data-driven improvement to use in their own classrooms to increase the quality and effectiveness of instruction. Schmoker stresses that it is im- To use data in the classroom, portant to review simple types of data that are easily accessible. To useone need not be a statisti- data in the classroom, one need not be a statistician, but a person who is cian, but a person who is interested in applying what can be learned from results. interested in applying what can be learned from results. The matrix is an attempt to combine curriculum alignment, instructional strategies, data analysis, goal setting, and intervention into one package. In addition to the matrix, we have provided a list of resources for effec- tive assessment and best practices for classroom instruction. We believe that a key to success is to streamline what is being taught to ensure that it Our hope is that teachers find is purposeful and appropriate for every student. Our hope is that teachers this tool useful in planning for find this tool useful in planning for the success of ALL their students the success of ALL their stu- and, in turn, are better able to realize the high objectives set for them. dents and, in turn, are better able to realize the high objec- Assessment is the answer to the question, "How can I be sure my stu- tives set for them. dents are learning what they need to know?" The critical issue here is what students need to know. This is something that is now determined at

C 33 Northwest Regional OVERVIEW 1 Educational Laboratory state and district levels. The goal for the U.S. Department of Education is that all students will achieve to high standards. Each state is required to submit evidence to the U.S. Department of Education that it has put high All 50 states now have ap- standards in place. The actual content standards are determined by indi- proved standards, developed vidual states. All 50 states now have approved standards, developed by by educators, parents, busi- educators, parents, business community members, and students them- ness community members, selves. They are what teachers are held accountable for teaching. and students themselves. They Therefore, it is important for teachers, schools, and school districts to be are what teachers are held sure that what is being taught follows a curriculum that is aligned with accountable for teaching. these standards.

The AMCI is a tool to help The AMCI is a tool to help teachers determine their effectiveness in teachers determine their ef- teaching to the state and district standards and was specifically designed fectiveness in teaching to the to help teachers address the following important questions: state and district standards.

A.Standard/Benchmarks What do / want my students to know and be able to do?

B. Assessment Information What do assessment data do / need to collect?

C. Data Interpretation How do / make sense of the data? What do my students know and what can they do now?

D.Goal Where do / want my students' performance to be and when?

E. Strategies for Improving Instruction What's working now? What should I change? What do I need to do to get them there?

F. Evaluation How do 1 know it's working?

40 Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 2 OVERVIEW Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

II. Using the Matrix

The AMCI is divided into six columns. Each column addresses a number of questions. As a guide, the matrix may contain an outline for a stan- dard and many benchmarks or a standard and a single benchmark. Worksheets accompanying the matrix are designed to be duplicated as needed to accommodate detailed planning and support information. For example, a single folder may contain a copy of the matrix and work- sheets listing assessments, interpretations of data,goals, proposed instructional strategies, and evaluative comments, all for one single benchmark, covering an entire school year. We recommend a team ap- proach when using the matrix, although it is designed to work equally well for individuals. The starting point may be at any place in the AMCI, as long as the entire matrix is considered in reviewing data to drive en- hanced classroom instruction.

A. Standard/Benchmarks

These areas represent the targets or objectives that the student is ex- A standard isa final outcome, pected to achieve. A standard is a final outcome, designed to be achieved designed to be achieved prior prior to graduation. Benchmarks reflect adequate or appropriate progress to graduation. Benchmarks toward meeting the standard. Benchmarks address the issue of where a reflect adequate or appropri- child should be at each grade level. Different states have selected differ- ate progress toward meeting ent years as their benchmark years, typically the years at which the the standard. students are tested. For example, Oregon has benchmarks at third, fifth, eighth, 10'1', and 12th grades. These are also the years the Oregon State Assessments are given. Idaho, on the other hand, has recently developed exiting standards. These specify what a student should know and be able to do upon graduating from high school. They have not yet set bench- marks for monitoring student progress, although they plan to do so. The other states served by the Region X Comprehensive CenterWashing- ton,Montana,and Wyomingall havecontentstandardsand benchmarks that have been approved by their state's legislature.

There are two different types of standards frequently included in the standards document. They are content standards and performance stan- dards. Content standards represent what a student should know and be able to do. Performance standards are similar to benchmarks. They repre- sent when students should know and be able to do certain things and at what level of proficiency they should know or do them. The goal of standards-based The goal of standards-based education is to allow all students to be suc- education is to allow all stu- cessful. A student's achievement is measured not in comparison to that dents to be successful. A of other students, but against the standards and benchmarks. Many states student's achievement is are in transition toward this type of assessment. In Oregon, it is possible measured not in comparison for all students to meet the standard. If a state uses norm-referenced to that of other students, but testing, there will always be a "high" or "successful" group and a "low" against the standards and or "unsuccessful" group. Half of the students are above the 50th percen- benchmarks. tile and half of them are below the 50th percentile.

Northwest Regional OVERVIEW 3 41 Educational Laboratory It is important to be sure thatItis importantto be sure that parents are aware of the state standards and parents are aware of the state benchmarks used in your district. Be prepared to respond to questions standards and benchmarks parents may have. (See Addendum, Parents Ask About Standards, RMC used in your district. Research Corp., 1994). It may also be helpful to give parents ideas about what they can do at home to increase their child's progress toward the state standards. At this writing, many school districts are reviewing op- tions for report cards that clearly show demonstrated progress toward Students, who really have thestate standards and benchmarks. most at stake here, should also be made aware of theStudents, who really have the most at stake here, should also be made standards. aware of the standards. In all cases it is appropriate to discuss standards with students. If the students know what is expected of them, they can share responsibility to achieve at certain benchmark levels. As assess- If the students know what is ments become more criticalin determining a child's future,itis expected of them, they can imperative that students be aware of the standards at all levels. share responsibility to achieve at certain benchmark levels. B. Assessment Information As assessments become more critical in determining a Assessment has two major functions: to "sort and report" and to "assist child's future, it is imperative and support." The "sort and report" function provides a basis for selec- that students be aware of the tion, program funding, and accountability. However, some "sort and standards at all levels. report" assessments can also provide data on the overall strengths and weaknesses of a school or class. For example, the Oregon Reading As- sessment provides scores relating to word meaning, main idea, inferential comprehension, and other areas. Frequently, gaps in the reading program will show up here. Similarly, the Oregon Multiple Choice Math Assess- ment is divided into the different strands of the math standards.

In addition to large-scale assessments, teachers can readily collect other types of data. These data, which "assist and support," may include report cards, attendance records, student surveys, special education summaries, schoolwide materials and many items in a teacher's grade book. We sug- We suggest that these infor- gest that these informal or authentic data be viewed with a more critical mal or authentic data be eye. It is important to understand that, in addition to providing evidence viewed with a more critical of what a student knows and can do, these data hold the keys to how we eye. It is important to under- can improve our instruction to further increase student achievement. stand that, in addition to Informal assessments used in the classroom on a regular basis are power- providing evidence of what a ful tools. These tools are easily administered and can be used frequently student knows and can do, enough to monitor student growth. For younger students, there are sev- these data hold the keys to eral assessments to measure beginning reading skills. For example, a how we can improve our in- child's sight word vocabulary can be measured by using the High Fre- struction to further increase quency Word Inventory. Teachers of independent readers may want to student achievement. employ a Passage Reading Inventory (PRI) or a Retelling to measure student progress in comprehension. (See the Appendix for resources for effective classroom assessment tools.) Many of these are copyrighted, so information has been provided on how they can be ordered or purchased.

In this section of the matrix, teachers list assessment information and other appropriate data to which they have access. The information should be chosen wisely, considering its accessibility and the amount of time it

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 4 42 OVERVIEW Assessment Matrix forClassroomInstruction

will take to collect. Our primary job as teachers is to teach. We don't want to use too much precious teaching time gathering data. Once data have been collected to measure progress toward a few benchmarks and standards, it will become easier and less time consuming to identify, gather, and evaluate useful information. C. Data Interpretation

Answering the questions: "What do my students know and what can they Teachers learn to look for do now?" and "How do I make sense of it?" this section is the. heart and patterns in both large- and soul of the AMCI. Teachers learn to look for patterns in both large- and small-scale data. Interpreta- small-scale data. Interpretations of the messages in the numbers come tions of the messages in the from learning to disaggregate the information and attack the results from numbers come from learning many perspectives. Teaming is very effective for this type of investiga- to disaggregate the informa- tion.Teachersareencouragedtocooperatewithadministrative tion and attack the results personnel, support personnel, parents, and guardians. Reflection on how from many perspectives. the data were collected, as well as why, becomes important in determin- ing the appropriate weight and meaningfulness of the data. It is crucial to strike a balance between the impact of large-scale, standardized assess- Strong instructional strategies ments and smallerscale,authenticassessmentsampling.Strong driven by good data and instructional strategies driven by good data and informed data interpreta- informed data interpretation is tion is the theme of this section. the theme of this section.

Accompanying the ACMI are several organizers that can be used for comparing large-scale assessment scores. Looking at class averages gives an overview of achievement, while looking at individual scores allows teachers to identify specific students in need of additional atten- tion. Those students who may have missed something along the way will greatly benefit from a chance to catch up. If teachers focus on individu- alizing instruction to meet the needs of each student, this information can help increase the student's chance for success. It is important to remem- ber that the goal is the success of all students. This section provides an opportunity to identify the barriers to achievement for many students and plan to overcome them.

Interpreting data in this way is a new skill for many teachers. This is where we look more closely at student achievement and see exactly what We can think of data inter- it is that our students need. We can think of data interpretation as creat- pretation as creating a portrait ing a portrait of our class with numbers. There are many different ways of our class with numbers. to organize classroom data, and the AMCI will work differently in dif- ferent classrooms according to each teacher's needs. We have provided organizers for looking at data in many different ways.

D. Goals Most important, goals need to It is important to have a sense of where you want to go with your stu- be realistic and measurable. dents. The goals set here may be for the next week or they may span an Being driven by the Data In- entire school year. It is recommended to use both short-term and long- terpretation section on the term goals. Most important, goals need to be realistic and measurable. AMCI, the goals must be Being driven by the Data Interpretation section on the AMCI, the goals congruent with those inter- must be congruent with those interpretations. Whether the data are col- pretations.

Northwest Regional OVERVIEW. 5 Educational Laboratory AVAILABLE 43 BESTCOPY lected on an individual student or a group, the goals should be geared toward that individual or group of students. A goal may propose that a certain percentage of the class will meet or exceed the benchmark ex- pectations or it may set the amount of growth desired within an achievement category. In Oregon, for example, if a student has a RIT score of 212, a goal may be to raise that score to 219, even if that still does not meet the benchmark expectations. Likewise, if the data are in the form of percentiles, it may be that the goal for particular students is to move from the 35th percentile to the 40th, even if that is not the "pass- ing" or "proficient" level. Goals, in turn, set the direction for the next, important and practical decisions.

Strategies for Improving Instruction. By taking an up-close look at what our students can and cannot do, we may uncover some areas of instruction that need improvement, or simply a different approach. This This is an opportunity for is an opportunity for teachers to look closely at what they are doing now, teachers to look closely at what they are doing now, see see how it aligns with standards and assessments, and make any changes how it aligns with standards needed to help streamline and focus their instruction. This process has and assessments, and make been referred to as limiting unrelated "random acts of teaching." What is any changes needed to help meant by this statement, is that it is important to be sure that each lesson streamline and focus their has a specific purpose that is directly related to students meeting a stan- instruction. This process has dard or benchmark. This does not mean eliminating"teachable been referred to as limiting moments," but we cannot stress enough the importance of using instruc- unrelated "random acts of tional time effectively within a standards-based system. In recent teaching. research done in states which have had published standards for some time, it was found that teachers did not spend a sufficient amount of in- structional time teaching directly to benchmarks and standards (for more information see Marzano, Robert, McREL, 1999).

Because every teacher's situation differs and every student is different, The truest test of an effective we will not offer specific suggestions for the type of instructional strate- instructional strategy is in the gies to be used. Instead, we offer a bibliography of resources for data showing that it has professional development and instructional strategies. The truest test of moved a student closer to the an effective instructional strategy is in the data showing that it has moved attainment of an identified a student closer to the attainment of an identified benchmark or standard. benchmark or standard. E. Evaluation

A variety of approaches may be used to determine if the mark you have set is being reached in the manner anticipated. Strategies which may be employed include peer coaching, student feedback, informal testing, Many standardized assess- checklists, and formal, standardized district or state assessments. It is ments provide information on important to remember that to recognize and evaluate what is working, students' abilities to report outcomes must be in forms that are meaningful and measurable. Many knowledge in content areas. standardized assessments provide information on students' abilities to This standardized information report knowledge in content areas. This standardized information is col- is collected as a "snapshot in lected as a "snapshot in time," which may or may not accurately reflect time," which may or may not students' abilities to apply what they have learned. If the state does not accurately reflect students' abilities to apply what they provide performance-based assessments that are aligned with the state have learned. standards, then consideration must be given to informal classroom testing as a key indicator of progress aligned with benchmarks. Informal

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 6 44 OVERVIEW Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction evaluation of the effectiveness of teaching strategies may include the teacher's own observations and judgements. Such practices are dynamic Informal evaluation of the and allow the teacher to monitor and adjust as a lesson proceeds. Re- effectiveness of teaching search clearly indicates that experienced, more effective teachers make strategies may include the frequent use of this "teach-monitor-modify-teach" strategy. teachers own observations and judgements. Here is where we get to see if our system is really aligned. If this is the case, the evaluation that takes place in order to report student progress to the district and families should be the same evaluation that tells us whether or not students have met the goals we have set under the bench- marks and state standards. In other words, the report card is aligned with the standards, which are aligned with assessments, both authentic and standardized.

In most cases, evaluation of student achievement is not aligned with the Getting a true read on student entire system and we must use several steps to evaluate and report. It is success will require us to be- important to weigh processes for evaluating students in respect to the come more demanding and goals that have been set for them, or goals they have set for themselves. creative in how we evaluate Getting a true read on student success will require us to become more our students' progress, and demanding and creative in how we evaluate our students' progress, and the impact of our the impact of our instruction. instruction.

It must be mentioned that the evaluation section of the AMCI is not meant to signal the end of the process. It is simply a checkpoint at which a number of decisions can be made. In most cases the decision will send the teacher back to check for alignment with the benchmark. The evalua- tion section may encourage another look at the data, or re-evaluation of the goals in light of student performance and the discoveries made when reflecting on the successes or failures of various instructional strategies. If it were physically possible, the Assessment Matrix for Classroom In- struction would be printed on a cylinder, large enough to show a new starting point each time the cycle is completed from standard to evalua- tion.

Conclusion

Much of what is suggested here is already being done to various degrees in many schools. It is our intent to bring all of these pieces together in the classroom to increase student achievement. We know that this is hard work. The AMCI training provides experiences with real data collected in classrooms, and work sessions for teachers to use data from their own classrooms. Grade level or content area does not restrict the AMCI. It is not a philosophy or program, but a tool for teachers, to help them organ- ize and think about important information as they plan for meaningful, focused instruction, to help prepare their students for life.

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

Northwest Regional OVERVIEW Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Recommended AMCI Workshop Objectives

Day 1(Half Day)

Become familiar with the structure and intent of the Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Demonstrate understanding of the first two content areas of AMCI standards and benchmarks, assessment information

Be able to identify useful data to inform classroom instruction

Day 2(Full Day)

Develop goals and plan effective classroom instruction through data interpretation following the sequence described in AMCI

Develop plans to integrate the AMCI into regular planning and in- structional routine

Evaluate the AMCI presentation, materials and activities

46

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 8 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Workshop Requirements

Workshop duration

1 to 1.5 hours for AMCI Overview

7 to 10 hours for AMCI Comprehensive Training of Trainers

Equipment/Materials

Microsoft PowerPoint compatible projector, and/or

Overhead projector

Easel, newsprint paper, and felt pens, sticky notes, highlighters

Set(s) of actual classroom datateachers should bring information that informs about benchmarks to which they teach

Audiences

State, regional, and school district personnel involved in or responsible for classroom instruction, instruc- tional planning, evaluation of instruction, or assessment of student outcomes

Participants should have a working knowledge of state standards and benchmarks, district curriculum, state and district assessments, and instructional strategies

Participants should have the capacity to train others in the use of the AMCI

NorthwestRegional Educational Laboratory L 47 9 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Instructions to the Presenter

Before the Workshop

Review of Materials Trainer's Manual The trainer's manual provides cross-references to the guidebook, instructions for using the Power Point presentation, overheads and handouts, and instructions for group activities. The trainer's manual is in- tended to facilitate training of trainers at the district, state and regional level.

Read the trainer's manual to become familiar with the concepts and topics it presents. Much of the work- shop presentation and discussion will be based on material presented in the trainer's manual.

Review the Power Point presentation, handouts, and hard copies of transparencies included in the manual. The PowerPoint presentation and the handouts provide the basic structure for the workshop. (Note: the PowerPoint presentation is available in hard copy masters for transparencies, in the event PowerPoint equipment is not available. When using transparencies in lieu of the PowerPoint presentation, the pre- senter will need to summarize the transparencies indicating audio comments. In addition, the timing of the presentation with transparencies must be adjusted and should be rehearsed before the initial presentation.)

Trainer's Manual Synopsis

The trainer's manual provides background information essential to understanding the purpose of the As- sessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction (AMCI). It begins by establishing the rationale for a systematic instructional approach as encouraged by the AMCI and summarizes the standards-based con- ditions under which all educators must perform and demonstrate progress. The manual then discusses key elements within the AMCI:

Standards and Benchmarks Assessment Information Data Interpretation Goals Strategies for Improving Instruction Evaluation

Each element of the AMCI is discussed in a separate section. Each section begins with at least one ques- tion, designed to focus inquiry and effort. Further expansion is provided by way of definitions, additional information, and key examples. It is important to review each of these sections carefully to better under- stand the purpose of the activities built into this presentation.

The trainer's manual ends the discussion of elements with a conclusion and provides a list of resources, a research bibliography, and selected assessment samples.

48 Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 10 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

During the Workshop

General Instructions The workshop includes presentation, discussion, and seven (7) group activities.

The Power Point presentation has 31 slides and should require approximately 25 to 40 minutes, if given as an overview, independent of the activities. Using the transparencies to make the same presentation should take approximately the same time.

Keep your presentation short, simple, and as interactive as possible, allowing participants to raise ques- tions or make comments as the need arises.

Specific Instructions PowerPoint Overview Presentation Only

This presentation is designed to be self-contained, in that participants will need no additional materials to benefit. It is intended to give the participants an overview of what the AMCI is and how it is structured. It is not designed for in-depth exploration of the topics included; rather it serves to stimulate thought, ques- tions and discussion. Be sure that the projector (PowerPoint compatible or overhead) is set so that text can be seen and read easily from all points in the room. The PowerPoint presentation does rely on sound ef- fects and recorded audio segments. Be sure to test the sound before beginning the presentation.

When ready to begin the presentation, follow the instructions given in the Presenter's Guide to the PowerPoint Presentation AMCI, EXACTLY. Specific instructions for change of slides and dialogue are included. Be sure to note if any audience members need any special assistance in order to benefit from the presentation (see Presenter's Guide to the PowerPoint Presentation, p.17).

Copies of the AMCI three-fold pamphlet and other summary material may be given out to support this presentation. At the conclusion of the presentation, gather names and information from individuals who are interested in taking part in comprehensive AMCI training.

AMCI Full Training

Introductions and Opening Presentation. Begin with the appropriate introductions and review the objectives for the workshop as listed in the trainer's manual. Review the agenda for the day, including scheduled breaks. Scheduled breaks may be altered to better suit the needs of the audience. Explain that participants should feel free to comment and/or question freely as the workshop proceeds. From here move to the AMCI PowerPoint presentation.

In order to begin the PowerPoint presentation, be sure that the projector (PowerPoint compatible or over- head) is set so that text can be seen and read easily from all points in the room. The PowerPoint presentation does rely on sound effects and recorded audio segments. Be sure to test the sound before beginning the presentation. Remember to follow the instructions given in the Presenter's Guide to the PowerPoint Presentation AMCI, EXACTLY. Specific instructions for change of slides and.dialogue are included. Be sure to note if any audience members need any special assistance in order to benefit from the presentation (see Presenter's Guide to the PowerPoint Presentation, p.17).

. t. 4 9 Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 11 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Start the Power Point presentation.

Work through slides # 1 #12.

STOP the PowerPoint after slide #1 2.

Slide #12 is titled "Benchmarks".

,300 Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory

Opening slide will stay blank until presentation is started.

>Click for logo.

>Click for next slide.

*Presenter's note: During the presentation be sure to allow people sufficient time to read through the slides. Read aloud what is presented on the slide, where specifically instructed or for emphasis. Remember that the needs of some persons in the audience with disabilities may require that you read everything that appears on the screen aloud.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #1 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory

Comprehensive , Region X

R. Newton Hamilton Mandy Shoemaker

>Click for text.

Say, " The Comprehensive Center is part of the Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory. NWREL's Comprehensive Center is one of 15 such centers supported by the federal government."

>Click for text Say, "These are the authors and trainers from NWREL's CC. Information explaining how to contact them will come at the end of this presentation".

>Click for next slide.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #2 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

>Click for text. Read aloud, "The Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction" The purpose of the AMCI is to help identify useful pieces of information available to improve instruction, increase student performance, and support effective teaching. Statewide assessment results, when combined with informal classroom assessments, can guide instructional strategies to help ALL students develop the skills necessary for success. >Click for text Reinforce the acronym, "A - M - C - I, The Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction"

>Click for next slide.

BEST COPYAVAILABLE

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #3 . 53 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction (AMCI)

, Audio Comment:inda Bond, Director of Assess cexcerpted from Policy Talks, au i bpe 2, Reaching for New Goals Standards: The Role of Te Educational Reform Policy 1994)

>Click for audio segment (approx. 30 seconds)

key points to the audio segment: "Accountability Movement" "Skills for the 21st century" "Economic survival for American workers" "Motivate schools and students"

Check to see that people heard and understood the audio comment. If there is any question, then read aloud the key points listed above. Allow for comment or discussion.

>Click for next slide.

BEST COPYAVAILABLE

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #4 18 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

AMCI Field .Testing

Gather information from classroom teachers \ -N, Develop a "teacher friendly" tool

AMCI Purpose To help classroom teachers make well- informed educational decisions which will directly impact classroom instruction and student learning

>Click for text. >Click for text. Say, "Information about design, applicability, strengths, weaknesses, and suggestions for improvement will be gathered through field testing which has helped NWREL's CC with the final development of the teacher package. This is what we are asking you to help do".

>Click for text. >Click for text. Read the purpose, "The purpose of the AMCI is to help classroom teachers make well-informed educational decisions which will directly impact classroom instruction and student learning."

>Click for next slide.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #5 19 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

Rationale for AMCI

New paradigms of standards-basecreducation and assessment have created new levels accountability Teachers are more publicly accountable thakat any time in the history of American education\ Publicized test results and state standards have brought teacher accountability to a new level of scrutiny For teachers, this is a major area of concern

>Click for text. Say, "The AMCI is designed to help teachers address academic success in an environment of heightened public inquiry." >Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for text. Allow the audience to read the statements, then read aloud, "For teachers, this is a major area of concern." Then ask, "Is this a fairly accurate summary of where we are today?" Allow time for response and discussion.

>Click for next slide.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 20 Slide #6 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

Performance Standards and Benchmarks

>Click for text >Click for text.

Say, "In developing standards, states have focused primarily on two elements.

>Click for text >Click for text

Say, "These elements (Content Knowledge and Performance) can supply us with two very different kinds of information about student achievement. One can tell whether a student is able to provide the accepted correct answer, while the other tells us more about how the student arrived at the answer and how close to application of the expected learning that student is." Allow for discussion.

>Click for next slide.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #7 21

.3 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

Standards Build on Consen'sus What standards look like

How demanding performance benchmarks\ are How standards and benchmarks provide direction to teachers and clarity for parents Reflect state and local ownership and commitment

Read this definition: "Consensus is a general agreement or accord, which also implies a level of group support." Say, "The model for development of state standards, in most cases, has involved teams of people who have reached a consensus on the content and format of those standards, as well as accompanying benchmarks. Some of the important considerations they faced in that process include the following:"

>Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for text.

>Click for next slide.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 22 Slide #8 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

Standards Benefit Professionals Promote dialogue between educators, parents, and the public Promote a solid professional development initiative Promote "thought-provoking" documents Give teachers a part in development and a stake in implementation Make teachers key to piloting, assessing, demonstrating, and coaching

Say, " With the establishment of state standards, has come some important benefits for professionals. These are some features of the process, and rewarding outcomes.

>Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for text.

Allow time for comments, if volunteered.

>Click for next slide.

BESTCOPYAVAILABLE

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory zst 23 Slide #9 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

Standards and Challenges

Limited time and expert resources. Transition from mandate to dissemination to implementation Professional development & involvem6nt Supporting implementation activities Choosing assessments Monitoring improved student performance and adjustment to standards

Say, "But, as we will see, standards also bring along with them certain challenges."

Point to each item on the list of challenges and ask for a show of hands from people facing that challenge. Ask for specific examples of challenges presented by each item. Be prepared to provide examples, if necessary. This will help demonstrate commonalties among the group.

Poll the group to see which challenges seem to be effecting the most people.

>Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for next slide.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 24 Slide #10 60 Presenter's Guide to the PowerPoint Presentation AMCI

AMCI - Matrix Design Standards: Strategies for Assessment Data Improving Benchmarks Information Interpretation Goal Instruction Evaluation

What do I want my What do I need fo What can my Where do I want my What's working now? How do I know its students to know and collect? students do now? students to be and What should I change? working? be able fo do? How do I make when? What do I need to do to sense of IV get them there?

>Click for graphic

This is the AMCI matrix, which is included in the packet. Participants may refer to it through the rest of the presentation.

Say, "Because the standard is the ultimate goal in a given area, the Assessment Matrix is designed with space to insert the standard at the very top of the page." Point to the area on the slide entitled "Standard".

Say, "Standards are supported by benchmarks, which is the first column on the Assessment Matrix. Each column on the matrix is designed to prompt the teacher with a question or questions and provide space for outline information. So let's take a look at the column entitled Benchmarks."

>Click for next slide

Northwest Regional AVAILABLE Educational Laboratory COPY BEST 25 Slide #11

61 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

What do I want my students to know and be able to do?

Taking a closer look; each area on the matrix responds to key questions.

>Click for text.

Read the question on the slide aloud. Say, "The answer to this question may be in response to state standards, district frameworks, or school curriculum."

>Start Activity #1

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 26 Slide #12 62 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Start Activity #1

Standards and Benchmarks

Group activity to help participants become more familiar with various state standards documents.

Northwest Regional Activity #1 27 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Activity 1: Standards and Benchmarks

Purpose: To become familiar with various standards documents To discuss the strengths and weaknesses of the different forms and bench- mark years To consider the effect standards have on classroom instruction

Materials: Chart pack, Copies of standards, Standards comparison

Total Time: 40 min.

Time Steps

5 minutes 1.Introduction

Recap what has been learned so far about stan- dards Let participants know that it is expected that they will have had varying experiences with standards Find out from participants what their experiences have been

30 minutes 2.Discussion Groups

Indicate that there is not a "standard" form for standards documents and that in this activity, they will be comparing the standards from our five state region. Our discussion will focus on the standard for reading comprehension in each of the states. Have participants form groups of four or five. Groups then discuss the differences and similari- ties in each state and what effect, if any, these may have on instruction and student achieve- ment Questions for groups to Consider: -What are the ramifications of testing in fourth grade? Third grade? -Should testing begin at an earlier stage? Why or why not?

Northwest Regional Activity #1 29 Educational Laboratory A 4 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Time Steps

--What are different possibilities if the final bench- mark is at the 10th grade? Graduation? --How tied into meeting standards should a high school diploma be? Have groups share their ideas and record them on chart pack.

5 minutes Closing the Activity

Ask the participants to consider this question: What do standards mean to you as you plan for instruction? Have a few participants share answers and ask them to keep this question in.their minds as we continue with the training.

Northwest Regional Activity #1 30 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Questions for groups to consider:

What are the ramifications of testing in fourth grade? Third grade?

Should testing begin at an earlier stage? Why or why not?

What are different possibilities if the final benchmark is at the 10th grade?

How tied into meeting standards should a high school diploma be?

Northwest Regional Activity #1 3C6 Educational Laboratory (Beginning Benchmarks for Northwestern (NW) States Assessment Matrix for Classroom Inst a n StudentsStandard:Alaska read to comprehend, inter- StudentsStandard:Montana will construct StudentStandard: will understand the Washington StudentStandard: will comprehend a Oregon StudentsStandard: read a variety of grade Wyoming StudentStandard: will read a variety Idaho prctFirstinformational and benchmark evaluate texts. literary at end and of 3rd grade: Firstandmeaning interpretbenchmark as they what atcomprehend theyend ofread. .4th meaningFirst benchmark of what is read.at end of 4th variety of written materials. ousstrategieslevelFirst situations. materials, benchmark appropriate applying at 4th to vari-grade: of traditionalandmaterials understanding. andfor information electronic manipulate the soundsRl.la in words. Distinguish, reproduce and 1. Makegrade: predictions and 2.1 Comprehend important grade: 3rd Retell,Firstgrade: benchmark summarize, at ormiddle identify of 4. sion strategies to makeStudents use comprehen- graduationNo benchmark at this until . . text:following to read and comprehendKnowledgeR1.1b Use a of combination phonics, alphabet of the info/experiences.materialconnections and betweenprevious new - details and ideas.prehensionDemonstrate of basic content com- of andsequencefacts informative and of events,opinions selections. main in literary ideas, trast,details,mainpredictions, andidea compare summarize. and identify supporting and the con- time. structure,frequencyvisualand alphabet cues, language vocabulary sight principle, recognition structure, words, pictures order,wordof andhigh 2. drawintoprint/nonprintIncorporate existing conclusions new knowledge information and to - sionDemonstratetaskliterary orientedof maininformation ideacomprehen-texts. and and relationshipspredictions.Identify cause and andmake effect simple 5. story.Lure for the elements of aStudents analyze litera- toedgegrammar, support and content, meaningcomprehension, read structure, leftR1.2b toincluding write.knowl- Use a variety of strategies 3. Respond personally to ideasmake andapplication. feelings gencr- words.marizesupporting ideas details; in own sum- tionAnalyze and andform evaluate conclusions. informa- pression,andpredicting, monitoring demonstrating questioning, own comprehension. rereading,knowledgeR1.3 Read texts aloud with ex- 4. standingacedDemonstrate by reading of main materials.basic ideas under- 2.2 Expand comprehension lionandby analyzing, andsynthesizing ideas. interpreting informa- aftertionsof punctuation readingof print. it. and other RIconven- .4a Retell or dramatize a story 5. Accuratelytails.and some supporting retell key dc- - understanddifferencesFind similarities relationshipsin stories; and rectionspassage. to complete a simpleR1.6R1.5 task. IdentifyRead and the follow main simpleidea of di-a readingelements material. of appropriate - textsbetweenUse logical partstwo simple sequenceof a text or to andmon shortnon-fiction, forms story of text and prose (genres): drama andRI.7 poetry, fiction Distinguish between corn- . accurately retell stories (timeplot, main and place)characters, in fiction. R1.9R1.8and setting ExpressIdentify and own describe opinions basic about Activitytexts. #1 67 BEST COPY AVAILABLE 6 6Educational,Northwest Regional Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction StudentsStandard: read to comprehend, interpret, Alaska StudentsStandard: will construct Montana Final Benchmarks for Northwestern (NW) States StudentStandard: will understand the Washington StudentStandard: will compre- Oregon StudentsStandard: read a variety of Wyoming StudentStandard: will read a variety Idaho Finaltexts.and evaluate benchmark literary at end and of informational Grade 12: andmeaningFinal interpret benchmarkas they what comprehend they at endread. of Finalmeaning benchmark of what isat read.Grade 10: Finalwrittenhend benchmarka materials.variety of at Final benchmarkvariousinggrade strategies level situations. at materials, Gradeappropriate 11: apply- to andmaterialsof traditionalFinal understanding. benchmark for andinformation electronic at Grade R4.1 Apply knowledge of syntax, roots, Grade1 12: . 2.1 Comprehend important Grade 12: I. Students read a variety of 12: text.andmeaning referenceword origins, of materials,new and words use to andcontext determine to comprehend clues the materialcausaldescribeMake predictions connections andinferences between and andwithin ideas and details. Demonstratetextshension compre- especially of varied tech- practicalinformative,meaningSummarize selections.in literary,literaland tionalfiction.literature,materials and contemporary includingfiction and tradi- non- strategies.hensivewordsDecode using setunfamiliar of a readingcompre- andsummarizedfrom relateda text and topics information make or information.connections orR4.4 sets Summarize of between ideas information or ideas 2. Integrateexperiences.ousnew information/material new and important prcvi- - Summarize theandcomplexnical main exposition. materials, narratives cantopinions,Identify supporting and main signifi- details ideas, 2. Students demonstrate maincomprehensioning idea, and synthesizingpoint byof critiqu-view, the - anticipateDevelopunderstandPreview content. materialsanalytic structure proc- to and supportsaccuracy, an and author's adequacy main ofR4.5bR4.5a idea. evidence identifyCritique that and the assesspower, thelogic, validity, reason- elusionsknowledgetionprintlnonprint with and their make to drawinforma-existing con- Usc prior knowledgeofidea issues,facts. and supportingcharacters, ships,Analyzein selections. images, how relation- patterns, determineoutcomes,ingtext detailselements causetodraw predictand inferences,and support- effect, phrasesandessesfrom remembering for readingand understanding information material. words, Lionsargumentsableness, to complete and advanced audience complex in publicappealR4.6 tasks. documents.Read of and follow multi-step direc- 3. creativelyRespondapplication. personally to ideas and and standing.andeventstion extend andto examine under-informa- texts material.meaningstoand convey symbols inimplied printedare used 3. Students analyze and andsummarizefact distinguish and keyopinion. concepts,between - givennentselect,Identify, situations. information and collect relate and/or toperti- niquesdrama,the four usednovel genres in and these of poetry) fiction genres, R4.7(shortand and theAnalyze story, evaluate tech- the rules (conventions) of influenceamplesmaterial,feelings of providingthethe student'sway these ex- s of the reading - Synthesize ideaspredictionsselectionsfcrcnces. from to and make in- ment,theAnalyze merit action, and of an evaluate or argu- policy ganization.theme,theinterpret literary tone, devices an style author's and of or- use of - Applyinformation.Synthesize and extend and organize niquesusethe effectsonnarrative the audienceof theseelements conventionsR4.8 and Analyze, tone and in fiction andtech- evaluate how authors 4. mulateofElaboratelife main and argumentsroleideas understanding in and society. for-with 2.2 ingbyExpand analyzing,and synthesizingcomprehension interpret- ingitselfofferedby examiningthe and evidencein bythe compar- materialevidence with 4. Students distinguish theandtime,common cultural personal themes boundaries. perspective that cross - ary mood,usesExplaindevices language tone, howsuch style,an as and author figu-liter- evidencethefor specificeffectiveness from purposes.the text of ora F4.9text.experience Express about and support assertions with 5. Accurately paraphrase dence.critical supporting evi- 2.3 analyzeThinkinformation critically authors' and andideas. use of ininformation other sources. available 5. Students distinguish purpose.sponsebetween and the the reader's author's re- - torative aidUseformatting language,comprehension reading and strategies structure to andexperientialacross historical a variety evidence. influences of texts,R4.1R4.10 usingon I texts.Analyze textual andthe and effectsevaluate of themes cultural view.ingreading tone materialand point reflect- of pose,language, and perspective.style, pur- 6. Students conduct researchinfo.computerstionalusing sourcesa variety and such technicalof informa- as anddetermine ideasto collect formain applicationdata, ideas facts Activity #1 " BEST COPY AVAILABLE EducationalNorthwest Regional Laboratory SKA ALA. _CA PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 8) identify and describe basicand plot, place) main in fiction;characters, (E.B.2) and setting (time READING READING 10)11) make identify9) express connections basic own cultural opinionsbetween influences abouta textences texts; trateand in texts.ofpersonal these(E.D.1) others, (E.E.1) connections; experiences, or other texts, and experi- (E.B.3) and locate details in the text to illus- Students(to be assessed know and are able to do everything required at earlier ages and: Students: 1) a. distinguish, reproduce,b. and use manipulate a combination the sounds of the infollowing words;knowledge (E.B.1) to read of phonics, and comprehend alphabet,(to text:and be assessedalphabetic in 3rd principle, grade) e.g. rec- 1) a. use a combination of the followingtextknowledge structures to read of phonetics,andsuch comprehend as illustrations, language text: structure, graphs, and andin headers; semantics; 6th grade) ognitionwordsightpicturesinitial/final recognitionstructure, of and letter consonants, visual e.g.,shapes, of cues; roothigh letter vowels,words, frequency names, prefixes, letter vocabulary letter/sound patterns; suffixes, words; rhymingrelationships, words; b. use knowledge of wordcues, families, andtext;adjustingself-monitoring structural phonetics,(E.B.1) reading elements context and pace self-correcting orclues,to styledetermine visual based strategies; meaningon purpose, of task,unfamiliar and type of 2) a. comprehend literal meaningb. fromuse a text;variety (E.B.1) of strategies to textmeaninglanguagesupport structure, comprehension, structure, e.g., read e.g., left priorword including to knowledgeright;order, (E.B.1) grammar; and context; 4) 3)2)a. inferretellread textsmeaningstories aloud in from correct with text; rhythm,sequence; (E.B.1)knowledge flow, (E.B.2) and of expression, punctuationwords; demonstrating and other(E.B.1) conventions of print; (E.B.1) 4)3) a.read retell texts or alouddramatize with a expression, story aftertuation readingdemonstrating and other it; (E.B.1) conventions knowledgecomprehension;predicting, of of print; questioning, punc- (E.B.1)(E.B.1) rereading, and monitoring own 7)6) 5)readexplain locate and the followevidence characteristics multi-step in the text directionsof theandunderstandingh. restatefollowing: from to completerelatedand summarize of experiencesa simplemain idea;information task; to(E.D.2) (E.C.2) support or ideas from a text; (E.B.2) 7)6)5) identifyreaddistinguish and the follow betweenmain simple idea common of directions a b.passage; restate forms to (E.B.1) information completeof text (genres): a simpleafter reading task; (E.C.2) a text; (E.B.1) 8) a. define and identify plots, settings, and characters in fiction; (E.B.2)(E.B.2)fourprosefiction major and and poetry, genresnon-fiction, andof fiction: short story, drama, novel, and poetry; shortprosefiction storyand and poetry, andnon-fiction drama; and (E.B.2) 7 1 co BEST COPY AVAILABLE 9) a. differentiate between fact andb.compare opinion; (E.D.2) and contrastworks plots, by asettings, variety ofand authors; characters (E.B.2) in a variety of 4702_ ALASKA. PERFORMANCE STA.N DAR DS REA.DIN-c- ALASKA 10) identify themes in texts and connectb.express them to opinions personal abouttextual experiences, a evidence;text and support (E.D.2) these opinions with (HighStudents SchoolACES know Qualifying and Exam)are able to do everything .required at earlier .ages and: 11) connect cultural events, ideas, settings,experiencesto similar and influencestextsof others, from andfromother other onecultures. texts;text (E.E.I) and (E.B.3) 2) I)summarize apply knowledge information of syntax, orandclues ideasbetween toroots, and comprehend from reference and summarized a word text text; materials, andorigins, (E.B.1)informationmake and to connections determine use orcontext sets the of meaning ideas and of related new words topics 5-18 Students know and are able to do everything required at earlier ages and: 3) a. identify and assess the validity,or b.information; critique accuracy, the (E.B.3)and power, adequacy logic,argumentsthat of reasonableness, evidence supports advanced an author's and in publicaudience main documents; ideas; appeal (E.D.2) of (E.D.2) (to be assessed2) rehearse1) in applySth grade) and knowledge read texts of aloud word toorigins,readersofwords, an new audience, wordsandstructure theater, use and in dictionaries andreading performancesto comprehendcontext to andyoungerclues, suchglossaries, text; and asstudents (E.B.1) root to determine or peers, orthe as meaning part of 4) 6)5)read analyze and follow theand rules evaluate multi-step (conventions) how directions authorsdrama, audience;evaluateof theto use novelcomplete four narrative (E.B.2)the genresand effects complexpoetry) ofelements fiction of and tasks; these the(shortand (E.C.2) techniques conventionstone story, in used and in thesetechniques genres, on and the 4) 3)clarify restate and and connect summarize main informationideasnewresponses;formal and information concepts, orpresentations (E.B.1) ideas identify fromor ideas a including texttheir to priorand relation- connect knowledge research reportsand experience; and literature (E.B.3) 8)7) expressanalyze andand support evaluate assertions, themesandence,fiction across with experiential about for evidence a specificvariety the effectiveness evidence; from purposes;of texts, the and text using (E.B.2)of (E.B.3) aor text; textualexperi- (E.D.4) 6) 5)analyze read and basic follow rules multi-step (conventions) directionsthedetails;ship sequenceof to the(E.B.2) other to four complete prescribed; sources genres a ofand task, (E.C.2) fiction related and (short identify topics, and provide supporting 9) analyze the effects of cultural and historical influences on texts. (E.E.1) 7) 8)analyze a. differentiate and evaluate between narrative factsetting,story, (E.B.2)and elements drama, opinion and point novel, includingin text;of and view (E.D.2) poetry); plot, to determine character, (E.B.2) their importance to the story; 9) connect themes to personal experiences,connections;otherh. analyze texts, anandexperiences and author's locate (E.B.3) evidencepurpose of effectivenessothers, fromand and offer texts of ato criticalthe support text opinionin or meeting illustrate of thethat these purpose; (E.D.2) 10) compare and contrast how texts influences.reflect historical (E.E.1) and cultural 73 r4o-t, -L 71 IDAHO

I. READING

StandardThe student will: Samples of applications that would demonstrate learning: a)Read a variety of traditional and electronic Decode unfamiliar words using a materials for information and understanding. comprehensive set of reading strategies, e.g., phonics, context clues, and word analysis skills. Preview materials to understand structure and anticipate content. Develop analytic processes for understanding and remembering words, phrases, and information from reading material. Identify, collect and/or select, and relate pertinent information to given situations. Synthesize and organize information. Apply and extend information. Explain how an author uses language and literary devices such as mood, tone, style, figurative language, formatting, and structure to aid comprehension. Use reading strategies to determine main ideas and to collect data, facts, and ideas for personal use, to gain knowledge and experience for personal use as a citizen or consumer, for application to the Fine Arts, application in the workplace, and application in lifelong learning. b)Read and respond to a variety of literature Identify and compare own experiences to to compare and contrast the many that of others in situations, events, and dimensions of human experience. cultures in reading selections. Evaluate the way an author uses language and literary devices, to evoke a response in a reader, e.g., style, formatting, and structure. Interpret social, cultural, and historical significance of a text, e.g., ancient, British, American, and world literature, fiction, nonfiction, myths, poems, biographies, autobiographies, science fiction, satires, and plays.

37 MONTANA STANDARDS FOR READING

Reading is essential to learning. It is the pathway to lifelong learning and the key to life's opportunities. Reading is a strategic problem-solving process of gaining personal meaning from text. Students use a range of skills and strategies in the process of reading to comprehend what they read. Reading is not only a basic skill, it is an indispensable tool for critical and creativethinking. There are a diversity of purposes for which readers read a variety of materials. Reading literacy allows students to make connections be- tween their own and others' experiences, to inquire systematically, to access, analyze, synthesize and criti- cally evaluate information. Early reading achievement is a reliable predictor of later school performance. Success in school is often determined by student proficiency in reading. Proficient readers monitor and evaluate their own progress in reading.

Content Standards indicate what students should know, understand and be able to do in a specific content area.

Benchmarks define our expectations for students' knowledge, skills and abilities along a developmental continuum in each content area. That continuum is focused at three pointsat the end of grade4rthe.end of grade 8 and grade 12.

Reading Content Standard 1

Students construct meaning as they comprehend andiiiterpret what they read.

Rationale:

Readers actively engage with text to build:their owii:'understanding.Thus, readers understand what they read as it relates to what they knOw. MAU process, readers use prior knowledge and related experiences to predict what a text might say andconfirm or revise their understanding, integrate newsjiifo4ta-:;tion into their existing knowledge base; reflect upon what ha.s.'ben read in order to respond and create personal meaning through discussion and.Writing, as well as through artistic expression, formal presentation, media, etc. As readers construct meaning they interpret what they read, selecting important ideas and details.

Benchmarks:

When reading, students will:

End of Grade 4 End of Grade 8 Upon GraduationEnd of Grade 12

1. make predictions and connections make predictions and clearly describe, 1. make predictions and describe between new material and previous with details, meaningful connections inferences and causal connections information/experiences. between new material and previous within material and between new information/experiences. material and previous information/ experiences.

2. incorporate new print/nonprint infor- 2. compare and contrast important print/ 2. integrate new important print/ mation into existing knowledge nonprint information with existing nonprint information with their to draw conclusions and make knowledge to draw conclusions and existing knowledge to draw application. make application. conclusions and make application.

3. respond personally to ideas and feelings 3. interpret and respond personally to the 3. respond personally and creatively to generated by reading materials. ideas and feelings generated by the ideas and feelings of the reading reading material and compare responses material, providing examples of the with peers. way these influence the student's life and role in societ. DRAFT-6/98 39 rnPY AVAILABLE '71; End of Grade 4 End of Grade 8 Upon GraduationEnd of Grade 12

4. demonstrate basic understanding of 4. demonstrate understanding of main 4. elaborate understanding of main main ideas and some supporting details. ideas and select important supporting ideas and formulate arguments with facts and details. critical supporting evidence.

5. accurately retell key elements of 5. accurately summarize key elements of 5. accurately paraphrase reading appropriate reading material. appropriate reading material with detail. material reflecting tone and point of view.

Reading Content Standard 2

Students apply a range of skills and strategies to read.

Rationale:

Readers use a variety of strategies to construct meaning. Some of these strategie.s_include..,, phonics, grammati- cal structure, use of context clues and self-monitoring. The student readsfilialY.15y adjusting rate according

ttp.,a`. rich vocabulary for to purpose, material and understanding. Varied experiences wit era.tr*Tv r&\14,74,14.-c 1 lifelong learning and an understanding of the elements offictionandnonficiio n::-t4.'

Benchmarks:

When reading, students will:

End of Grade 4 :.End df-Grade.8 Upon GraduationEnd of Grade 12

1. decode unknown words combining:. : decode unknown words combining the decode unknown words combining the elements of phonics, grammatical: at . eleMents of phonics, grammatical the elements of phonics, grammati- structures, analysis of viepartsani;14.74y- structures, analysis of word parts and cal structures, analysis of word parts, context to understand reaciiiig material! context to understand reading material. word connotation and denotation and context to understand reading material.

2. demonstrate understanding of literary 2. demonstrate understanding of and 2. demonstrate understanding of, elements (e.g., plot, character, setting, analyze literary elements (e.g., plot, analyze, and evaluate literary problem, solution). character, setting, point of view elements (e.g., plot, character, theme, and conflict). setting, point of view, conflict).

3. identify literary devices (e.g., figurative 3. identify and compare literary devices 3. identify, analyze, and evaluate the language and exaggeration). (e.g., figurative language, exaggeration, use of literary devices (e.g., irony, humor, dialogue). figurative language, exaggeration, irony, humor, dialogue, satire, symbolism).

4. use features and organization of fiction 4. use features and organization of fiction 4. use features and organization of and nonfiction material to comprehend and nonfiction material to comprehend fiction and nonfiction materials to (e.g., paragraphs, chapters, titles, more complex materials (e.g., para- comprehend increasingly complex indeces, tablez of contents, graphs, graphs, chapters, titles, indeces, tablez material (e.g., paragraphs, charts and visuals). of contents, graphs, charts and visuals). chapters. titles, indeces, tables of contents, graphs, charts, visuals and methods of organization).

5. adjust fluency, rate and style of reading 5. adjust fluency, rate and style of reading 5. adjust fluency, rate and style of to the purpose of the material with to the content and purpose of the reading to content and purpose of guidance. material. the material.

DRAFT-6/98 40 BEST COPY AVAILABLE - 77 ComprehendODE Definition: a variety of printed materials. READING, ,.-ONTINUED OREGO Common Content irGiraiie.; ...., .,t-44-.5;', ,... .. 1 '): , 4,-,,,, ,.- .1i, ,..... -'4- 1 -..S ..:ii,-...,. ...,-,:.: '-:1 ra ek printedprehensionDemonstrate materials. of literal a variety corn- of Curriculum Goals ofcomprehension Demonstrateprinted materials. ofliteral a variety Standards Agnchmg11events,identifyRetell, summarize, mainsequence ideas, ofor facts, 4,..!., A' ::Pgthmstsi,sq-* Identifysupportingevents, mainsequence details, ideas, and offacts, ,..,, 4.31.kentoi, supportingevents,Jar * Identify main details, ideas, sequence and facts, of andinformative opinions in selections. literary and selectionsmotive,opinions and in literary,practical infor- . selectionsmotive,opinions and in literary,practical infor- . ofcomprehensionDemonstrate printed materials. inferential of a variety ofcomprehensionDemonstrate printed materials. inferential of a variety simplerelationshipsIdentify predictions. cause and and make effect insionssymbolsimages,Identify printed about relationships,patterns,and material. their draw meanings orconclu- insionssymbolsimages,Examine printed about patterns, torelationships, material. draw their conclu-meanings or ofcomprehension Demonstrateprinted materials, evaluativeof a variety ofcomprehensionDemonstrate printed materials, evaluative of a variety informationconclusions.Analyze and and evaluate form conclusions.informationAnalyze and and evaluate form invalidatedwhetherAnalyze a selection. anda by conclusion evaluatethe evidence is 6 State Board of Education -- 1998 patterns* "PracticalKrNotesvii Notice of organizations thatselectlais:10 Riodin the lanivagg."9crpfss GradeBenchtncifks 10/CIM. complexity, as will student?asPoiises. Assessment Notes: opinionssupportingevents,ar * Identify main in details, literary, ideas,sequence and facts,infor- of practicalin* Summarize literary, selections. informative, literal meaning and PASSin Reading. assumes proficiency CAMtheEnglish,focusReading electives endorsement on Mathematics, standardsstandards areas--as area.can in Science,a be wellvariety demonstrated as Social ofwithin sub Sciences, thejects--including as context students and of a selectionsmative, and practical . selections.supportingopinions,Identify main and details ideas,significant in sionssymbolsinimages,Analyze printed about to patterns,relationships,draw theirmaterial. conclu-meanings or material.impliedsymbolsAnalyzeimages, meanings howare patterns, used relationships, toin andprintedconvey action,whetherAnalyze or an policy and argument, evaluateis validated action,meritAnalyze of or an policyand argument, evaluate by exam- the tion.by the evidence in a selec- withincomparingtheining otherinformation material evidence sources. the itself evidence availableoffered and inby 0 State Board of Education -- 1998 BEST COPY AVAILABLE u 81 7 http://cislospi.wednetedu/CornSL/READBMK3.1mn: CSL/EALRs: Reading Benchmark 3 WASHINGTON

appropriate

1.4 understand elements of identify literary devices (exaggeration, irony, humor, dialogue, literaturefiction devices that develop characterization, tension, and mood) (EALR-R 1.4) understand sentence structure, paragraphs, and chapters

-« analyze literary elements(plot, characters, setting, theme, point of view, conflict, resolution)

1.5 use features of read, analyze, and use informational materials to demonstrate non-fiction text and understanding and expertise; analyze the validity of electronic computer software information (EALR-R 1.5) use complex organizational featuresof printed text (titles, headings, table of contents, indexes, glossaries, prefaces, appendices,captions, citations, endnotes, etc.)

use features of electronic information(electronic bulletin boards and databases, e-mail, etc.)

ESSENTIAL LEARNING 2: The studentunderstands the meaning of what is read.

To meet this standard, the studentwill:

2.1 comprehend important ideas and details

2.2 expand comprehension by analyzing, interpreting, andsynthesizing information and ideas

2.3 think critically and analyze authors' use of language,style, purpose, and perspective

L 8c 43

10/20/1999 2:57 Pr 3 of 6 CSL/EALRs: Reading Benchmark 3 http://cislospi.wednetedu/ComSL/READBMK3.hrr. WASHINGTON

COMPONENTS BENCHMARK 3 - GRADE 10

2.1 comprehend important demonstrate comprehension of varied texts especially technical ideas and details materials, complex narratives, and exposition (EALR-R 2.1) summarize the main idea and supporting facts and details with evidence,from reading

use prior knowledge of issues, characters, events, and information to examine texts and extend understanding

synthetize ideas from selections to make predictions and inferences about various texts ._.

2.2 expand comprehension critically compare, contrast, and connect ideas within and among a by analyzing, interpreting, broad range of texts and synthesizing information and ideas - use logical sequence to accurately retell stories; orderand/or (EALR-R 2.2) sequence parts of text

2.3 think critically and draw conclusions based on the validity and accuracy of what is read analyze authors' use of language, style, purpose, and explain how an author uses language to influence different audiences perspective (EALR-R 2.3) analyze and evaluate authors' effectiveness for different audiences

detect bias, stereotype, over generalization, association, and other devices used by the author to influence an audience

-* apply information gained from reading to give a responseand express insight

analyze, interpret, and evaluate ideas and concepts within, among, and beyond multiple texts

analyze, interpret, and evaluate reasoning and ideas related to multiple texts

ESSENTIAL LEARNING 3: The student reads different materials for a variety of purposes.

To meet this standard, the student will:

3.1 read to learn new information such as reading science and mathematics texts, technical documents, and, for personal interest

3.2 read to perform a task v4483

4 of 6 10/20/1999 2:57 Pt WYOMING LANGUAGE ARTS STANDARDS GRADE 11 LANGUAGE ARTS 6/98 STANDARDCONTENT BENCHMARKGRADE 11 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS LEVEL DESCRIPTORS GRADE 11 varietyStudents1. READING of readgrade a 1. non-fiction.contemporaryincludingStudents read traditional aliterature, variety and of fiction materials and a variety11th grade of materials students performing at or above at the an 11thadvanced grade level level. independently Students read Advanced variousappropriatelyapplyinglevelstrategies materials, to 2. detailsview,comprehensioninferences,synthesizingStudents text to predict elements demonstrate determine the by outcomes, maincritiquing and supportingcauseidea, draw and point and of devicesauthor'sanalyzedrawn,accurately explain tobias,purpose, theirpredict explain cause/effect,own evaluateoutcomes, work, difference author'sand anddemonstrate evaluate between evaluate success, common reader's howconsequences. integrate inferences responsethemes literary They throughare and situations. 3. effect,theme,author'sStudentsdistinguish summarize tone, use analyze between ofstyle the key and andliterary concepts,fact interpretorganization. and devices opinion. and an of 11thanalyzestudent-generated grade and students evaluate performingwork. data. Students at a proficient conduct levelthorough independently research read and a Proficient 5.4. purpose.reader'sStudentsperspectivethemes that response distinguish andcross cultural time,and thebetween the personal boundaries.common author's the themesinterpretdistinguishconcepts,outcomes,variety ofthrough author's andmaterials draw reader's differentiate student-generatedinferences, use atresponse of the literary 11th between determine and grade devices, author's work.fact level. cause/effect, and and Students purpose,Students opinion. distinguish conduct summarizeanalyze predictThey common and key 7.6. technicalStudentsmaterials.asvariety computer of analyzeconduct data,informational data written andresearch libraryinterpret directions sources using such anda 111hresearch grade and students analyze performing and interpret at a partially data. proficient level read a variety Partially Proficient technical manuals. identifypurpose,sometext,detailsof materials recognize differences predict commonclassify at outcomes,thecause/effect, and between themes11th explain grade recognize throughfact identify uselevel. and of student-generatedopinion. obviousStudents somekey concepts, literary They inferences explain recognizedevices, and work.how withinrecognize supporting and Studentsauthor's the 8 conduct limited research. 85 Page I State LA doc 698 WYOMING STANDARDCONTENT BENCHMARK GRADE 4 GRADE 4 LANGUAGE 6/98 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS LEVEL DESCRIPTORS varietyStudents1. READING of grade read a 1. differences.variousmaterialsnon-fiction;Students sources, read recognizing and a including variety poetry cultural offrom fiction, Theyvariety4th gradeindependently of students fiction, performingnon-fiction, demonstrate at and an an advancedpoetry in-depth in level andunderstanding out independently of the classroom. of mainread a AdvancedGRADE 4 variousappropriateapplyinglevelstrategies materials, to 3.2. Studentsandstructuralread illustrations). fluently gainuse analysis, (i.e.,decoding meaning phonetic context skillsof new clues,clues to Theyinterpretsummary.multipleidea, supportingtransfer comparisons,and They generateinformation internalizedetails, maps,accurate and from decoding elementscharts, predictions,print, diagrams, andelectronic, of avocabulary story. and graphs, a andStudents comprehensive on-lineskills. and make tables.Students sources situations. 4. Studentsanddiagrams,passagesvocabulary glossary). (i.e.,use illustrations, words comprehension context in reading clues, captions, 4thfor gradestudent-generated students performing projects at a and proficient activities. level read a variety of 41-h Proficient 5. Studentscontrast,supportingidentifystrategies the andanalyze to details, mainmake summarize. idealiterature predictions,compare and for and the writtenstrategiesStudentsandgrade determine materials directions, use to gain decoding main (i.e., the diagrams, idea.meaningfiction, skills They non-fictiontomaps, of compare,read new charts, fluently vocabulary. and contrast, graphs, poetry).and useThey andand Studentsvarious summarize. tables.interpret predict 6. maps,writtenStudentsevents,characterelements charts, anddirections, ofreadtraits, problema storygraphs and sequence diagrams, interpret(i.e., and and setting,solution). tables. of andelectronic,Students activities. locate,and on-line collect, sources and utilize through information student-generated using print, projects Partially Proficient 7. ofatlases,dictionaries,andon-lineStudents contents, utilize sourcesthesauri, use information andencyclopedias, print, toindexes). glossaries, locate, electronic (i.e., collect tables and drawsomeassistance.minimal4th grade simplesupporting understandingstudents Students comparisons, details,performing predict of and applyconcepts atand recognize a partiallylimitedrecognize and some decodingskillsproficient the story with main skills,level elements.teacher idea, demonstrate and identify useThey 8ii print,maps,limited electronic,charts, vocabulary. graphs, and Students on-lineand tables. follow sources They two-step through locate directionsinformation student-generated in usingreading Page 12 State LA dor Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Start the Power Point with slide #13,

Present slides #1 3 16,

STOP the PowerPoint after slide #1 6.

Slide #1 6 is titled "State and District Assessment"

Northwest Regional Activity #2 47 83 Educational Laboratory Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

AMCIMatrix Design

Six (6) critical considerations for'effective instruction, aligned with state standards

Benchmarks Assessment Information

(This slide will build to the full six areas, matching the matrix.)

Say, "Once we have looked at benchmarks and feel comfortable with what students should know and be able to do, the next area to consider is assessment information."

>Click for next slide

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #13 49 80 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

>Click for text

Read the question from the slide aloud. Say, "This next set of slides will give some interesting information and, we hope, pose some thought provoking questions about assessment."

Say, "Listen carefully to the following audio comment."

>Click for next slide.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #14 50 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

Assessment

Audio Comment: Linda Darling-,Hammond, a researcher and author in theareilif assessment and equity (excerpted from interview with Linda Darling-Hammond, North Central Regional Educational Laboratory, 1996).

> Click for text >Click for text Key points to the audio segment: "Change ways in which assessments are used" "Change from external monitors of performance to locally generated tools for inquiring" "Inform teachers more fully about how students think and learn, as well as what they know" "Equalize resources and enhance learning opportunities" "Teachers who understand student learning more fully are more able to adapt to student needs and create opportunities for student success"

Check to see that people heard and understood the audio comment. If there is any question, then read aloud the key points listed above. Allow for comment or discussion.

> Click for next slide

BESTCOPY AVAILABLE Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #15

51 91 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

State and District Assessment

What assessments are required now? What assessments are 60 used voluntarily? 40 o Does assessment allow

inclusion of all 20 students? How are results shared 0 and used by parents and teachers?

>Click for text > Click for text Say, "Think about the following questions in terms of your classroom or school." >Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for text. Point to each question and say, "Briefly, what are some examples of: required assessments you now use in your school? voluntary assessments you may be using? ways that ALL students are included in assessment? how results are shared with parents?"

>Click for next slide

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #16 52 92 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Start Activity #2

Setting the Stage

Group activity to build understanding of the many aspects of assessment.

93 Northwest Regional Activity #2 53 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Activity 2: Setting the Stage

Purpose: To build understanding of the many aspects of assessment To make a connection between assessment and classroom instruction

Materials: ArticlesCritical Issues in Assessment

Total Time: 40 min.

Time Steps

5 minutes 1.Introduction Explain to participants that the AMCI is designed to help classroom teachers make well-informed educational decisions, which will directly impact classroom instruction and student learning. Explain that the next activity will offer various views on critical issues in assessment, so that weall have knowledge of and can discuss its wide spread implications.

30 minutes 2. Jigsaw Activity Divide participants into groups of four. Have each member choose one of the four arti- cles to read. Regroup the participants by article. There will be one person from each group in each "article group." After they have read the article, partici- pants discuss main points in their "article groups." Participants go back to original groups and each person shares the main points discussed on their article. Ask for any further discussion as groups share in- formation.

5 minutes 3. Concluding the Activity Invite participants to discuss how the various issues are related or may impact each other. Do all the articles speak to information that could be im- portant to the classroom teacher?

Northwest Regional Activity #2 55 9 4 Educational Laboratory Ensuring Equity with Alternative Assessments http://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/asHO.htr

Critical Issue: EnsuringEquity with Alternative Assessments

Pathways Home Pane I Critical Issuesfor this area

ISSUE: If American students are to be heldresponsible for achieving high educational standards, assessing and it is ethically imperative that educatorsdevelop assessment strategies that ensure equity in interpreting student performance. In order to protectstudents from unfair and damaging interpretationsand to provide parents and communitieswith an accurate overall picture of studentachievement, educators need to be aware of the promise and the challengesinherent in using alternative assessment practicesfor high-stakes decisions (such as student retention,promotion, graduation, and assignment to particular instructional groups), which have profound consequencesfor the students affected. Only then will educators be able to build and use an assessment systemthat is a vehicle for eliminating, as opposed to underscoring, educational inequities. Althoughalternative assessments can help ensure ethnic, racial, economic, and gender fairness, equity cannot beachieved by reforms to assessment alone. Change will result only from a trio of reform initiativesaimed at ongoing professional development in curriculumand instruction, improved pedagogy, and quality assessment.

OVERVIEW: One of the reasons for the current nationaldisenchantment with standardized multiple-choice tests, secured tests, and othernorm-referenced assessments has been the gross inequities that have resulted from inferences based solely onthese tests. In many schools, districts, and states, interpretations based on a single test score have been used toplace students in low-track classes, to require students to repeat grades, and to deny high schoolgraduation diplomas. The negative personal and societal effects for students are well-documented: exposure to aless challenging curriculum, significantly increased dropout rates, and lives of unemployment andwelfare dependency (Oakes, 1986a; Oakes, 1986b; Shepard & Smith, 1986; Jaeger, 1991). Clearly, usingtesting as a mechanism for sorting and selecting studentsfor access to educational and economicopportunities is antithetical to achieving equity.

Charlotte Higuchi, a third- and fourth-grade teacher at FarmdaleElementary School in Los Angeles, California, discusses theproblems inherent instandardized testing. [392k audio file] Excerpted from the video series Schools That Work: The ResearchAdvantage, videoconference #4, Alternatives for Measuring Performance (North Central Regional EducationalLaboratory, 1992).

At all levels, educators are turning to alternative,performance-based assessments that are backed by 57 9 10/20/1999 4:02 P 1 of 11 Ensuring Equity with Alternative Assessments http://www.ncrelorg/sicrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as800.ht

criterion-referenced standards. Such assessments help educators gain a deeper understandingof student learning, and enable them to communicate evidence of that learning to parents,employers, and the community at large. These new alternative assessments and standards have beenheralded as the answer to a whole host of education ills, including the apparent or real gap in performancebetween students of different ethnic, socioeconomic, and language backgrounds. Research on learningand assessment and on the prevailing practice of shaping instruction to meet test requirements helpbuild the case for alternative assessment.

Findings from cognitive psychology on the nature of meaningful, engaged learning support the useof alternative assessments that are tied to curriculum and instruction and that emphasize higher-orderthinking skills and authentic tasks. Alternative assessments often have high fidelity for the goalsof instruction and require students to solve complex, real-life problems. Some educators believe that alternative assessments motivate students to show their best performance--performance that may have been masked inthe past by standardized fixed-response tests and by unmotivating content. However, the biggest mistake thatschools, districts, and states can make is thinking that exchanging one high-stakes tests for anotherwill result in equitable assessment or elimination of the performance gap between students. Darling-Hammond(1994) believes that if new forms of assessment are to support real and lasting reforms and to close--asopposed to accentuate--the achievement gap between students, they must be developed carefully and used fordifferent purposes than the norm-referenced tests thathave preceded. These purposes must be made explicit before the assessment system is built.

Linda Darling-Hammond, a researcher and author in the area of assessment and equity, discusses how assessment can enhance equity when changes are made in the ways that assessments are used. [540k audio file] Excerpted from an interview with Linda Darling-Hammond (North CentralRegional Educational Laboratory, 1996).

It is true that new forms of assessment are powerful tools for understanding student performance, particularly in areas that require critical thinking and complex problem solving. However, until high expectations for success, sufficient opportunity to learn, and challenging instruction are the standard educational fare for all children, some evidence (Elliott, 1993; LeMahieu, Eresh, & Wallace, 1992) suggests that alternative assessments may reveal even greater achievement gaps thanstandardized assessments.

One of the most exciting and liberating things about the current interest in assessment is the recognition that numerous assessment tools are available to schools, districts, and states that are developing new assessment systems. These tools range from standardized fixed-response tests to alternatives such as performance assessment, exhibitions, portfolios, and observation scales. Each type of assessment brings with it different strengths and weaknesses to the problem of fair and equitable assessment. Recognizing the complexity of understanding performance or success for individuals, it is virtually impossible that any single tool will do the job of fairly assessing student performance. Instead, the National Center for Research on Evaluation, Standards, and Student Testing (1996) suggests that an assessment systemmade up of multiple assessments (including norm-referenced or criterion-referenced assessments, alternative assessments, and classroom assessments) can produce "comprehensive, credible, dependable information upon which important decisions can be made about students, schools, districts, or states."Koelsch, Estrin, and Fan (1995) note that multiple assessment indicators are especially important for assessing the performance of ethnic-minority and language-minority students. The real challenge comes in selecting or developing a combination of assessments that work together as part of a comprehensive assessment system to assess all students equitably within the school community. 58 96 2 of 1 1 10/20/1999 4:02 P' http://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issuesimethods/assment/asSOU. h tt- Ensuring Equity with Alternative Assessments

The first and most critical stepin assessing with equity is determining the purposesfor assessing and clarifying whether those purposes arelow stakes or high stakes (Winking & Bond, 1995). In many cases, schools, districts, and states have not asingle purpose, but multiple purposes--some low stakes and some high stakes--for assessing studentperformance.

(7*- Beau Fly Jones, director of educational programs atthe Ohio Supercomputing Center in Columbus, Ohio, discusses the purposesof assessment. [420k audio file] Excerpted from the video series Restructuring to Promote Learning inAmerica's Schools, videoconference #4, Multidimensional Assessment: Strategies for the Classroom(North Central Regional Educational Laboratory, 1990).

In the low-stakes case of classroom-based assessment,where the primary purpose is determining content coverage and conceptualunderstanding or diagnosing learning styles, teachers are able totake into account the student's culture, prior knowledge,experiences, and language differences. When preparing and administering assessments, teachers can followguidelines for equitable assessment in the'classroom and make use of accommodations and adaptations tothe assessment to ensure that all students have an equal opportunity to demonstrate their abilities andachievement. Teachers also are able to make inferences about student performance and how they must refinetheir instruction to increase or maintain high performance without calling into question the technical adequacyof the assessment.

However, when tests have high-stakes consequences(such as student retention, promotion, or graduation), it is important to understand ways to maximizeequity while not compromising the technical quality of alternative assessments. In high-stakes situations, thetechnical adequacy of the assessment affects the validity of inferences made regarding theperformance of all students. When alternative tests are used for high-stakes purposes, schools--in addition tobeing concerned about equity when selecting or developing assessments--must take advantage of methodsfor maximizing fairness in administering and scoring them. Of utmost importance is ensuring that students havehad adequate opportunity to learn the material on which they are being tested.

To help ensure equity, an assessment system should beplanned by an interdisciplinary group that includes assessment experts, curriculum experts,teachers, and professional developers, as well as administrators responsible for planning and allocating resources. Allinvolved parties need to understand exactly what alternative assessment systems can and cannot achieve,including the fact that unless instruction and pedagogy change and opportunities are provided forall children to experience the same challenging curriculum, alternative assessments may reveal even greaterperformance gaps than the standardized assessments they replace. (For furtherinformation on the relationship between assessment and school reform, refer to the Critical Issue "Rethinking Assessment and ItsRole in Supporting Educational Reform.") Teachers and other staff members need to be provided withprofessional development and support to learn about alternative assessments.(Refer to the Critical Issue "Realizing New Learning for All Students Through Professional Development.")

The actual design of the assessment system should include input fromstudents and individuals who can provide advice on different cultural interpretations of various assessmenttasks. After the planning is completed, a bias-review committee (comprising representatives from culturaland ethnic groups for whom the assessment is intended) can preview the assessment and ensure that itis fair and equitable. The planning team's next task is to ensure that the methods for scoring and interpretingthe assessments results reflect the concern for equity that has driven the development of the alternative system.Finally, decisions should be made on the best methods for reporting results to various audiences andfor various purposes. 59

10/20/1999 4:02 13! 3 of 11 9 ' Ensuring Equity with Alternative Assessments http://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as800.ht

(Refer to the Critical Issue "Reporting Assessment Results.")

At the national level, state and local issues related to assessing with equity are mirrored andcompounded. Because cultural learnings and context are so important to students' interpretation and responses (Winfield & Woodard, 1994; Darling-Hammond, 1994), moving high-stakes assessment to a national level makesit even more difficult to align tasks withstudents' culture and context, and potentially reduces the legal defensibility of these assessments. The landmark case of Debra P. v. Turlington (1979) sets a precedent for challenging assessment inferences when students have not had sufficient opportunity to learn the content assessed. This precedent easily may be transferred to high-stakes assessments that are not culturally or contextually based within students' realm of experience. The ability to assess equitably in high-stakes situations is crucial when considering a national assessment and suggests that the most useful context for developing performance-based assessments may be the local level. On the other hand, the New Standards Project provides an example of a voluntary large-scale standards and assessment reform system that combines national reference assessments with locally developed performance tasks and portfolios in ways that potentially allow for culturally and contextually valid assessment.

Steve Ferrara, director of student assessment at the Maryland State Department of Education, talks about the difficulty of changing curricula, instruction, expectations, and standards--all of which affect assessment. [560k audio file] Excerpted from an interview with Steve Ferrara (North Central Regional Educational Laboratory, 1995).

Regardless of the level of the assessment effort, equity will never be achieved as long as everyone involved in educating children sees the assessment tools themselves as responsible for ensuring fairness. It is not just the tools, but also the curriculum, instruction, professional development, parent and community involvement, and leadership practices that affect the fairness of assessments and the inferences based on them. Using alternative assessment to assess with equity requires the comprehensive inclusion of each of these elements of the equity equation. Without these supporting systems, new forms of assessment are likely to maintain and perhaps magnify educational inequities.

GOALS:

Educators are aware of principles and indicators for student assessment systems.

Educators fully understand the purposes for assessing and the fair inferences that can be based on different assessment tools.

Educators know and take advantage of methods for maximizing fairness in development, administration, and scoring of alternative assessments.

Educators, parents, and community members value alternative assessments for providing useful information about how students are performing, and for providing information on how to refine and individualize instruction for better results, unlike the information provided by secured tests.

The views of all stakeholders--including teachers, administrators, curriculum experts, assessment experts, parents, and community members from diverse cultural groups--are represented when assessment strategies are planned, selected or developed, and administered. 60 - 9 6 4 of11 10/20/1999 4:02 P: http://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assmentiashuu.ntn Ensuring Equity with Alternative Assessments

Assessment systems are tied tocurriculum and instruction to ensure that all studentshave adequate opportunity to learn the material that is tobe assessed in ways and modes that are culturallyrelevant and contextually based.

Multiple assessment tools are usedwhenever the assessment is intended for high-stakes purposes.

Educators interpret and report assessmentinformation and use the results with caution, understanding that inferences made from assessmenttools are only as good as the curriculum and instructionthat they are intended to support.

Educators recognize that assessment is only onefacet of reform initiatives. They acknowledge that quality assessment must be teamed withimproved pedagogy and ongoing professional development in curriculum and instruction.

ACTION OPTIONS: Because the use ofalternative assessment--including performance assessment--for high-stakes purposes is relatively new,there is still much debate about the appropriate standards for technical rigor, andpractitioners and researchers are still exploringmethods for maximizing equity. Although ensuring fairnessin performance assessment remains a challenge, someprocedures are available to help increase equity in alternativeassessment. In addition to applying statisticaltechniques determine item such as differential item functioning(DIF) analysis, which is used with standardized tests to bias, educators can take the followingactions to help ensure the building of aperformance-based assessment system that will addresshigh standards and achieve equitable outcomes.

When planning assessment systems,educators can:

Tightly couple new assessment systemswith other concrete reforms necessary for closing performance gaps between ethnic, racial, socioeconomic,and gender groups. These reforms include the following:

o Providing professionaldevelopment efforts aimed at raising teachers' expectationsfor all children's performance. (Refer to the Critical Issue"Realizing New Learning for All Students Through Professional Development.")

o Ensuring equal curriculum content and coveragein all classrooms.

oIdentifying the students' roles and responsibilities for their ownlearning. (Refer to the Critical Issue "Working Toward Student Self-Directionand Personal Efficacy as Educational Goals.")

o Developing and enforcing classroom-levelstandards for opportunity_to learn.

Obtain broad-based support for the assessment systemby involving everyone who has a stake in educating and supporting students. Encourage assessment experts,curriculum experts, teachers, administrators, and professional developers to form a planning groupfor assessment strategies.

Ensure that members of the planning group come to consensusabout their purposes for assessing and recognize the need for multiple assessment tools that together converge on anunderstanding of student performance. 61

10/20/1999 4:02 P 5 of 11 Ensuring Equity with Alternative Assessments http://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as800.h

Be aware of gender bias and fairness in testing.

Create policies that allow for the blending of professional development and assessment monies so that curriculum, instruction, and assessment can be aligned for all children.

When developing, selecting, and administering alternative assessments, educators can:

Follow guidelines for equitable assessment.

Involve students in designing performance tasks. Pilot tasks with students and conduct think-alouds (by which students share the stages of their thinking process or the reasoning behind their actions) to provide illuminating information regarding how students of diverse ethnic, racial, and socioeconomic backgrounds interpret and respond to tasks.

Use strategies for developing equitable performance tasks.

Involve individuals who can shed light on different cultural interpretations of performance tasks before the assessments are developed and used. Evidence (Miller-Jones, 1989; Garcia & Pearson, 1994) suggests that performance differences lie not only in the task but also in how individuals interpret tasks. The content as well as response parameters of tasks may privilege one ethnic or socioeconomic group over another.

Conduct sensitivity reviews with representatives from each ethnic and language group for whom the assessment is intended.

Select performance tasks that are clearly aligned or connected with material that has been taught.

Provide students with choices for performance tasks, materials, and response modes. Such choices increase opportunities for students to capitalize on their prior knowledge and increase their motivation to perform. However, educators should be aware that all students are not equally good choosers and, as with other skills, may need to be taught to choose wisely.

Pinpoint the exact skills or processes (such as group dynamics, language understanding, English usage, or math reasoning) that are being measured in each performance task. Because performance tasks are complex, they often require multiple operations.

Provide students with carefully designed scaffolding activities to build a common base of prior knowledge within the class. If used appropriately, cooperative group activities may be used to help all students---not just those with enriching home or community experiences--understand foundational concepts or ideas necessary to perform well on a task.

Allow students lots of opportunities to experiment with classroom versions of the performance task--written both as assessments and as instructional units.

Allow for accommodations and adaptations to the assessment for second-language learners, particular cultural groups, and students with disabilities.

Use analyses such as differential item functioning (DIF) analysis to determine test-item bias.

Keep a record or log of the instructional strategies by which performance tasks are presented to diverse students. These strategies can include scaffolding and accomodations and adaptations to the 62 100 6 of 11 10/20/1999 4:02 PI' Ensuring Equity with Alternative Assessments http://www.ncrel.org/sIcrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as800.htn

assessment.

Use portfolios and observation scales to assessstudent progress. These assessment tools are sensitive to progress over time andallow students the freedom to demonstrate culturally based experiences and knowledge.

Ensure that the performance criteria are explicitand clearly understood by each student.

When interpreting, scoring, reporting, and using assessmentresults, educators can:

Participate in consistent and ongoing professional development to ensureproficiency in interpreting and scoring alternative assessments.

Use multiple methods for estimating rater reliability. Forhigh-stakes assessment, it is important to have someone other than the students' teacher judgeperformance. However, in order not to lose the critical educational benefit of the classroom teacher's knowledgeand understanding of his or her own students, schools can experiment with auditing systems that includeboth familiar and unfamiliar raters.

Make sure that the assessment report highlights not only the gaps butalso the specific aspects of the assessment system on which students of diversityperform well. (For example, portfolios can show significant growth patterns in written expression and reasoning.) This coverageis imperative, because what is reported shapes expectations.

Report opportunity-to-learn variables (such as time spent on directinstruction of high-order cognitive processes, use of culturally responsiveinstructional techniques, library and resource use, and opportunity for advanced-placement courses) along with performancedata. Comparing the performances of groups of students without providing this contextualizinginformation can lead to erroneous inferences. It also iscounterproductive, because it does not give teachers and schools information about concrete steps needed to improve performance.

Interpret and report assessment information to parents and thecommunity.

IMPLEMENTATION PITFALLS: Some types of alternative assessment require teachers to devote considerable time to planning and administering the assessment aswell as interpreting student achievement.

Schools may think that the substitution of one high-stakes test for another will resultin equitable assessment or the elimination of performance gaps. Yet performance gaps arelikely to continue if teaching and assessment strategies remain unchanged. Linn, Baker, and Dunbar (1991) note:

"Gaps in performance among groups exist because of difference in familiarity, exposure,and motivation on the tasks of interest. Substantial changes in instructional strategy and resource allocation are required to give students adequate preparation for complex, time-consuming, open-ended assessments." (p. 18)

Schools may develop and use alternative assesssments with the expectation that a bettermonitoring system or new forms of assessment alone will address inequitablelearning outcomes for students. In actuality, 63 101 10/20/1999 4:02 P: 7 nf I1 Ensuring Equity with Alternative Assessments http://www.ncrel.org/slu-s/areas/issues/methods/assment/as800.ht

assessment must be integrated with curriculum and instruction in order to promoteequity in student learning. (Refer to the Critical Issue "Integrating Assessment and Instruction in Ways ThatSupport Learning.")

In an effort to address higher-order cognitive skills, schools may develop assessments that haveambiguous performance tasks or requirements. Such tasks or requirements may be interpreted very differently by different cultural groups.

Schools may attempt to use alternative assessments for sorting and classifying students according toability level instead of for improving instruction and raising student achievement. Darling-Hammond (1994) notes that in order to close the achievement gap, new forms of assessment must be developed carefully and be used for different purposes than norm-referenced tests.

Schools and districts may fail to develop policies for using alternative assessment information to improve instruction. They also may not provide ongoing professional development in alternative assessment for teachers. Winfield and Woodard (1994) note: "Merely setting high standards and developing a new assessment system will not ensure changes in teacher behavior or student performance unless professional development activities and capacity building at the school level are given equal priority" (p. 8).

Bond, Moss, and Carr (1996) caution that assessments--even those deemed to be unbiased--may be used to support a policy or program that does not promote equity:

"Concerns about equity spill over the consensual bonds of validity and bias to include questions about the educational system in which the assessment was used. It is possible for an assessment to be considered unbiased in a technical sense--in the sense that the intended interpretation is equally valid across various groups of concern--and yet be used in service of a policythat fails to promote equity....The question for assessment evaluators is whether an assessment is contributing to or detracting from the fairness of the educational system of which it is a part." (p. 118)

Some teachers, parents, and community members may express resistance to any form of alternative assessment. Teachers, in particular, may object to the additional time necessary for developing and grading performance assessments, and may have difficulty in specifying criteria for judging student work.

Schools, districts, and states may exempt from assessments students who traditionally have not performed well (e.g., second-language learners), thereby avoiding the problem of developing fair measures that provide a picture of the entire school community (Phillips, 1996).

Educators may administer alternative assessments and then rush to blame the test or the children for performance gaps. Instead, educators need to be accountable for student achievement. They also must align assessment with curriculum and instruction in order to improve student learning.

When reporting assessment results, educators must learn to use opportunity-to-learn data with care. Some schools and districts report scores for subgroups of students in the absence of opportunity-to-learn data; other schools develop opportunity-to-learn standards that measure only easy-to-access variables that are ancillary to good instruction (e.g., number of books in the library).

When analyzing test results, pairing isolated opportunity-to-learn variables with subgroup data can lead to erroneous cause-and-effect interpretations. For example, comparing the performance of Hispanic and non-Hispanic students along with the amount of reading assigned outside of school is inappropriate because of the lack of information on other important contextualizing factors. 64 102 8 of 10/20/1999 4:02 PI` Ensuring Equity with Alternative Assessments http://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as800.htt

DIFFERENT POINTS OF VIEW: Although no educator would say thatequitable assessment is not important, there are emerging schoolsof thought about the nature of equity and how it relates to assessment. In particular, these viewpointsrelate to achieving a level playing field for assessing student work. Most researchers and practitioners agree thatequity must be a major consideration when planning, developing, and administering assessment systems. Someresearchers (Garcia & Pearson, 1994; Johnston, 1992; Estrin, 1993), however, believe that students' culturallearnings and interpretations of the world around them are so tied to their responses that it is unfair not toaddress these learnings and interpretations directly. These researchers feel that the only way to trulyunderstand a student's performance is through assessments that are situated in the local realitiesof schools, classrooms, teachers, and students. Proponents of situated assessment argue that it is unlikely that large-scale,high-stakes assessment could ever equitably measure student performance.They see familiar raters (the students' teacher or panels of individuals) asthe best able to judge a students' work becausefamiliarity is necessary to understand the response patterns and culturally tied conceptions of testing and learning that each studentbrings to the assessment situation.

ILLUSTRATIVE CASES:

Maryland School Performance Assessment Program

Kentucky Instructional Results Information System (KIRIS)

Assessment at The Key Learning Community, Indianapolis, Indiana

CONTACTS:

Assessment Training Institute 50 S.W. Second Ave., Suite 300 Portland, OR 97204-2636 (503) 228-3060 Contact: Rick Stiggins

Center on Learning, Assessment, and School Structure (CLASS) 65 S. Main St., Building B Pennington, NJ 08534 (609) 730-1199; fax (609) 730-1488 Contact: Grant Wiggins E-mail: [email protected] WWW: http://www.classnj.org/

Center for the Study of Testing, Evaluation, and Educational Policy (CSTEEP) Boston School of Education Campion Hall Chestnut Hill, MA 02167 65 103 10/20/1999 4:02 P Ensuring Equity with Alternative Assessments http://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as800.ht

(617) 552-4521; fax (617) 552-8419 WWW: http://wwwcsteep.bc.edu/

Consortium for Equity in Standards and Testing (CTEST) Boston College School of Education Campion Hall Chestnut Hill, MA 02167 (617) 552-3574; fax (617) 552-8419 Contact: Steve Stem ler, Research Assistant E-mail: [email protected] WWW: http://wwwcsteep.bc.edu/ctest

Laboratory Network Program on Alternative Assessment North Central Regional Educational Laboratory 1900 Spring Road, Suite 300 Oak Brook, IL 60523 (630) 571-4700; fax (630) 571-4716 Contact: Cathy Cook E-mail: [email protected] WWW: http://www.ncrel.org

Laboratory Network Program on Alternative Assessment Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 101 S.W. Main Street, Suite 500 Portland, OR 97204 (503) 275-9500; fax (503) 275-9489 Contact: Judy Arter E-mail: [email protected] WWW: http://www.nwrel.org/

National Center for Fair and Open Testing (Fair Test) 342 Broadway Cambridge, MA 02139 (617) 864-4810; fax (617) 497-2224 Contact: Leslie Snerder E-mail: FairTest( aol.com WWW: http://www.fairtest.org/

National Center for Research on Evaluation, Standards, and Student Testing (CRESST) UCLA Graduate School of Education and Information Studies Center for the Study of Evaluation 405 Hilgard Ave. 1320 Moore Hall, Mailbox 951522 Los Angeles, CA 90095-1522 (310) 206-1532; fax (310) 825-3883 Contact: Joan Herman, Associate Director E-mail: [email protected] Gopher: gopher://gopher.cse.ucla.edu WWW: http://cresst96.cse.ucla.edu/index.htm

66 104 lAnf 11 10/20/1999 4:02 PIN Ensuring Equity with Alternative Assessments http://www.ncrelorg/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as800.htr

National Center on Educational Outcomes(NCEO) University of Minnesota College of Education and Human Development 350 Elliott Hall 75 E. River Road Minneapolis, MN 55455 (612) 626-1530; fax (612) 624-0879 Contact: Jim Ysseldyke, Director WWW: http://www.coled.umn.edu/nceo/

Warren Simmons Executive Director, Philadelphia Education Fund 7 Benjamin Franklin Parkway Suite 700 Philadelphia, PA 19183 (215) 665-1400, ext. 3313 E-mail: [email protected]

Deborah Winking, Ph.D. Senior Consultant, Panasonic Foundation 8191 Moller Ranch Drive Pleasanton, CA 94588 (510) 417-0943; fax (510) 461-2576 E-mail: dwinkingfoundation.panasonic.com

References

This Critical Issue summary was researched and written by DeborahWinking, senior consultant at Panasonic Foundation in Pleasanton, California, and formerly an evaluationassociate at North Central Regional Educational Laboratory in Oak Brook, Illinois.

Date posted: 1997

67

1 'Si I 1 nf 11 10/20/1999 4:02 Pt Reporting Assessment Results http://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as600.ht,

Critical Issue: Reporting Assessment Results

Pathways Home Pane I Critical Issues for this area

ISSUE: The ultimate success of the school improvement process is measured by advances in student knowledge, skills, behaviors, and attitudes. Progress in these areas often is gauged by student assessment programs managed by state agencies or school districts. After the schools receive the assessment results, educators need to carry out specific activities in order to use the information effectively. (See the critical issue "Using Assessment in School Improvement Planning.") One important task is reporting the assessment results to interested individuals and groups so that their needs for information are met and they have a clear understanding of the assessment.When properly presented, assessment reports can help build support for schools and for initiatives that educators wish to carry out. But if assessment results are poorly reported, they can be disregarded or interpreted incorrectly, adversely affecting students, educators, and others in the school community.

OVERVIEW: Students, parents, and community members often misinterpret assessment data because they do not view the information in the proper context. They may fail to consider the many variables involved in the education process, such as students'diverse backgrounds and motivation levels. All children do not come to school equally prepared to learn. In addition, low-performing children are more likely to move frequently, so schools may have little opportunity to intervene with these students before assessment takes place.

Too often, assessment contributes to a competitive atmosphere among schools, districts, and states.When assessment data for a school shows a low rating, the public has a tendency to blame the school environment.

Ed Roeber, Director of Assessment for the Council of Chief State School Officers in Washington, DC, discusses how erroneous conclusions often are drawn when the results of assessment tests are misinterpreted. [Audio file, 180k] Excerpted from the audiotape Policy Talks, audiotape #2, Reaching for New Goals and Standards: The Role of Testing in Educational Reform Policy (NCREL, 1994).

The real goal of reporting assessment results to the students, parents, school, and the public is to help children learn. Yet this message is rarely reported or conveyed when schools release assessment results. The reason for this omission might be that some educators and policymakers are not fully aware of the different purposes for assessment. They may not know how to convey those purposes, as well as assessment results, to various audiences.

Ed Roeber, Director of Assessment for the Council of Chief State School Officers in Washington, DC, explains his belief that assessment results are not handled properly in America's schools today. [Audio file, 135k] Excerpted from the audiotape series Policy Talks, audiotape #2, Reaching for New Goals and Standards: The Role of Testing in Educational Reform Policy (NCREL, 1994).

Problems in the reporting of results also may arise if the media oversimplifies this complex topic. Reporters sometimes are more concerned with finding a story than with reporting the complete results. Educators must remember to deliver the assessment results in a manner that puts the information in the proper 69

1 of 6 106 10/20/1999 4:04 P' Reporting Assessment Results http://www.ncrel.org/sIcrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as600.1m

educational perspective.

Despite the current attention given to student assessment,relatively little has been written on the use and reporting of assessment results. Even less research exists on the effectivenessof alternative strategies for using and reporting student assessment results. Yet public reportingof large-scale assessment results generates some of the largest complaints aboutstudent assessment.

John Davis. an English teacher at Columbia Middle School. describes the frustration that can arise when educators try to report information through the political and media arenas. [Audio file, 279k] Excerpted from the audiotape series Policy Talks, audiotape #1, Through theEyes of Professionals (NCREL, 1994).

GOALS: Accurate and useful reporting of assessment results enables teachers, students, parents and the public to understand why various assessmentinstruments are being applied and how the results will be used as part of the school improvement process. In order to meet thisgoal, educators involved in reporting assessment results should:

Determine the specific goals of the reporting activities at the outset of the process. Select reporting strategies that are consistent with these goals and that effectively relaythe desired information. Communicate student assessment results in a clear and accurate manner to students, parents,and the public. Report results at a level of understanding appropriate for the group or individual receivingthe report.'

ACTION OPTIONS: When preparing to write assessment reports, educators should:

Determine how individual, group, and school results of various tests will help the school to improve instruction and learning. (See the critical issue "Integrating Assessment and Instruction in Ways That Support Learning.") Determine the audience for the reporting activity. The audience may include students, parents, the school board, or the public (Roeber, Donovan, and Cole, 1980). Be clear about why assessment results should be reported to these audiences. A clear statementof rationale is important (Roeber et al., 1980). Be equally clear about what information is to be communicated, for what purposes, and usingwhich reporting techniques. Remember that multiple strategies are likely to be more effective (Roeber etal., 1980).

Educators have several options when preparing reports:

Reports can be provided in person, in writing, or in both forms. Reports can be primarily text-based, graphical, or both. Reports can be lengthy and elaborate, or brief and straightforward.

One good reference for information on reporting assessment results is Pencils Down! A Guide for Using and Reporting Test Results, by Gucwa and Mastie (1989). This publication from the Michigan Department of Education presents descriptions of different procedures for reporting assessment results and includes a 70 1 0 7 2 of 6 10/20/1999 4:04 Pt Reporting Assessment Results http://www.ncrel.org/skreareas/issues/methods/assment/as600.1m

sample press release.

The following four sections describe methods that can be used when reporting assessmentresults to students, parents, the school board, and the public.

Reporting Results to Students: A two-step process is recommended for reporting assessment results to students. The first step is a briefing provided to the entire group of students who receivedindividual results. The second step is individual follow-up meetings with students. These meetings shouldfocus on how the teacher(s) will be addressing the individual needs of students.

Reporting Results to Parents: Parents want to know how their children are performing in school, so assessment information collected by schools is of great interest to them. Parentsalso want to know how the entire student body is performing in comparison with other schools. Reporting results to parents cansatisfy both of these needs. Keep in mind that parents want to know how the school scored overall, evenif their own children were not assessed.

The building administrator and teachers should be involved in carrying out both types of reporting activities. This collaboration helps build active partnerships between teachers and parents focused on the learning of children.

Four strategies are suggested for reporting results to parents. They are: (1) individual parent/teacher conferences, (2) an individual written report sent home, (3) parent group meetings, and (4) parent newsletter articles.

Although in-person meetings are generally more personal and effective, they are not always possible. Written reports may provide a more accessible form of communication between teachers and parents. Inall types of reports, the information should include how well an individual student did onthe assessment and what steps the educator will take to make improvements in instruction so that the student will learn whatis needed. Written reports also should include information concerning how parents can actively participate in a plan of action to address the instructional needs of theirchild.

Vivian Lyte, a school administrator, talks about the need for having school or district staff members who can provide parents with information concerning the assessment tests that students are given. [Audio file, 189k] Excerpted from the videotape The ABCs of School Testing (The Joint Committee on Testing Practices, 1993).

Reporting Results to the School Board: The school board is the legal policymaking entity at the district level. As such, it deserves to receive reports on the results of assessment. A three-part reporting strategy is recommended for reporting to the school board.

The first report provides background information about the assessment effort itself It explains what was assessed, what type of assessments were used, why they were used, and how the results will be applied and reported. This report might best be given when the assessment information is being collected, but before assessment results become available. Such timing encourages the school board members to focus on the message of the assessment rather than the numbers.

The second report contains the results of the assessment at the school and district levels. It should answer typical questions raised by policymakers.

The third report follows up on the status of efforts to improve instruction at the school and the effectiveness of these changes. This report, though optional, goes a long way in conveying to the school board that the 71

3 of 6 0 10/20/1999 4:04 P; Reporting Assessment Results http://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as600.hti

real purpose of student assessment is to help improve teaching andlearning, not to serve as a scorecard on the quality of the school.

Reporting Results to the Public: Many educators are frustrated thatcommunities receive most reports of assessment results through the news media. Thepublic seems to know little else about schools other than test results. As a consequence, school districts maybe leery about reporting assessment results or being candid with the public regarding the level of student performance.

Grant Wiggins, Director of Educational Research and Development for CLASS (Consultants for Learning, Assessment and School Structure) in Rochester, NY, talks about why it is beneficial for community members to be educated about and aware of school assessment activities. [Audio file, 342k] Excerpted from the video series Restructing to Promote Learning in America's Schools, videoconference #4, Multidimensional Assessment:Strategies for the Classroom (NCREL, 1990).

Several steps are involved in successful public reporting of the assessment results. First, educators must decide what audience is going to be addressed. The "public" consists of many different groupsof people with varying levels of prior knowledge and information needs. Second, purposes and goalsfor reporting must be resolved. Third, procedures for reporting the results need tobe determined. Remember, the news media is only one way that the public can learn about schools.

There are three types of reports that can be used to communicate test results to communities.These reports are similar in form and content to the reportsgiven to the school board.

IMPLEMENTATION PITFALLS: The largest pitfall is reporting assessment results in an unclear manner. If the information is overly complex or poorly written, it may be misunderstood or misused by the audience. To eliminate this pitfall, reports should be reviewed by various school staff members to ensure clarity.

A sample press release from Pencils Down! shows how to write a clear and informative reportof assessment results. A press release should contain information describing whatgrades were tested, when the tests were administered, and how the students scored as compared to students attendingother schools in the state. The press release also should contain the name and phone number of a school officialwho can be contacted for further information.

The effectiveness of the entire reporting process will be greatly hindered if the school ordistrict makes no effective use of the assessment information. If teachers, administrators, and parents do not learn from and act upon the information provided by the assessments, the entire process will be oflittle or no benefit to the children. (Activities related to implementing changes based upon assessment results are described in the critical issue "Using Assessment in School Improvement Planning.") Remember, the ultimate goalof assessment is to better educate children.

DIFFERENT POINTS OF VIEW: There are differences in opinion about how much assessment information to report, as well as whether or not some types of assessment information should be publicly reported. Some people assume that if a public agency invests tax dollars in carrying out assessment activities, then the students, their parents, the localschool board, and the public deserve to know how students did and what actions will be taken as a result.

Other individuals believe that assessment results should be shared with a much more limited audience.

72 10j

4 of 6 10/20/1999 4:04 PI\ Reporting Assessment Results ktp://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as600.htr

Marjorie Mastie, a school testing specialist a_ t the Washtenaw IntermediateSchool District in Ann Arbor, Michigan, describes the federal law that prohibits the publicrelease of any individual child's test scores. rAudio file, 360k1 Excerpted from The ABCs of School Testing (The Joint Committee on Testing Practices, 1993).

Some educators object to sharing assessment resultsbecause the information may be misunderstood and reported incorrectly by the news media or others.

ILLUSTRATIVE CASES:

Ann Arbor Public Schools, Ann Arbor, Michigan

Michigan Educational Assessment Program (MEAP)

CONTACTS:

Assessment Training Institute 50 S.W. Second Ave., Suite 300 Portland, OR 97204-2636 503-228-3060 Contact: Rick Stiggins

The Center on Learning, Assessment, and School Structure (CLASS) 648 The Great Road Princeton, NJ 08540 609-252-1211; fax 609-252-1268 Contact: Grant Wiggins E-mail: classnjaaol.com

Center for Research on Evaluation, Standards, and Student Testing (CRESST) UCLA Graduate School of Education and Information Studies 405 Hilgard Ave., 1320 Moore Hall Los Angeles, CA 90095-1522 310-206-1532; fax 310-825-3883 Contact: Joan Herman (ioan2cse.ucla.edu) Gopher: gopher://gopher.cse.ucla.edu WWW: http://www.cse.ucla.edu

Council of Chief State School Officers (CCSSO) One Massachusetts Ave. N.W., Suite 700 Washington, DC 20001-1431 202-408-5505; fax 202-408-8072 Contact: Ed Roeber ([email protected]) or Ramsay Selden (RamsaySamail.ccsso.org)

73 113 snrr. 10/20/1999 4:04 Pt Reporting Assessment Results http://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as600.hu

Laboratory Network Project North Central Regional Educational Laboratory 1900 Spring Road, Suite 300 Oak Brook, IL 60521-1480 708-571-4700; fax 708-571-4716 Contact: Linda Ann Bond ([email protected]) or Cathy Cook

Laboratory Network Project Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 101 S.W. Main St., Suite 500 Portland, OR 97204 503-275-9500; fax 503-275-9489 Contact: Judy Arter (aretede,nwrel.org) WWW: http://www.nwrel.org/

Michigan Education Assessment Program (MEAP) Michigan Department of Education 608 W. Allegan Lansing, MI 48909 Phone: 517-373-8393 Fax: 517-335-1186 Contact: Peggy Dutcher, Assessment Consultant (pdutchereed.mde.state.mi.us)

Washtenaw Intermediate School District 1819 S. Wagner Road P.O. Box 1406 Ann Arbor, MI 48106-1406 313-994-8100 Contact: Marge Mas tie (ext. 1121) WWW: http://www.mde.state.mi.us/

This Critical Issue summary was researched and written by Edward D. Roeber, directorof assessment, Council of Chief State School Officers.

Date posted: 1995

111 74

6 of 6 10/20/1999 4:04 Pt Critical Issue: Integrating Assessment and Instruction in Ways ThatSupport Learning http://www.ncrel.org/sIcrs/areas/issuesimethods/assment/as500.1111

Critical Issue: Integrating Assessment and Instructionin Ways That Support Learning

Pathways Home Page I Critical Issues for this area

ISSUE: Assessment results have important implications for instruction. The primaryaim of assessment is to foster learning of worthwhile academic contentfor all students (Wolf, Bixby, Glenn, & Gardner, 1991). School communities use assessment results in a formative way to determine how well they are meeting instructional goals and how to alter curriculum and instruction so that goals can be better met. But unless the content of assessment (what schools assess) and the format of assessment (how schools assess) match what is taught and howit is taught, the results are meaningless, if not potentially harmful. The same is true if assessment tools are notof high quality. There's also potential for harm when decisions affecting students' futures are beingmade based on results of assessments made with tools that are not appropriate for the purpose.

Charlotte Higuchi, third and fourth grade teacher at Farmdale Elementary School in Los Angeles, California, talks about the connection between assessment and instruction. Excerpted from the videoseries, Schools That Work: The Research Advantage, videoconference #4, Alternatives for Measuring Performance (NCREL, 1991). [Audio Comment, 135K]

OVERVIEW: Changes in the workplace are likely to accelerate as we enter the 21st century. The need for schools to keep pace with these changes has resulted in a massive curriculum reform movement. School communities are establishing new goals so that students will learn the skills and competencies needed to succeed in today's workplace; often communitiesinclude the skills of reasoning, problem solving, and working collaboratively. To meet these goals,schools are providing students with learning experiences that are more authentic. If schools want an accurateappraisal of how well they are helping students achieve goals, they must make changes in assessment thatreflect the changes in curriculum and instruction. The connection between curriculum reform and the needfor changes in assessment is considered in more detail in the critical issue "Rethinking Assessment and ItsRole in Supporting Educational Reform."

In their attempts to change assessment to match the content and format of instruction, someschools are relying more upon what is known as alternative assessment. Performance-based assessment, portfolios, student-designed assessments, etc., are regarded by many educators as more reflective of new curricular goals and methods of instruction. Some educators view alternative assessment as a better way to determine how well students are learning (and how effective instruction is) than traditional forms of assessment like multiple choice tests.

Charlotte Higuchi, third and fourth grade teacher at Farmdale Elementary School in Los Angeles, California, talks about sharing performance based assessment results with students and parents. Excerpted from the videoseries, Schools That Work: The Research Advantage, videoconference #4, Alternatives for Measuring Performance (NCREL, 1991). [Slide Show, 423K]

The selection or design of particular forms of assessment depends partly on the specific purpose for 75 1 i nf 6 10/20/1999 4:05 P: Critical Issue: Integrating Assessment and Instruction in Ways That Support Learning http://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as500.hti

assessing. Assessment's overall aim is to foster learning pf worthwhile academic content for allstudents, and the most direct way that assessment serves this purpose is through its role in makingdecisions about curriculum and teaching. But schools have other purposes for assessment results. Often assessmentresults are used to assign students tocertain groups or strands, and to determine if they should be promoted or graduated. Results of many assessments are used to determine student grades and to report student progress to parents, the principal, or other teachers (Crooks, 1988). Resultsof some assessments may be used to hold schools accountable to the public.

Alternative forms of assessment might best serve some of these purposes while more traditional forms could still serve others. Regardless of the purpose, however, the form of assessment used must reflect the content to be mastered and must be of high technical quality. The qualityof information provided by classroom assessments is considered in more detail under the critical issues of "Designing or Selecting Appropriate Assessment Tasks" and "Ensuring the Technical Quality of Alternative Assessments."

The most important factors in determining technical quality are the reliability, validity, and fairness of classroom assessments. If the quality of an assessment is not ensured, grouping practices, and coverage and pacing decisions may be based on invalid estimates of students' capabilities. For example, sometimes grouping decisions reflect or reinforce racial and socioeconomic inequities, or the decisions might be based on prior achievement that was artificially low due to pastlimited opportunities to learn. In addition, grouping and pacing decisions based on test results are unfair if all students have not had an equal opportunity to learn.

Poor decision can also be made if attention is not paid to appropriateness of the form of assessment for the intended purpose of the assessment.

GOALS:

Teachers develop classroom assessments that value the ability to apply knowledge by reasoning and solving novel problems as well as the acquisition of knowledge and low-level skills. Teachers better evaluate their own classroom assessment practices and instructional procedures, and how they affect student achievement.

Susan Watson, literature teacher at Verona Area High School in Verona, Wisconsin, talks about the value of informal assessment while working with small groups of students. Excerpted from the videoseries, Schools That Work: The Research Advantage, videoconference #4, Alternatives for Measuring Performance (NCREL, 1991). [Slide Show, 513K]

Teachers collect valid, reliable data to inform their instructional decisions. Administrators support and work with teachers to strengthen teaching through improved assessment practices. Students are involved in developing scoring criteria, self-evaluation, and goal setting, and view classroom assessment as appropriate reflections of what they are learning. Policymakers understand the impact of their external assessment decisions on classroom instruction.

ACTION OPTIONS: 76 113

I 2 of 6 10/20/1999 4:05 Pt' Critical Issue: Integrating Assessment andInstruction in Ways That Support Learning http://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as500.htn

Grade-level and subject-specific teachers should work together to clarify the learning goalsof their instruction and review their assessment practices to ensure that they reflect the intended learner outcomes (Fuchs, 1994; Elliott, 1994). Teachers should collectively examine the grouping and tracking practices in their school to determine whether these practices are appropriate and based on valid and reliable information. Teachers should discuss with colleagues their own informal assessments of individual students so that the knowledge base of all teachers is expanded. Teachers should share effective instructional practices and provide the assessment data used to determine the effectiveness of those practices. Teachers should have access to relevant information about other performance assessment activities, including on-line resources, among which is the Assessment Resource Library. Administrators should set aside a period for teachers to discuss their grading practices, educational priorities, and the expected standards of accomplishment (Driscoll, 1986). Students should be involved in the development of scoring criteria, and should learn to use those criteria for self-evaluation and goal setting. Educators and professional groups should inform policymakers about the need for external assessments that are closely aligned with the goals of educational reform.

IMPLEMENTATION PITFALLS: Alternative forms of assessment require knowledge and skills which most teachers have not had the opportunity to learn. Providing teachers with time for learning is essential -to making changes in assessment practices that will support learning. Teachers will also need time to produce and implement the assessments. And, because integrating instruction and assessment requires coordination, teachers will need time to work with one another to share ideas and reach consensus. Because it requires adequate time to implement, alternative assessment will not be effective if it is an added responsibility for teachers. Priorities need tobe rearranged so that teachers can spend less time on some things and moretime on assessment.

Charlotte Higuchi, third and fourth grade teacher at Farmdale Elementary School in Los Angeles, California, talks about the complexity of using performance based assessments. Excerpted from the videoseries, Schools That Work: The Research Advantage, videoconference #4, Alternatives for Measuring Performance (NCREL, 1991). [Slide Show, 468K]

Teachers will also need to work together to create a school environment that values good assessment practices. Conflict can result from implementing alternative forms of assessment in a school that is heavily dependent on traditional forms of instruction and assessment.

DIFFERENT POINTS OF VIEW: Some fear that placing too much emphasis on any form of assessment will result in educators "teaching to the test." In other words, when assessment results are used to make important decisions, there is a danger that instruction will narrowly focus on what is assessed while other important curricular goals and content are neglected (Romberg, Zarinnia, & Williams, 1989). All assessments include only a sample of the total content contained within a curriculum. Critics of multiple-choice tests, for example, suggest that the skills usually assessed by multiple-choice testing - the acquisition of factual information and the simple application of that information - became the focus of instruction at the expense of more substantial content. Alternative assessment attempts to remedy this situation by ensuring that the content of the assessment matches the most important content in the curriculum. But regardless of how much the content of an assessment is improved, when teachers narrowly focus on what is tested, the assessment results will only reveal the students' learning of the test content, not whether they could perform a related task in a different environment. For example, if instruction is focused on a skill that is a test requirementsuch as writing a 77 .1 1 1,1

3 of 6 10/20/1999 4:05 PN Critical Issue: Integrating Assessment and Instruction in Ways That Support Learning http://www.ncrelorgiskrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as500.1m

persuasive essay - the results of the test will reflect only the students' performance onthis type of writing, not his/her general writing ability.This limitation is primarily a concern in one-shot, large-scale district or state testing situations where importantdecisions are based on a limited sample of student performance. In a classroom setting, teachers cancontinually assess student work over a long period without relying on the results of a single assessment.

ILLUSTRATIVE CASES:

The Vermont Portfolio Project

Thinker Tools II Project

The Key School and the Key Renaissance School, Indianapolis, Indiana

Measuring Up: Prototypes for Mathematics Assessment

Performance Assessment Sampler: A Workbook

CONTACTS:

Assessment Training Institute 50 S.W. Second Ave, Suite 300 Portland, OR 97204-2636 503-228-3060 Contact: Rick Stiggins

The Center on Learning, Assessment, and School Structure (CLASS) 648 The Great Road Princeton, NJ 08540 609-252-1211, Fax: 609-252-1268 Contact: Grant Wiggins e-mail: classnje,aol.com

Center for Research on Evaluation, Standards, and Student Testing (CRESST) UCLA Graduate School of Education and Information Studies 405 Hilgard Avenue 1320 Moore Hall Los Angeles, CA 90095-1522 310-206-1532, Fax: 310-825-3883 Contact: Joan Herman e-mail: joancse.ucla.edu Gopher: gopher://gopher.cse.ucla.edu WWW: http://www.cse.ucla.edu

EXEMPLARS A Teacher's Solution 113 78 a.,sic 10/20/1999 4:05 P! Critical Issue: Integrating Assessment and Instruction in Ways ThatSupport Learning http://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as500.hti

RR1 Box 7390 Underhill, VT 05489 800-450-4050

Laboratory Network Project North Central Regional Educational Laboratory 1900 Spring Road, Suite 300 Oak Brook, IL 60521-1480 708-571-4700, Fax 708-571-4716 Contact: Linda Ann Bond (e-mail: lindaabondaol.com) or Cathy Cook

Laboratory Network Project Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 101 S.W. Main Street, Suite 500 Portland, OR 97204 503-275-9500, Fax: 503-275-9489 Contact: Judy Arter E-mail: jarternwrel.org WWW: http://www.nwrel.org/

Michigan Education Assessment Program (MEAP) Michigan Department of Education 608 W. Allegan Lansing, MI 48909 Phone: 517-373-8393 Fax: 517-335-1186 Contact: Peggy Dutcher, Assessment Consultant ([email protected])

National Council of Teachers of English 1111 Kenyon Road Urbana, IL 61801-1096 217-328-3870, Fax: 217-328-0977 e-mail: [email protected] www: http://www.ncte.org Contact: John Chero

National Council of Teachers of Mathematics 1906 Association Drive Reston, VA 22091-1593 703-620-9840, Fax: 703-476-2970

Washtenaw Intermediate School District 1819 S. Wagner Road Ann Arbor, MI 48106 313-994-8100 Contact: Marge Maskic (ext. 1121)

References 1 :1 6 79

5 of 6 10/20/1999 4:05 PI, Critical Issue: Integrating Assessment and Instructionin Ways That Support Learning http://www.ncrel.org/skrs/areas/issues/methods/assment/as500.11

i This Critical Issue Summary was researched and written by Andrew Porter,director, Wisconsin Center for Education Research.

Date posted: 1995

17

6 of 6 10/20/1999 4:05 P Assessing Young Children's ProgressAppropriately http://www.ncrel.org/sIcrs/areas/issues/students/earlycld/ea500.htn

Critical Issue: Assessing Young Children'sProgress Appropriately

Pathways Home Pa 2e I Critical Issues for this area

ISSUE: School improvement emphasizes enhanced achievement forall children, but determining young children's achievementdemands special consideration. Assessment of the progress and attainments of young children, 3 to 8 years of age, requires understanding thatthey grow and change rapidly, particularly in their social and emotional development; thatthey can be easily distracted by assessment procedures; and that they have little or no personal interest in beingassessed. Given these characteristics, how can educators determine what the youngest children knowand can do, and how can they use that information to carry out the aims of early childhood programs?

OVERVIEW: In recent years, teachers and administrators have recognized the problemsunique to assessing young children. These problemsarise from a combination of the developmental characteristics of 3- to 8-year-olds and the kind of curriculum that is appropriate inearly childhood programs. Assessment processes traditionally acceptedfor older children are not developmentally appropriate assessment, nor are they sufficiently informative for assessing young children.

Abuses and misuses of tests for assessing young children have beendocumented (Meisels, 1987, 1989, 1993; Shepard, 1991, 1994). Excessive use of standardized testsis especially inappropriate (National Association for the Education of Young Children, 1987). Standardized achievement testsalone cannot fulfill the major purposes of assessment in programs for young children. Those purposes are:instructional planning and communicating with parents, identification of children with specialneeds, and program evaluation and accountability (Hills, 1992).

Concern about the role of assessment in improving early childhood education is partof the widespread conviction that much of standardized testing has served public elementary and secondaryeducation poorly. In too many cases, narrowly conceived, multiple-choice or short-answer testshave overemphasized low-level reading, writing, and math skills isolated from a context of meaning. They haveneglected the kinds of critical thinking and problem solving required for successful functioning currentlyand in the future. (See the Critical Issue: "Rethinking Assessment and Its Role in SupnortingEducational Reform.")

Charlotte Higuchi, a third-grade teacher at Farmdale Elementary School in Los Angeles, 81 1 1 S 1 of 5 10/20/1999 4:07 P: Assessing Young Children's Progress Appropriately http://www.ncrelorg/skrs/areas/issues/students/earlycld/ea500.hti

California, talks about the differences between standardized tests anddevelopmentally appropriate assessment. [236k audio file] Excerptedfrom the video series Schools That Work: The Research Advantage, videoconference #4, Alternatives for Measuring Assessment (NorthCentral Regional Educational Laboratory, 1992).

Influential professional associations such as the National Association for the Educationof Young Children and the National Association of Early Childhood Specialists in State Departmentsof Education have issued position statements on assessment as an integral part of curriculum and instruction.These position statements offer guidance to school personnel who seek to improve school programsfor the youngest students. Young children's thinking and learning are not compartmentalized into content areas,and their accomplishments in new learning are supported by their prior experiences and understandings.The way they learn, therefore, requires an integrated curriculum. The curriculum, in turn, requiresthat assessment procedures frequently sample a broad range of their performance in many learning contexts.

GOALS:

Schools will integrate curriculum and assessment in educational programs for young children.

Schools will adopt assessment practices that are developmentally appropriate for young children.

The assessment procedures will fulfill all the major purposes of assessment in early childhood programs.

Teachers will communicate to parents clear and full information about their children's progress.

Anne Norford, principal of Brownsville Elementary School in Crozet Virginia, talks about approaches to communicating with parents about their children's performance-based assessment. [416k audio file] Excerpted from a videotaped interview with AnneNorford (North Central Regional Educational Laboratory, 1992).

School personnel will use assessment practices to benefit children through more individually appropriate instruction and/or special interventions to help them succeed.

ACTION OPTIONS:

Engage teachers and administrators in determining what necessary assessment information (with regard to instructional planning and communicating with parents, identifying children who need supplements or alternatives to the program planned for typical children, and determining the worth of the program) is and is not available through their current assessment procedures.

Evaluate current and proposed assessment programs in terms of criteria for quality and fairness.

Eliminate routine use of standardized tests for all young children. 82 119 2 of 5 10/20/1999 4:07 P1 Assessing Young Children's Progress Appropriately http://www.ncrel.org/sIcrs/areas/issues/students/earlycld/ea500.hti

Eliminate policies that assign children to extra-year programs on the basis of standardized test scores.

Make teachers the primary assessors for the children they teach since it is they who will use assessment information to design instruction.

Include in teacher evaluation and individual professional development plans, teachers' acquisition and use of the skills and knowledge to carry out developmentally appropriate assessment and a repertory of strategies for collecting, recording, and interpreting assessmentinformation, including portfolios.

Conduct a program evaluation to evaluate all components of the program, not just children's achievement.

Provide basic information about assessment of young children to administrators so that they can fulfill their administrative responsibilities for assessment.

Provide information about the rationale and implementation of the assessment program to those who have a stake in the assessment of young children, including parents, teachers, and children themselves.

IMPLEMENTATION PITFALLS: The differing beliefs and expectations about assessment among teachers, administrators, school board members, parents, andthe community may make it difficult to elicit acceptance of developmentally appropriate assessment approaches.

Most teachers in early childhood classrooms lack systematic training in the new conceptions of assessment. They will need professional development opportunities to learn the new skills and knowledge, and they will need supervisory and administrative support as they attempt to implement alternative assessment. Administrative support will be essential if school board members and parents are to accept a new approach to assessment.

The assessment program adopted for early childhood programs should be based upon appropriate expectations for the learning and development of children in preschool, kindergarten, and primary years. Like curriculum standards, assessment standards should be articulated with programs that follow kindergarten (including any end-of-primary benchmarks) so that the entire elementary school experience is planned as a coherent whole. If not, markedly different expectations at the higher grade levels may predispose the preschool-through-primary program to perceived failure. Such a perception ultimately can result in a downward articulation of end-of-primary expectations to second grade and below.

Reform and improvement of assessment programs requires time and effort. There are likely to be some problems along the way, with consequent need to alter some of the original plans or work harder on implementation. If teachers, administrators, school board members, and parents except too much too soon, the reform and improvement movement may be abandoned prematurely as a failure in favor of a return to over-reliance on traditional formal testing, with the potential problems already cited.

DIFFERENT POINTS OF VIEW: Many people believe that formal testing is an absolute 83 1

3 of 5 10/20/1999 4:07 Pi Assessing Young Children's Progress Appropriately http://www.ncrel.org/slas/areas/issues/students/earlycld/ea500.ht

requirement for meaningful assessment of students. They believe that only scores onstandardized tests can determine whether and how much students have learned and whether school programs areaccountable. Those who emphasize the importance of standardized achievement tests may doubtteachers' abilities to be objective, and they place high value on comparisons of their particular students' achievementwith the achievement of those in other schools or previous years.

Some teachers feel pressure from administrators or teachers of higher grades to give youngchildren experience with standardized testing. Even if they have concerns about such tests, these teachers mayfeel an obligation to administer them.

School board members, elected officials, and high-level administrators must confront issues of accountability: Are school programs accomplishing their mission, and do they justify the public expenditures that support them? They may rely almost entirely on standardized testing programs to answer these questions, believing that the tests are objective and stringent and thus can lead to accurate inferences about student achievement.

Some teachers are concerned about alternative, performance-based assessment systems that require observation, recording, and narrative reports of children's progress. They may believe that their workloadis already too great without additional assessment tasks. Even though the majority of teachers of young children distrust standardized tests for assessing achievement, they may be apprehensive about undertaking a new approach that demands new skills, newknowledge, and possibly more time.

Many parents have faith in standardized testing, which has been greatly emphasized by the media,elected officials, and public school educators during the last 15 or 20 years. Parents may object to changes in the ways teachers report to parents about children's performance, such asnarrative reports or checklists instead of traditional letter grades. They may fear that alternative, performance-based assessment and narrative reports, instead of traditional report cards, signify lower standards.

ILLUSTRATIVE CASES:

Portofolio assessment of South Brunswick Public Schools. South Brunswick. New Jersey

Assessment at Valeska Hinton Early Childhood Education Center. Peoria, Illinois

The Primary Program: Growing and Learning in the Heartland

Project Construct, an early childhood program of integrated curriculum and assessment, developed by the Missouri Department of Elementary and Secondary Education

CONTACTS:

Nebraska Department of Education Office of Early Childhood Care and Education P.O. Box 94987 Lincoln, NE 68509-4987 121

84

4 of 5 10/20/1999 4:07 Pt Assessing Young Children's Progress Appropriately http://www.ncrelorg/skrs/areas/issues/students/earlycld/ea500.htn

(402) 471-6518; fax (402) 471-0117 Contact: Harriet Egerston, Administrator E-mail: [email protected]

Project Construct National Center University of Missouri-Columbia 27 South 10th St., Suite 202 Columbia, MO 65211 (800) 335-PCNC or (573) 882-1610; fax (573) 884-5580 Contact: Sharon Shattgen, Director, or Nancy Zguta, AssistantDirector E-mail: pcncwww(@,showme.missouri.edu WWW: http://www.projectconstruct.org/

South Brunswick Board of Education #4 Executive Drive P.O. Box 181, Monmouth Junction South Brunswick, NJ 08852 (908) 297-7800; fax (908) 422-8054 Contact: Andrea Orlando, Staff Developer E-mail: [email protected]

Valeska Hinton Early Childhood Center 800 W. 5th Street Peoria, IL 61605 (309) 672-6810 E-mail: [email protected]

The Work Sampling System Assessment Projects 3210 School of Education University of Michigan 610 University Ann Arbor, MI 48109 (313)763-7306; fax (313)747-1082 Contact: Samuel J. Meisels, Professor E-mail: [email protected]

References

This Critical Issue was researched and written by Tynette W. Hills, an educational consultantbased in Durham, North Carolina.

Date posted: 1997 Revised: 1999

" 85

10/20/1999 4:07 Pl Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Start Activity #3

Assessment Information

Group activity to acquaint participants with the three categories of data: outcome, demo- graphic and process.

Activity #3 Northwest Regional les Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Activity 3: Assessment Information

Purpose: To acquaint participants with the three categories of data: outcome, demo- graphic and process To identify assessment information available to classroom teachers To provide teachers with a list of questions to consider when choosing as- sessment instruments

Materials: Handouts on different types of data, Copy of reading standards, Over- head of questions

Time: approx. 45 minutes

Time/Materials Steps

20 minutes 1.Different Types of Data Handouts on different Share with participants that there are three differ- types of data ent types of data: outcome, demographic, and process. A description of each is included in the handouts for this activity. Outcome data reflects on student achievement. It is basically the result of student performance of any measure. Demographic data is all the variables about kids that aren't controlled by the school. For example, the number of students living in poverty, the num- ber of Hispanic students, etc... Process data is what happens to kids when they come to school. For example, how is the school organized, what is the curriculum, are the teach- ers effective, etc...?

2. Available Information Have participants break up into Twos or Threes. Each small group should take a look at the de- scription for each type of data and list all of the information available. For each type of data group list all of the information available for each category. This is a list of general information.

Northwest Regional 89 Activity #3 Educational Laboratory i4_ Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Time/Materials Steps

For example, in the category of outcome data, items may include standardized test scores and portfolios. Demographic informa- tion may include attendance. Have small groups report to larger group a few items from their list. Record on overhead.

25 minutes 3. Achievement of the Standard Copy of reading stan- Using the reading standard from Activity #1, dards participants now make a more specific list of the assessment tools they feel would best demonstrate whether or not a student has met the benchmark. These assessments may be currently in use in their district or state, or may be a "wish list." Individuals should then share with a partner or two and compare and dis- cuss the assessment tools selected. Overhead of questions Put the list of questions on the overhead. In- form participants that there are many assessment tools available and we have in- cluded a resource list in the appendix of the participants' materials. Not all effective as- sessments will be standardized or even developed by publishers. Some may be an "in house" test developed by a school, but in order to determine the effectiveness of any in- strument, one must consider the following questions. Groups should choose one of the assessments they listed and answer questions.

5 minutes 4. Closing the Activity Pose this question to the group: How can this type of consideration of assessments help us ensure that all students have the opportunity to meet high standards?

Northwest Regional Activity #3 Educational Laboratory Outcome Data

Describes how a student or group of students is doing at a particular point in time.

Communicates the degree to which a student or group of students has acquired specified knowledge, skills, and attitudes.

Is measurable and quantifiable.

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network 9112G Demographic Data

Helps the staff understand its students and their unique needs.

Provides vital statistics regarding the students, their families, and the community.

Identifies factors that must be considered in the staff's decision-making process.

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network 92127 Process Data

Includes information related to the school's efforts to promote a high level of student achievement.

Refers to variables over which the school has some degree of control.

Helps the staff make effective decisions about curriculum, instruction, and assessment.

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network 93 12S Outcome Data

Demographic Data

94 2 9 Outcome Data Achievement Data teacher-made tests standardized tests minimum proficiency tests departmental exams report card analysis progress report analysis exhibitions projects portfolios audiovisual productions performance assessments honors class enrollment advanced placement tests scholastic awards completion of University of California A-F requirements

Completion Rates graduation rate promotion rate dropout rate retention rate Comparative Data matched scores among subgroups to external standards to external groups

Post Enrollment, K-8 attendance and performance in subsequent grade levels

Post Enrollment, Secondary admission to and performance in post-secondary education completion of post-secondary education admission-to and performance in the armed forces entrance in and performance in the workforce

Supplemental Data discipline referrals suspensions extracurricular activities expulsions

Developed by the Southern California COmpt:ehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network 95 130 Demographic Data (student) Enrollment ethnicity .+language proficiency primary language gender grade level categorical programs special programs Attendance daily rate of attendance tardiness rate truancy rate mobility rate . reasons for absences by teacher by period by subject matter .Language Proficiency language proficiency level redesignation rate Socioeconomic Status free/reduced lunch status AFDC status . social service support parent education le/el . community employment figures household income . caretaker employment

Developed by the Southern California ComprehensiveAssistance Center Reading Success Network 96 131 Demographic Data (family)

41.*. status of primary caretaker size of family 41.*. family primary language number of siblings . nature and frequency of adult participation in school °tents

.11.* nature and frequency of adult support athome Demographic Data (community and business)

. number of community and/or business organizations that provide support . nature and frequency of community.and/orbusiness organizations' support

4..41. nature and frequency of volunteerservices

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network 97 132 Process Data

Curriculum . alignment with content standards, frameworks,reform documents, and other comparative documents . dependency on textbooks . consistency across similar grade levels,courses, and subject matter . amount of time allotted to specified content . alignment with content of externalassessments Instruction . evidence of sound instructional strategies . consistency across similar grade levels,courses, and subject matter amount of time allotted to specified instructional practices Assessment . nature of classroom assessment frequency of classroomassessment . amount of time allotted to assessment alignment with externalassessments consistency across similar grade levels,courses, and subject matter Resources (text books, supplemental books, technology,manipulatives, materials, equipment, supplies, and other instructional items)

quantity quality accessibility appropriateness

Developed by tae southern Calgornia ComprehensiveAssistance Center 98 1 3 Process Data

Staff number (certificated/classified) variety of positions preservice training years of teaching major/minor areas of study specialized training certifications/credentials gender years of service at school ethnicity experience outside of education age

Expectations level of expectation communication to others application to all students consistency among staff

Professional Development number of staff who participate follow-up support relationship to long-range plans subjects addressed number of sessions attended nature of training process for selection training relationship to needs level of implementation quality of training

School Organization organization of the school day use of facilities time allotted to specific subjects class size organization of the staff support services accommodation to teacher collaboration decision making process

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network 99 1 3 4 ; k. k, . Process Data

Parent Education and Involvement number and nature of parent education opportunities attendance for parent education opportunities evaluation of parent education opportunities number and nature of parent involvement opportunities parent satisfaction with parent involvement opportunities

Communication with Parents, Community, and Business nature and frequency of written and oral communication availability of communication in parent's primary language :effectiveness of communication

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network 100 What Should We Know About This Assessment Tool?

Before we come to any conclusions or make any decisions based upon an assessment tool, weshould ask ourselves:

I. What is the purpose of this assessment tool and how will it help us improve instruction?

2. What are the strengths or benefits of this assessment tool?

What are the weaknesses or limitations of this assessment tool?

4. What variables other than the student's knowledge and skills may have affected his/her performance?

5. What variables other than the student's knowledge and skills may have affected our perception of the student's performance?

6. What will we do differently the next time we use this assessment tool?

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network 101 136 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Start the Power Point with slide #1 7.

Present slides #1 7#1 9,

STOP the PowerPoint after slide #1 9.

Slide #1 9 is titled "Data Interpretation".

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

13 Northwest Regional Trainer's Manual 103 Educational Laboratory Presenter's Guide to the PowerPoint Presentation AMCI

AMCI Matrix Design 'Standards: Strategies for Assessment Data Improving Benchmarks Information Interpretation Goal Instruction Evaluation What do I want my What do I need to Whet can my Where do I went my What's working now? How do I know it's students to be able to collect? students do now? students to be end Whet should I change? working? do? How do I make when? Whet do I need to do to sense of it? get them there?

> Click for text

Point out the areas that have already been discussed. Say, "Now, let's move on through the rest of the matrix."

>Click for next slide.

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #17 105 133 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

AMCI Matrix Design

Six (6) critical considerations foi''effective instruction, aligned with state standards

Benchmarks Assessment Information Data Interpretation

Say, " We have collected assessment information, now let's see what it tells us by looking at Data Interpretation."

>Click for next slide.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #18 106 139 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

Data Interpretation

What do my students know and what can they do now? How do I make sense of the data?

19

>Click for graphic >Click for text. Say, "Most teachers already have a good sense of this, but a closer look at all available data can lead to important discoveries. In this area, we want to look at outcome data, demographic data, and process data. >Click for text. Say, "Here we might ask some basic, but important questions: Is the data in a form useful to the teacher in planning for instruction? Is there enough data to help form a picture or is there too much to wade through? What kinds of help or resources are available to the teacher in making sense of the data?" >Start Activity #4.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #19 107

1 AV Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Start Activity #4

Data Interpretation

Participants will begin to look at both large scale and small-scale/authentic assessments and the information which the data provide.

Northwest Regional Activity #4 I Educational Laboratory 109 1 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Activity #4: Data Interpretation

Purpose: To build an understanding of the many considerations which come into play when thinking about assessment, assessment information, and how it may be used to guide and strengthen classroom instruction.

Materials: Sample test data from large-scale samples, article on retelling, sam- ple data for retelling, chart pack or blank overheads, complete matrix, data interpretation worksheet, and guiding questions

Time:1'/2 hours

Time / Materials Steps

5 minutes 1. The Importance of Data Interpretation Tell participants that Data Interpretation is the most critical part of the AMCI. Organizing and making sense of the data and still having time to be a teacher is a feat in itself. Our goal is to provide enough information and organiza- tional tools that help to create a picture of a classroom with the data. In the activities for Data Interpretation, we will look at several dif- ferent ways to organize data and practice determining which is the most effective for various types of data. A note to the trainerBecause states vary in the type of data that is reported on students, we have included activities for both standards- based test data and norm referenced test data. Please inform participants that the ma- trices for organizing different types of data may need to be tailored to fit different needs. We have included several that will hopefully fulfill many different needs. Teachers may need to create their own organizers for spe- cialized tests they use in the classroom.

Northwest Regional Activity #4 1114.2 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Time / Materials Steps 1 hour and 20 minutes 2. How Useful is This Assessment Data? Participants should choose to work with the Sample test data from type of data that is reported in their state. Let large-scale samples participants know that they may have to fill in (pages 117-128) some gaps in information about the sample data. Participants should form pairs and discuss the following questions: - What is the purpose of thisassessment? - What can we learn about what these students know and can do from this data? How can we organize this data to reveal this information? Ask participants, "What other types of assess- ments might give you more useful information?" Standardized tests may not give us the most use- ful data for making instructional decisions, but because we know they are not going away, it is important that we learn to use them in ways that benefit us as teachers and our students in their achievement of success. There are many types of tools teachers use in the classroom to assess stu- dent progress. These can be used to make instructional decisions. As assessment becomes a way of life for us as teachers, it is important that we be sure that our assessments are also good in- structional tools. We have provided resources for these types of assessments in our appendix for reading and are working on a collection of re- sources for math as well. Many of these books can be checked out from our resource lending li- brary through our Website. Let's take a look at some assessment information from a retelling for reading comprehension. We have both elemen- tary and secondary information so choose the set of data that best suits your needs. This is an as- sessment that has many different styles for reporting information but it is one of those that we feel falls in the category of being good instruction as well.

Northwest Regional Activity #4 112 Educational Laboratory 143 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Time / Materials Steps Article on retelling Participants read section from article, "Retell- sample data for retelling ing: Reading Assessment That's Also Good chart pack or blank Instruction." overheads Ask for response to article. Have participants break into pairs to discuss data. Point out questions on handout to guide data analysis. Recommend that participants use an organizer to look at data. Have partici- pant record how they organize the data on either a chart pack or blank overhead. Refer to WS 3 in participants' materials. Participants share generalizations taken from data. "Our next step will be to look at some of your own data, discuss how you might organize it to make decisions, then complete the matrix process using sample data as example and your own data as practice."

3. Using Your Own Data Complete matrix We will now walk through the matrix to the Data Interpretation Data Interpretation section. We will be working worksheet from the a little bit backwards because usually, one Teacher's Handbook, would with a standard and benchmark and guiding questions and then select the assessment tool, but for our purposes, we will fill in the beginning of the matrix and worksheets according to the data you brought with you today. Fill in the standards and benchmark this tool assesses. Use WS 1. Consider what assessment data is already available to you and what you need to col- lect. Generally, this section may take a little looking into to find some assessments that are also good instruction. Use WS 2. Now you have come to the data interpreta- tion section. Use any organizers, and question guides to help you in the process. Record your findings on WS 3. What difficulties did you encounter in looking at your data? What questions or issues does this raise for you about using assessment to inform instruction? Northwest Regional Activity #4 113 Educational Laboratory 144. Large-Scale Data Samples

145 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

The following sample data are from a low-scoring, high-poverty school. There are data from two assessments on both a third-grade and a sixth-grade class. The first page in both is the Stanford Achievement Test, Ed. 8, given in the spring, which gives a percentile score for both reading and math. The other two pages are a level test, also given in the spring, which reports aRITscore and a percentile and also breaks up student performance by specific skill areas.

146 Northwest Regional Trainers Manual 117 Educational Laboratory A ROSTER OF TEST RESULTS Stanford Achievement Test: 8th Ed, 1991 Norms Stanford Achievement Tests: 8th Edition. Copyright ©1989, 1990 by Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc. Reproduced by permission. All rights reserved.

FORM: J PAGE

TEACHER : **************** LEVEL : P3A 1

SCHOOL : GRADE :3 SPR DISTRICT : TEST DATE 03/30/98 FILENAME : RSSAT Entire 3rd grade RUN DATE 05/01/98

READMATH COMP APPL BIRTHDATE 1 PR M 15 5 09/06/88 2 PR M 4 37 11/12/88 3 PR M 50 40 04/01/89 4 PR F 13 69 12/11/88 5 PR M 34 62 10/17/88 6 PR F 24 54 09/05/88 7 PR M 39 51 10/19/88 8 PR F 2 16 05/09/89 9 PR M 70 81 11/27/88 10 PR M 65 44 10/29/88 11 PR F 34 31 07/14/88 12 PR M 3 3 10/19/88 13 PR M 6 3 10/19/88 14 PR F 10 21 06/28/89 15 PR F 13 1 02/18/89 16 PR M 4 3 01/04/89 17 PR F 18 40 01/11/89 18 PR M 53 92 05/24/89 19 PR F 10 13 03/29/89

Third Grade

e:\nwrac\amci stuft\stanford test results.doc 119 147 Achievement Level Test Results Class Report Class : 0018 Page: 2 Spring 1998 Reading Test Score PCTL Goal Iv .iumber Name Grade FormRIT Range PCTL Range Performance 520219074 3 303*3173 172-175 s M 8-10 Lo Lo Lo Lo 3 520213489 3 304 187 185-188 (23)14 22-27 Av Lo Lo Lo 3 520230470 3 303 196 194-198 44 fA 39-49 Av Av Av Av 520214673 3 333'1184 182-185 (.23)F 18-22 Lo Lo Lo Av 5520210807 3 3053197 195-199 47 M 42-52 Av Av Av Av fe 520292714 3 304 191 190-193 33F 31-37 Av Lo Lo Lo / 520294636 3 304'4193 192-195 37 Pt 35-42 Av Av Lo Av / 520255497 3 301 176 174-178 OF 10-13 Lo Lo Lo Lo 9 520293724 3 306 209 207-210 79 M 74-81 Hi Hi Hi Av /o 520293744 3 304 193 192-195 37 fti 35-42 Lo Lo Av Av It 520274330 3 304'4200 198-202 55 F 49-60 Av Hi Av Lo /2 520213126 3 301-3156 155-158 M 1-2 Lo Lo Lo Lo /3 520219347 3 301 test too difficult 520238760 3 302'3179 177-181 4 f 12-16 Lo Lo Lo Lo 0-520217266 3 304 191 190-193 33 F 31-37 Lo Lo Av Av 4* 520215977 3 322'3179 178-180 63M 13-15 Av Lo Lo Lo /7 521693939 3 304n189 187-191 29 F 25-33 Av Lo Lo Lo d 520232317 3 305 201 199-202 57 tA 52-60 Hi Av Av Av if 520230573 3 303 192 190-194 35 F 31-39 Lo Av Av Hi

Number of Students Marked to' 8 11 10 9 Number of Students Marked 'Av' 8 5 7 8 Number of Students Marked 'Hi' 2 2 1 1 Class Average 188 190186 188 188 Standard Deviation 11.92 11.8712 6912.8716 43 WORD KNOW. LITERAL COMP INTERP.COMP EVAL. COMP

Report Date6/1/98 Goal Scores: Hi = Percentile scores > 66 Av = Percentile scores between 66 and 33 Lo = Percentile scores < 33

SC (Special Code) : 2 = ESL Exempt 4 = Sp.Ed. Exempt 5 = Sp. Ed. Modify 6 = Other Note: Since all test scores have some expected error, we suggest the use of score ranges for 7 = Invalid making your educational decisions. Toward this end, we provide the SCORE RANGE and PCTL 8 = Out of Level RANGE. above:

SCORE RANGE is a range of scores around the student's observed score.If a student were given another level test, his/her score would be within this range most of the time. Based.on the test results, students whose score ranges overlap greatly are performing at about the same level.

PCTL RANGE shows the same information as the score range, but in percentile form, for those who are more comfortable using percentile rankings.

BEST COPY AVAILABLE 3rd Grade 120 148 Achievement Level Test Results

Class Report Class : 0018 Page: 2 Spring 1998 Mathematics Test Score PCTL Goal ID Number Name Grade Form RIT Range PCTL Range Performance ( 520219074 3 302.3 too many omits on test a 520213489 3 305 201 199-202 59 M 53-62 Hi Av Av Av Av Av 3 520230470 3 304 202 201-204 62.M 59-68 Hi Hi Av Lo Av Hi at 520214673 3 322'3 TO-189-191 27 F 25-30 Lo Lo Lo Hi Lo Av < 520210807 3 302'3 191-194 (.}a 30-38 Lo Hi Lo Lo Lo Av 520292714 3 303 199 198-201 63 F 50-59 Lo Hi Av Av Lo Av 520294636 3 302M 185 183-186 17 M 14-19 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Av 520255497 3 301 192 190-195 32r27-41 Lo Lo Av Lo Lo Av .1 520293724 3 305 206 204-207 74M68-77 Hi Av Av Hi Av Hi (i 520293744 3 304 197 195-198 47 tot 41-50 Av Av Lo Hi Lo Hi ff 520274330 3 304*4 200 199-202 561= 53-62 Lo Hi Av Hi Lo Hi la.520213126 3 301-3 173 172-175 5 m 4-6 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo (3520219347 3 302 171 170-173 4 r43-5 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo '4/520238760 3 303'3 185 184-187 17F 16-21 Lo Lo Av Lo Av Lo 520217266 3 301 188 186-190 235 19-27 Lo Av Lo Lo Lo Av 520215977 3 302'3 189 188-191 25M 23-30 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo 1 521693939 3 304'3 197 195-198 47r 41-50 Av Lo Lo Hi Av Av 520232317 3 304 205 203-206 71m 65-74 Av Hi Av Hi Hi. Hi 520230573 3 302 (T 187-190 23 F 21-27 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Av

Number of Students Marked to' 12 9 10 10 12 4 0 0 Number of Students Marked 'Av' 3 4 8 2 5 9 0 0 Number of Students Marked 'Hi' 3 5 0 6 1 5 0 0 Class Average 192 189 191 190 194 191 1970 0 Standard Deviation 9.58 13.0014.849.1613.5812.2610.140.000.00 PROBLEMSOLV NUMBERCONC COMPUTATION --- GEO/MEASURE STATS/PROB PATT/FUN/ALG ALGEBRA Report Date : 6/1/98 GEOMETRY Goal Scores: Hi = Percentile scores > 66 Av = Percentile scores between 66 and 33 Lo = Percentile scores < 33

JoSC (Special Code) : 2 = ESL Exempt 4 = Sp.Ed. Exempt 5 = Sp. Ed. Modify 6 = Other Note: Since all test scores have some expected error, we suggest the use of score ranges for 7 = Invalid making your educational decisions. Toward this end, we provide the SCORE RANGE and PCTL 8 = Out of Level RANGE. above: SCORE RANGE is a range of scores around the student's observed score.If a student were given another level test, his/her score would be within this range most of the time. Based on the test results, students whose score ranges overlap greatly are performing at about the same level.

PCTL RANGE shows the same information as the score range, but in percentile form, for LA..= a:* 2.=a117:Z. those who are more comfortable using percentile rankings.

3rd Grade 4 9 BEST COPY AVAILABLE 121 ROSTER OF TEST RESULTS Stanford Achievement Test: 8th Ed, 1991 Norms Stanford Achievenient Tests: 8th Edition. Copyright ©1989, 1990 by Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc. Reproduced by permission. All rights reserved.

FORM: J PAGE

TEACHER : **************** LEVEL : 13 1

SCHOOL : GRADE :6 SPR

DISTRICT : TEST DATE 03/30/98 FILENAME : RSSAT Entire 6th grade RUN DATE 05/01/98

READMATH COMP APPL BIRTHDATE 1 PR F 68 77 06/27/86 2 PR F 65 66 02/25/86 3 PR F 85 97 09/18/85 4 PR F 43 66 12/15/85 5 PR F 65 42 01/23/86 6 PR F 27 10 03/28/86 7 PR F 27 30 04/03/86 8 PR F 43 23 12/18/85 9 PR M 1 1 08/29/86 10 PR M 74 77 10/22/85 11 PR M 35 93 03/04/86 12 PR M 85 93 01/04/86 13 PR M 31 42 07/25/86 14 PR M 71 93 03/31/86 15 PR M 74 83 09/10/85 16 PR M 93 70 05/23/86 17 PR M 38 98 08/13/86

Sixth Grade

1 0

122 Achievement Level Test Results Class Report Class : 0022 Page: 4 Spring 1998 Reading

Test Score PCTL Goal ID Number Name Grade FormRIT Range PCTL Range Performance 520087039 6 306 221 219-223 64 58-70 Hi Av Hi Av 520251393 6 307'4221 220-223 644 61-70 Hi Av Hi Av 520064370 6 388'3231 230-232 90 e 88-91 Hi Hi Hi Hi 529553292 6 307'4228 227-230 84 F 82-88 Hi Hi Hi Hi 520216118 6 306'3212 210-214 38 t4 33-43 Lo Av Av Av 520080251 6 306'3206 204-207 24t 21-26 Lo Lo Lo Lo 141000115 6 306'3212 210-214 38 1; 33-43 Lo Av Lo Av 520295733 6 306 210 208-212 33 F 28-38 Av Av Av Lo 550999871 6 303 181 180-183 2 r; 2-3 Lo Lo Lo Lo 520081752 6 388"4221 220-222 64 r 61-68 Av Av Hi Av 520237426 6 306 219 217-220 58M 52-61 Av Av Av Av 520066415 6 307'4226 224-228 79 M 73-84 Hi Hi Hi Av 156000145 6 307'3215 213-216 46M 40-49 Av Av Av Av 520080925 6 308 236 235-238 96 (4. 95-97 Hi Hi Hi Hi 520080143 6 307 224 222-225 73 68-76 Hi Av Av Hi 28880121 6 307 223 221-224 70 e 64-73 Hi Av Hi Hi 520195856 6 307 217 215-219 52r 46-58 Hi Av Av Av

Number of Students Marked 'Lo' 4 2 3 3 Number of Students Marked 'Av' 4 11 6 9 Number of Students Marked 'Hi' 9 4 8 5 Class Average 217 217 216219 217 Standard Deviation 11.89 10.5614.7514 2811 40 WORD KNOW. LITERAL COMP INTERP.COMP EVAL. COMP

Report Date : 6/1/98

Goal Scores: Hi = Percentile scores > 66 Av = Percentile scores between 66 and 33 Lo = Percentile scores < 33

SC (Special Code) : 2 = ESL Exempt 4 = Sp.Ed. Exempt 5 = Sp. Ed. Modify Note: Since all test scores have some expected error, we suggest the use of score ranges for 6 = Other 7 = Invalid making your educational decisions. Toward this end, we provide the SCORE RANGE and PCTL 8 = Out of Level RANGE. above: SCORE RANGE is a range of scores around the student's observed score.If a student were given another level test, his/her score would be within this range most of the time. Based on the test results, students whose score ranges overlap greatly are performing at about the same level. PCTL RANGE shows the same information as the score range, but in percentile form, for those who are more;comfortable using percentile rankings.

6th Grade 123 131 Achievement Level Test Results Class Report Page: 4 Spring 1998 Class : 0022 Mathematics

Test Score PCTL Goal ID Number Name Grade FormRIT Range PCTL Range Performance 520087039 6 605 220 218-221 54 49-57 Av Av Av Av Av Av 520251393 6 606'4226 224-227 69 M 64-71 Hi Av Hi Hi Av Av 520064370 6 608-3240 239-242 92 F 91-93 Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi 529553292 6 605'4222 220-223 59 r 54-61 Av Av Hi Lo Av Av 520216118 6 606'3221 220-223 57 r41 54-61 Hi Av Av Av Av Hi 520080251 6 604'3201 200-203 13 r 12-16 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo 141000115 6 604'3203 201-204 16r13-18 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo 520295733 6 604 205 203-206 19 F 16-22 Lo Lo Av Lo Lo Lo 550999871 6 602 187 185-188 3 2-3 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo 520081752 6 606'4234 232-235 84 F 81-86 Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi 520237426 6 607 229 227-230 75M 71-77 Av Hi Hi Hi Hi Av 520066415 6 606'4230 229-232 77K 75-81 Av Hi Hi Av Hi Av 156000145 6 6063218 216-219 49 el 45-52 Lo Av Av Av Av. Av 520080925 6 606 228 227-230 73r; 71-77 Hi Hi Hi Av Av Av 520080143 6 606 219 217-220 52r 47-54 Hi Lo Av Av Av Lo 28880121 6 605 219 217-220 52 F 47-54 Hi Lo Hi Av Av Av 520195856 6 607 229 228-231 75r 73-79 Av Hi Hi Hi Av Hi

Number of Students Marked 'Lo' 5 6 3 5 4 5 0 040 Number of Students Marked 'Av' 5 5 5 7 9 8 0 0 Number of Students Marked 'Hi 7 6 9 5 4 4 0 0 Class Average 219 221 2162232192192160 0 Standard Deviation 13.12 16.0018.4115.9913.2712.0411.670.000.00 PROBLEMSOLV NUMBERCONC COMPUTATION GEO/MEASURE STATS/PROB PATT/FUN/ALG ALGEBRA Report Date : 6/1/98 GEOMETRY GoalScores: Hi = Percentile scores > 66 Av = Percentile scores between 66 and 33 Lo = Percentile scores < 33

SC (Special Code) : 2 = ESL Exempt 4 = Sp.Ed. Exempt 5 = Sp. Ed. Modify 6 = Other Note: Since all test scores have some expected error, we suggest theuse of score ranges for 7 = Invalid making your educational decisions. Toward this end, we provide theSCORE RANGEand PCTL 8 = Out of Level RANGE.above:

SCORE RANGEis a range of scores around the student's observed score. If a student were given another level test, his/her score would be within this range most of the time. Basedon the test results, students whose score ranges overlap greatly are performing at about thesame level.

PCTLRANGEshows the same information as the score range, but in percentile form, for those who are more comfortable using percentile rankings.

6th Grade 124 15,2 BEST COPYAVAILABLE Cds Code : 22-129-210 Preliminary Math 1999Problem-Solving Oregon Statewi Class Roster sessment Program Report Date : 14-Mar-99 .....- SchoolDistrict ,;: : Process and Teacher : Grade : 05 Period: Special 1 Student Name Gender StatePerformance Standard on CompositeScore 13 Accuracy 1 1 UnderstandingConceptual 2 1 Strategies 2 1 Communication 2 3 VerificationNE Codes ADBRBA MF MD 3421 5 1 5l 43 43 43 43 43 4 NE NE DICA FM DD - 332118 521 521 43 243 43 243 32 433 NENE NE EDDO F DM 21 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 4 NE NE I GIGO - F DM 3415 5 5I 42 42 42 42 42 43 NE NE GR MF C 3113 4I 4 1 24 24 3I 24 42 24 NE NE 5 JEKNJA MF MD 3418 5I 5 1 43 42 43 42 43 43 NE NE MOMI FM M 3438 5 5 44 45 4 45 54 45 NE 1 NE 1 PESE.RO MMF MM 3733 5 5 54 4 54 4 53 44 NE 2 NE 2 WI.WESM MMF M 3234 5 5 4 4 43 4 434 4 NE NE

SpecialPerformance on State Standard Codes: E = Exceeds Standard; M = Meets Standard; CCodes: = Conditionally BL = Blank OT = Off Task 32 ExemptedModified1 Absent - -LEP LEP 87 OtherWithdrawn from the school Meets Standard; D = Does Not Yet Meet Standard NE = No Evidence: The paper did not contain enough informatiOn for the rater to provide a score. I = Not Correct 1 .5 3 MISC = Miscellaneous (Illegible, or not able to be scored) 4 Exempted65 Home-Schooled/NotModified - Special- Special Education Education Enrolled Accuracy: 542 = PreciselyCorrectEssentially but Correct Correctnot supported 15 4 OREGON+ ONE POIN'. TIME GOAL REPORT DATE:Spring 1999 NORMCLASS:GradeSCHOOL: 5 PCT GROUP: RIT Oregon POP Oregon Overall' CALC/EST MEASURMT STAT/PRB ALG RELA GEOMETRY SUBJECT:Mathemat icsORDER:By Name AdBa Name Grd Correct5 Score Score 25*6027* 199217200 32-49 We 44 56 MeetsBelowBelow:Score :BelowBelowBelow: 130-Pw'Below BelowMeets:BeloW: 'MeetsBelow.Below Below:Exceeds BrCa 5 58418060 208206215227 47415839 2077.16 MeetsBelowBelow MeetsBelowBelow BelowMeets MeetsExceedsBelow -.Beldw BelowMeets BelowExceedsExceeds 5 70387388 211206223 55:-433955 2716631:63 MeetsMeets'Below .ExpeedsBelowMeets- Meets.MeetsBelow Meets:Meett'ExceedsMeets BelowMeets BelowExceedsBelowMeets' Ed'DoDi 5 5856 216.215 4847 4138 8- Below..Meets :Below:'MeetsBelow MeetsBelow MeetsBelow Below BelOwMeets 5 6028* 217201 4934 44 Meets Meets . MeetsBelow 'Below.-Below MeetSBelow Below'Below GrGo 5 35717328* 205223212202 38554435 :146330 9 MeetsBelowBelow Below'Below BelowExceedsMeets MeetsBelowMeets BelowMeetsBe1oW MeetsBelowBelow cr) Ja; 55. 4535 205.199 38:32 5 .-13elOw Bei4OW BeloW-Below: BelowBelow. BeloWBelow;., -BeioW:Below BelOw.BeloW' Je 5 Absent 857351 223212220. 5544 ,54 6330 MeetsBelow .Meets.MeetsBelow MeetsBelow Meets.Meets ExceedsMeetsBelow ,Meets:ExceedsBelow Kn 5.5 80614247 21720.9228211. 59494243 .22.794427 :::Below :BelowMeets -Below.'meetsMeetsExceeds -Belbw'MeetsBelow.. -Meets. Meets MeetsBelow MeetsBelow 5 51'97 212248. 4478+. '3099 Be1oWExceeds 'Meets-Exceeds BelowExceeds BeloWExceeds . BeloviExceeds MeetsExceeds Mo 5 58683782 229205209206 38423960 14221682 MeetsBelow BelowExceeds BelowMeets MeetsBelow BelowExceeds MeetsBelow Pe 5 Exempted 5744 215-209 Students with Disabilities.4742 ' Below. BelowBelbW '-Meets: Belbw. :Meett. -.-Meets Below Ro 5 30*553850 192214195212 25462844 3530 12 BelowBelciVi -BelOWBelowMeets BelowBelow' MeetsBelowMeets BelowMeets BelowMeetsBelow The State!.MeetsGrade 1q1 2 applies only to the202 Overall Score. The3 information provided for Goal Performance155 209 4 215 5 221 6 226 7 231 8 236 9 239 10 . ded to show areas of individual strength or weakness. 156 PRINTED:Or -1999 CLASS:GradeSCHOOL: 5 OREGON+ ONE POIN TIME GOAL REPORT SUBJECT:mathematics DATES pring 199 1) NORM GROUP: Oregon PCT RIT POP Oregon °,441e. Overall. CALC/EST MEASURMT STAT/PRB ALG RELA GEOMETRY ORDER:By Name 4 Name G rd Correct5 Score Score. 634978 207211227 5843 18 BelowScore MeetsBelowExceeds. .Meets.: Below "HeloW Below`leets, MeetsBelow .-)3elOw Helbw\4eets, Sm 5 925047 238201211 434069+34 2732.96 8 ExceedsBelow MeetsExceedsBelow ExceedsMeetsBelow MeetsBelow ExceedsBelow BelowExceeds 5 4575 213 3245 . 5 Below BelowExceeds BelowMeets MeetsBelow Below Below 5 NotAbsent Tested4785 211220199 4352 2754 BelowMeets MeetsBelow BelowMeets MeetsBelow MeetsBelow 'ExceedsBelow AVERAGESWiWe 55 576583 212.7215208218 45.0474150 382047 ,BeIow:Meets:Meets .-MeetS Below 212.8 BelowExceeds 214.1 :-MeetsMeetsBelow, 213.3 'BeloWExceedsEXCeed8 212.1 BelowMeets 213.7 -.4 NUMBER MEETSEXCEEDS 19 2 15 7 4 3 6 14 8. NUMBER BELOW# *+Excluded PercentMeets or fromcorrect exceeds averages below Oregon (Home the requirements optimumschooled, range modifiedfor for inital this administration, TAGtest screening orfor exempted): current year 32 31. 3217 23 3413 31

Grade 3 4 6 The State S Meets 1°1 ;d applies only to theDverall Score. The information202 provided for Goal Performance 209157 215 221 226 7 231 8 236 9 239 10 ided to show areas of individual strength or weakness. PRINTED:05 158 -1999 PRINTED: 05-26-1999

SCHOOL: DATE: Spring 1999

CLASS: Grade 5 GRADE: 5 TEACHER:

OREGON+ TESTS TEACHER REPORT

Class DistrictOregon Sub ject AverageAverageAverage Below Meets Exceeds Reading 213 213 218 55 36 .

Math 213212 218 60 36

EXPLANATION OF THE TEST SCORES

Exclusions Your averages and percentages don't include scores for special education students, students with limited English proficiency, home schooled students, or tests marked invalid.

RIT-Score This measure shows how far the student has progressed towards the standard.

Class Average The average of the MT-Score for your students. District Average The average of the RIT-Score for all students in your district in this grade.

Oregon Average The meets or exceeds average of the RIT-Scores for all students in Oregon in this grade. (Estimated for grades 2, 4, 6, 7 ,9 ,11 and 12)

GOAL PERFORMANCE.

Class* District* Goals tested in READING: 42 40 1. Word Meaning: Identify the meaning of words directly and from context. 40 40 2. Locating Information: Locate information in standard reference sources. 46 44 3. Literal Comprehension: Comprehend literal meanings and explicit content of written materials. 42 42 4. Inferential Comprehension: Infer implied meanings from content, style, and organization. 45 42 5. Evaluative Comprehension: Evaluate the intent, validity and worth of written materials. 51 48 6. Literary Forms: Identify the common literary forms and gendre. 47 46 7. Literary Elements: Identify common literary elements and devices.

Goals tested in MATHEMATICS: 41 41 1. Calculation & Estimation: Use operations with whole number and rational number systems. 40 39 2. Measurement: Compare measurment properties of objects and computes area and perimeter. 57 52 3.Statistics & Probability: Solve problems with graphs, statistics, probability and data analysis. 36 35 4. Algebraic Relationships: Use algebra and number sentences to describe math relationships. 41. 41 5. Geometry: Compare the shape, orientation, and size of objects.

* percent that meets or exceeds the standard. (Fall reports use the spring standard for the previous grade to make a fair comparison.) OREGON STANDARDS BY GRADE

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Reading 201 208 215 221 226 231 236 239

Mathematics 202 209 215 , 221 226 231 236 239

The State Standard applies only to the Overall Score. The information provided for Goal Vetf.ormance is intended to show areas of individual strength or weakness. 128 J Small-Scale Data Samples

160 I

Retelling: Reading Assessment That's Also Good Instruction (or, Reading Instruction That's Also Good Assessment)

JANE B. BRAUNGER NORTHWEST REGIONAL EDUCATIONAL LABORATORY

Donald Graves describes portfolios as "sim- ally improve the skill reading comprehension ply too good an idea to be limited to an which they assess. evaluation instrument" (Graves 1992, p. 1). Their primary value, he asserts, is in Retellings Complement a Constructivist students' learning, specifically self-reflection, which Model of Learning leads to increased understanding and the production of quality work. I wish to begin with a similar asser- Basically, what students do in creating a retelling tion about retellings. Retellings are excellent for read- is to retell, orally or in writing, a selected text so as ing assessment. They provide"the most to convey their understanding of it, including all straightforward assessment of the result of the text- relevant details, responses, inferences, and associa- reader interaction" (Johnston 1983, p. 54). But hav- tions. A common prompt is to ask students to "retell ing said that,I must emphasize that the reason what they have just read as if they were telling it to retellings can become authentic, useful assessment is another student who had not read the piece." they begin as good instruction in the classroom. What makes retellings such powerful tools for Think of assessing retellings as a periodic analysis of developing and assessing students' reading abilities? written or oral work regularly produced as part of Brian Cambourne, an Australian literacy educator instruction. Students develop the ability to produce who has researched retellings as both instruction and better retellings as they practice because retellings are assessment, says that retellings give students an op- grounded in good reading theory and they can actu- portunity to use language to learn about language

In Blum, Robert E., and Arter, Judith A. (Eds).A Handbook for Student Performance Assessment in an Era of Restructuring.Alexandria, VA: Association for supervision and Curriculum Development, 1996.

IV-12 :1 1 31 161 IV-12 : 2 AHANDBOOK FOR STUDENT PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN AN ERA OF RESTRUCTURING

(1987). A retelling is constructed entirely by the Retellings involve a two-way dynamic. Students student. Teacher- or text-designed comprehension pull from the text as they construct a retelling, but questions stipulate what should be understood and they also act on the text, making it their own. Teach- remembered in text. But in a retelling, students use ers can see instances of students using their own language to frame and express their understanding language in retellings to capture the flavor of a piece of the reading. Retellings allow a teacher to discover they've read and communicate their enjoyment of what students know without prompting them with it. Such flexibility across language reflects the stu- questions (Rhodes and Shanklin 1993). Retellings dents' comprehension through active engagement mirror the reading process because they are a con- with the text, as illustrated by the following example. struction of meaning. They reflect reading as a trans- Some 8th grade students had their first experi- action involving the reader, the text, and possibly ence with retellings using "Talk: An Ashanti Tale," an other readers; they honor the primacy of the reader's African tale about animals, plants, and inanimate response, and, unlike standardized comprehension objects acquiring the power of talk and using that measures, they value and account for divergent re- power to chastise the people who use them (Christ sponses (Tierney, Carter, and Desai 1991). Responses 1989, p. 140). These students composed retellings of to a text may vary, for example, on the basis of varying length and complexity. When they shared students' experiences and interest in the topic. their retelling with a partner, and then in a group of Retellings are based on a transactional or con- four or five, they commented on these differences. structivist view of literacy, with the following princi- They especially enjoyed retellings with a strong voice ples: that incorporated familiar language while remaining true to the original story line. Here is one such Language and literacy are about making mean- example. The original text began like this: ing. Both are constructed through social interac- Once, not far from the city of Accra on the tion. Gulf of Guinea, a country man went out to Both are learned through purposeful use. his garden to dig up some yams to take to Readers construct meaning through interact- market. While he was digging, one of the ing with text and using prior experience and knowl- yams said to him, "Well, at last you're here. edge in the process. You never weeded me, but now you come around with your digging stick. Go away and Learning proceeds from whole to part. leave me alone!" Reading, writing, speaking, and listening are The farmer turned around and looked at interdependent and mutually supportive. his cow in amazement. The cow was chew- ing her cud and looking at him. This final point is central to the instructional power "Did you say something?" he said. of retellings, described by Cambourne (1988) as "lin- The cow kept on chewing and said noth- guistic spillover," a process in which linguistic forms, ing, but the man's dog spoke up. "It wasn't ideas, structures, and conventions from the texts the cow who spoke to you," the dog said. "It used for retellings appear over time in students' was the yam. The yam says leave him alone." The man became angry, because his dog reading, writing, and speaking. Cambourne builds had never talked before, and he didn't like on the image of the linguistic data pool (Figure 1). his tone besides. So he took his knife and cut Retellings capitalize on this natural interaction to a branch from a palm tree to whip his dog. enhance all language forms. Just then the palm tree said, "Put that branch down!" The man was getting very upset about the way things were going, and he started to FIGURE 1 throw the palm branch away, but the palm branch said, "Man, put me down softly!" LINGUISTIC DATA POOL He put the branch down gently on a Reading encounter stone, and the stone said, "Hey, take that Reading thing off me!" This was enough, and the frightened Writing encounter Writing farmer started to run for his village . DATA Speaking encounter POOL Speaking Here is one student's written retelling of this part of the text. Listening encounter Listening A farmer guy was digging up a yam and the yam got mad at him and told him to leave Harste, Burke, & Woodward, 1979 him alone and the dog got smart with the farmer when he didn't know it was the yam,

132 162 A HANDBOOK FOR STUDENT PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN AN ERA OF RESTRUCTURING IV-12 : 3

so he was gonna whip the dog with a branch has been read to them. Benefits include development and the tree punked him off and then the of more sophisticated language structures, accumu- branch did too, so he ran away ... lation of background experience, and development Retellings provide information on students' of interest in learning to read (Morrow 1988). For reading process and on their understanding of a text. example, after reading the book Tacky the Penguin to Unlike standardized measures, which cannot ac- a 1st grade class, I invited them to retell the story. As count for the reading strategies used in arriving at an various children retold favorite parts of the story, I answer, retellings allow the teacher to observe the wrote their composite retelling on a chart pack. reader's processes, and to hear or read the products Predictably, momentum built for the retelling after of the reader's comprehension. Retellings can be a the first few contributions, and soon the room ech- part of a balanced literacy-assessment program, pro- oed with shouts of "And then he ... ," "It was funny viding observations of both process and product, as when he .," and "But then what happened was.. depicted by Anthony, Johnson, Mickelson, and ." Several sheets of paper and about 20 minutes later, they helped me read their group retelling aloud. It Preece (1991) in their "quad" (Figure 2). contained all the major events of the story, the faithfully repeated refrain "Tacky was a weird bird," Benefits as Instruction and Assessment as well as students' responses to characters and situ- Both teachers and students can benefit from ations in the story. The children planned to illustrate retellingsstudents in improved comprehension their version and bind it so they could enjoy reading ability and familiarity with characteristics of various itjust like the book it was based onagain and genres, and teachers in deepened insight into stu- again. The supportive, interactive group process here dents' reading interests, strategies, and under- had the immediate benefit of increasing students' standings. engagement with and enjoyment of the text. It also provided a safe group experience as a model of how students would later produce retellings on their own. Benefits to Students Studies of retelling with older students, 4th grad- Research with young children has involved ask- ers who included less-proficient and proficient ing them to retell fictional or expository material that readers, showed improvement across identified corn-

FIGURE2 THE QUAD AS A DATA-GATHERING PROFILE

Anecdotal comments from classroom Reading logs observation and reflection Learning logs Interviews/conferences: student, parents, and professionals Selected pages from notebooks of journals Responses to reading: retelling, Audio tapes text construction Pupil self-assessments Writing folders Observation of Interest inventories Observation Children's of Process Products

Text-related activities' Criterion-referenced measures Classroom Decontextualized Teacher-made unit (content- Measures Measures District or cross-grade concept) tests examinations Provincial or state examinations

133 163 BEST COPYAVAILABLE IV-12 : 4 A HANDBOOK FOR STUDENT PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN AN ERA OF RESTRUCTURING

prehension tasks in both groups after only four prac- data pool" in the process. In a supportive social tice sessions (Gambrell, KoSkinen, and Kapinus context, students often notice why they prefer an- 1991). The dimensions of comprehension included other's retelling to their own, and transfer that aware- setting, theme, plot, and resolution. Students im- ness to their next retelling. Working with a small proved their recall of text-based propositions and group of 3rd and 4th graders in a Chapter 1 program, story-structure elements. The study supported the I observed this behavior. hypothesis that by orally reconstructing silently read Jenny had been the first to share her retelling of discourse, the reader learns something about organ- a fable about a tiger and an ant, in which the ant king izing and remembering text-acquired information repays the tiger king for sparing his life by freeing the (Gambrell et al. 1991, p. 360). The researchers found tiger king, trapped in a cave after an earthquake seals that retellings' focus on the whole story supports the the opening. Jenny's retelling contained detailed ac- students in holistically framing their understanding counts of the first meeting of the ant and the tiger, and encourages elaboration within that framework. but ended abruptly without including the central In short, active engagement in retelling a story actu- eventthe tiger being trapped in the cave and res- ally improves students' ability to read and under- cued by an army of ants. As she listened to Matthew stand stories. And comprehension does proceed from read his retelling next, she smiled and exclaimed, whole to part; details have meaning only insofar as "Oh, that's what I left out. That's what happened." they relate to an overall understanding of the text. Matthew had written how "everybody tried to help Brian Cambourne's work with retellings sheds the king: the elephant tried, the monkeys tried, the some light on why this verbal rehearsal technique buffalo tried. The king of the ants came and they (all seems to improve both comprehension and recall of the ants) took one grain at a time to get the king out. text. Active engagement in meaningful literacy expe- It took a whole day and they freed the king." Mat- riences is a powerful tool for learning. The key to thew had the positive experience of demonstrating a student engagement, he says, is in the immersion of full retelling, and Jenny took useful information students in texts of all kinds and the provision of from this demonstration. Far from feeling embar- many demonstrations of how texts are constructed rassed or disappointed, she was pleased to get help and used. Engagement that accompanies immersion with making her retellings richer, more complete. and demonstration occurs when: (1) learners believe Both students also benefited from their extended they are potential performers or doers of these dem- discussion about the original story, referring to it onstrated operations, (2) learners see the task as frequently as they compared their retellings. This purposeful and useful to them personally, and (3) type of prolonged encounter with text is another learners are not afraid that a less-than-perfect per- reason that retellings help students improve as read- formance will be criticized (Cambourne 1988). ers. The experience of the young child learning to Retellings enrich students' language in all its talk is instructive for teachers working with students formsreading, writing, listening, and speaking. as beginning or developing readers and writers. The benefits of classroom use of retellings include Adults continually engage the child in "conversa- greater oral language complexity, improved reading comprehension, increased awareness of the different tion," clearly expecting the child to enter into the ways in which texts are structured, more articulation dialogue ever more competently. The child shares of connections within and between texts, and greater this expectation, innately believing, "I can learn to use of literacy language and genre-specific conven- do this." This belief is fundamental to the successful tions in students' own writing and speaking (An- use of retelling. At the heart of retellings' power to thony et al. 1991). improve reading comprehension and spoken and written fluency is the holistic, social-constructivist context in which these activities occur. Students Benefits to Teachers participate in retellings because they learn things to Retellings provide the teacher with a window make their own reading and writing better, they are into students' reading strategies, background experi- supported by the social context of the classroom as ences relevant to the text, and understandings of they practice retellings, and they expect to improve particular texts. Teachers can learn, among other over time. things, what the student thinks is important to re- In a typical instructional use of retellings, stu- member, whether the student's retelling fits the pur- dents may share their written retellings with a part- poses set for reading, the degree to which the ner or read them to the group. The emphasis is on student's responses are text-based or reader-based, noticing ways in which students' retellings are simi- and how close the match is between text and retell- lar to and different from each other and the text. In ing (Rhodes and Shanklin 1993, p. 233). An individ- this way, students attend closely to language and ualretelling may suggest usefulliteracy other text structures, enriching their own "linguistic demonstrations or experiences for a student. And

134 164 A HANDBOOK FOR STUDENT PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN AN ERA OF RESTRUCTURING IV-1 2 : 5

over time, assessed retellings allow teachers to ob- 1. Students see only the title of the text; they serve changes in students' reading strategies, atti- write predictions about what they think will be in a tudes, and comprehension. text with that title. They can even predict specific In the case of Matthew's and Jenny's retellings, words or phrases they'll expect to find. the teacher gained some valuable insights into the 2. Students share their predictions with their students' strengths and needs as readers and writers small group. The teacher can then ask for some because the students produced written retellings. groups to share with the whole class. Matthew's retelling was quite detailed, with a story- 3. Students read the text silently, remembering teller's flair for building suspense. Matthew's written their original predictions and confirming or modify- retelling, however, revealed some major spelling con- ing them as the text unfolds. Students should be fusions. Although retellings should not be evaluated encouraged to read the text as many times as neces- for spelling, Matthew's teacher might see spelling sary to feel comfortable writing a retelling without patterns in the retelling that, when viewed in the referring back to it. They should begin their retelling context of writing samples in his folder, would help when they think they understand the text well and her to set some realistic spelling targets with Mat- can retell it to someone who has not read it. Empha- thew. size that the goal is not to memorize the text, but to Perhaps most important, retelling does not re- retell it in their own words and in their own style. quire the teacher to take time away from instruction 4. When each student is ready, the text is put to gather assessment information. The assessment of aside. Students retell, using appropriate prose, pic- retellings is easily accomplished by slightly altering tures, or diagrams to convey the contents of the text the administration procedure. So, retelling provides so that someone unfamiliar with it could understand useful information to teachers about students' read- it. If the retelling has a particular purpose, students ing and writing development. And students develop should be told in advance. For example, students can into better readers and writers because the retelling be asked to retell a piece of historical text to show process mirrors strategic reading behavior: predic- their understanding of the sequence and relationship tion, sampling, monitoring and revising predictions of events. Or they can be asked to retell a short in light of new textual evidence, questioning, con- fictional piece to show their understanding of the necting to one's own experience, and summarizing characters' motives. However the purpose is de- to check understanding. scribed, students must know that what matters is their ability to convey an understanding of the text, not their mastery of written conventions or penman- Procedures for Eliciting Retellings ship. Retellings.may be done orally or in writing, from 5. After students complete their retellings, they text the student has either read or listened to. Obvi- share the retelling with a partner. They should be ously, oral retellings are more appropriate until stu- encouraged to note similarities and. differencesin dents are able to write independently. As this section the information included, their manner of retelling, will explain, written retellings allow for more student etc.and to refer back to the original text to see more interaction and learning from each other; however, points of comparison and contrast with their re- even older students sometimes prefer to give oral tellings. They can also use the original to check retellings if,for example, they are less confident omissions and interpretations open to question. about their writing than their speaking. Students With oral retellings, students may simply be may retell individually or collaborate on a retelling, asked to retell a selected text in their own wordsfor and either the student or the teacher can choose the example, as if to a friend who hadn't read it. In an text. Whatever the format, students should be told instructional setting, a teacher can prompt the retell- before reading or listening to a text that they will be ing, as needed, asking for more information ("What asked to retell it. And, of course, the use of retellings happened next?"), probing for understanding ("Why for assessment should come after students have had do you think he did that?") or seeking conclusions extensive experience with retellings in instruction. ("What do you think the author was trying to say?"). The process described here is adapted from the For students who experience difficulty retelling a explanation by Anthony and colleagues (1991), story, Rhodes and Shanklin recommend applying the based on Brown and Cambourne's model (1987). principles of dynamic assessment. Before students Additional procedures for taking oral and written read the text, the teacher should provide instruction retellings are described by Rhodes and Shanklin that's likely to help them construct a good retelling (1993), Glazer and Brown (1993), and Morrow (1988, for example, help students preview the text features 1990). In this procedure, students produce written and make predictions based on them. Or the teacher retellings, interacting with a small group of four or could frame the piece, giving students a general five students: introduction to the story and the problem the char- 1 35 1 6 5 IV-12 : 6 A HANDBOOK FOR STUDENT PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN AN ERA OF RESTRUCTURING

acter in it will face. Then students read and retell the theme or point of the story, and use of language or story. stylistic features from the story (Anthony et al. 1991). Morrow (1988) reminds us that prompting is The advantage of a qualitative analysis ofre- instruction, so if a teacher is using a retelling for tellings is the holistic assessment of comprehension assessment, he should do so without prompting stu- it provides. As Morrow (1988) points out, such analy- dents because prompts influence students' response sis is based on the premise that the whole piece is to the reading. Glazer and Brown (1993) distinguish more important than any of its parts, and that the betweenunguidedandguidedretellings. In an un- reader's total impression of a text includes those guided retelling, students retell the story without any elements. But Morrow also devised a quantitative intervention or interaction with peers, teachers, or analysis of retelling, which allows teachers who like other listeners. In a guided retelling, prompts, usually the structure of a storable instrument to account for posed as questions, help students who experience features of text included in students' retellings. difficulty moving independently through a retelling. Brown and Glazer (1993) have adapted Morrow's Retellings used in instruction often include some scoring system, and designed a version for student teacher guidance and, especially with young chil- self-assessment (Figure 4). dren, props such as felt boards, puppets, or pictures. The retelling in this instance is a teaching incident. In contrast, retelling used for assessment is generally done without prompts, props, or access to the text FIGURE 3 upon completion of the reading. The intent here is RETELLING CHECKLIST to gather information about the students' unsup- ported reconstruction of a text. The value of retelling Name for assessment depends on the students' familiarity Date with the process from experiencing it frequently in Title an instructional context. Low Degree Moderate Degree High Deg ree Analyzing, Scoring, Reporting, and Using Includes information Retellings directly in text. Analysis of a retelling for assessment purposes Includes inferred can be done either qualitatively or quantitatively. information. Generally, a teacher reads or listens to a retelling to Includes what is see if a student most important. Organizes and sequences ideas clearly Includes summary Uses phrases, vocabulary, and language struc- or generalization. tures from the original text Re-creates the feeling or mood of the original Includes connections text to reader's life. Draws conclusions or inferences from the text Includes an attachment Summarizes in own words (Ministry of Educa- to the reading (likes or tion and Training 1991). dislikes).

Recording information on these features can be Recognizes author's done anecdotally or on a matrix. Morrow (1988) organization and audience. designed the "retelling profile" to record information about the reader's comprehension of textual infor- Asks additional questions. mation, strategies used, metacognitive awareness, Source: Reading Assessment, Portland Public Schools, Portland, involvement with text, and language facility. The Oreg. 1989. Reprinted with permission. Portland (Oregon) Public Schools (1989) adapted that profile as the Retelling Checklist (Figure 3). Guidelines for recording information on re- Conclusion tellings of narrative pieces are available fromnumer- ous sources (Rhodes and Shank lin 1993, Morrow Whether qualitatively or quantitatively ana- 1990, Glazer and Brown 1993, Cambourne 1988). lyzed, retellings provide rich data on students' read- Common features on which to record information ing comprehension, as both a process and a product. include introduction of the story, setting, plot (se- If standardized assessment provides a snapshot of quence of events, problem, resolution), characters students' learning, retellings can be described as a (inclusion of significant ones, with adequate detail), videotape, capturing patterns of growth by revealing 136 166 A HANDBOOK FOR STUDENT PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN AN ERA OF RESTRUCTURING IV-12 : 7

FIGURE 4 SCORING SYSTEM FOR A NARRATIVE RETELLING

Child's Name Age Grade Title/author of Story Date

Type of retelling:

Circle one from each pair: (Guided/Unguided Oral/Written Listened to/Read)

Directions: Place "1" next to each element, except as indicated. Partial credit can be given only for characters and episodes (e.g., 4 out of 5 characters equals .8). Highest score for retelling is 10.

SENSE OF STORY STRUCTURE COMMENTS

SETTING: Begins story with introduction Includes time or place

CHARACTERS: Names main character Number of other characters named Actual number of other characters Total score for other characters

PROBLEM: Refers to main character's goal or problem

EPISODES: Number of episodes recalled Actual number of episodes Total score for episodes Proper sequence of episodes

SOLUTION: Names problem's resolution Ends story

THEME: States theme of story Total score for retelling (out of 10) Affective (personal) involvement with text:

Summary:

Teacher:

Scoring system originated by L.M. Morrow in "Retelling Stories as a Diagnostic Tool," from Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, Susan M. Glazer, Lyndon W. Searfoss, and Lance Gentile. eds., copyright 1988, The International Reading Association. Reprinted with permission.

137 .167 IV-12 : 8 AHANDBOOK FOR STUDENT PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN ANERAOF RESTRUCTURING

the strategies in use over time (Anthony et al., p. 9). REFERENCES Furthermore, retellings are assessment embedded in Anthony, R. J., T. D. Johnson, N. I. Mickelson, and A. Preece. the learning experience. Students can use what they (1991). Evaluating Literacy: A Perspective for Change. learn from their retellings to become better readers Portsmouth, N.H.: Heinemann Educational Books, and writers. Figure 5 summarizes the benefits of Inc. retellings in contrast to traditional comprehension Brown, C. S., and S. M. Glazer. (1993). Portfolios and Beyond: Collaborative Assessment in Reading and Writing. Nor- tests. wood, Mass.: Christopher-Gordon Publishers, Inc. Brown, H., and B. Cambourne. (1987). Read and Retell. Portsmouth, N.H.: Heinemann Educational Books, Inc. Cambourne, B. (1988). The Whole Story: Natural Learning and the Acquisition of Literacy in the Classroom. Auck- FIGURES land, New Zealand: Ashton Scholastic Limited. Christ, H. (1989). "Talk, An Ashanti Tale." In Myths and RETELLINGS VS. Folklore, pp. 140-142. New York: Amsco School Publi- COMPREHENSION TESTS cations. Gambrell, L. B., B. A. Kapinus, and P. S. Koskinen. (1991). "Retelling and the Reading Comprehension of Profi- Retelling Comprehension Test cient and Less-Proficient Readers. The Journal of Educa- tional Research 84, 6: 356-362. Student organizes format Testor teacher Graves, D. H., and B. S. Sunstein, eds. (1992). Portfolio and determines content; determines content and Portraits. Portsmouth, N.H.: Heinemann Educational can be a conversation format; can be a "gentle Books, Inc. inquisition" Harp, B. (Ed.) (1991). Assessment and Evaluation in Whole Involves active Language Programs. Norwood, Mass.: Christopher- construction of meaning Calls for passive response Gordon. Provides evidence of to questions Harste, J.C., C.D. Burke, and V.A. Woodward. (1983). "Chil- student's reading dren's Initial Encounters with Print." NIE Grant Pro- Does not indicate posal, 1979. Cited in V.H. Hardt,ed. Teaching Reading processes and strategies processes and strategies with the Other Language Arts. Newark, Del.: Interna- Indicates prior knowledge known and used tional Reading Association. Irwin, P. A., and J. N. Mitchell. (in press). The Reader Retelling Indicates interest, Cannot account for prior Profile: Using Retellings to Make Instructional Decisions. creative engagement knowledge Johnston, P. H. (1983). Reading Comprehension Assessment: Does not assess interest, A Cognitive Basis. Newark, Del.: IRA. Can be a supported effort, Lobel, A. (1980). "The Elephant and His Son." In Fables, p. via prompts, collaboration enjoyment 32. New York: HarperCollins Children's Books. Actually improves Demands one-shot, Ministry of Education and Training. (1991). English Profiles perfected response Handbook: Assessing and Reporting Students' Progress in comprehension English. Victoria, Australia: Ministry of Education and Values divergent, creative Takes time from real Training. thinking reading and instruction. Morrow, L. M. (1985). "Retelling Stories: A Strategy for Improving Young Children's Comprehension, Con- Prompts convergent cept of Story Structure, and Oral Language Complex- thinking ity." Elementary School Journal 85, 5: 647-661. Morrow, L. M. (1988). "Retelling Stories as a Diagnostic Tool." In S. M. Glazer, L. W. Searfoss, and L. Gentile, eds. Re-Examining Reading Diagnosis. Newark, Del.: IRA. Morrow, L. M. (1990). "Assessing Children's Understanding of Story Through Their Construction and Reconstruc- tion of Narrative." In Assessment for Instruction in Early Literacy, edited by L. M. Morrow, and J. K. Smith, pp. 110-134. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall. Portland Public Schools.(1989). Reading Assessment: Record- ing Student Progress. Portland, Oreg.: Portland Public Schools. Rhodes, L. K., and N. Shanklin. (1993). Windows into Liter- acy: Assessing Learners K-8. Portsmouth, N.H.: Heine- mann Educational Books, Inc. Tierney,R. J., M.A. Carter, and L. E. Desai. (1991). Portfolio Assessment in the Reading-Writing Classroom. Norwood, Mass.: Christopher-Gordon Publishers.

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

-138 1 6 8 finA ent Matrix for Classroom Instruction JimName 2 Item 1 3 Item 2 3 Item 3 3 Item 4 Retelling Procedure 2 2 Item 5 3 Item 6 3 Item 7 2 Item 8 3 Item 9 3Item 10 2Item 11 2Item 12 MarioCraigLuis LEP 23 13 24 24 34 42 31 34 42 23 23 24 AnthonyChuckAdam LEP 234 24 234 234 324 213 31 23 423 234 241 24 SteveJoseBill LEP 243 23 41 24 23 3 32 42 23 23 412 421 RosaLauraBonitaBonnie LEP LEP 23 234 341 32 32 2341 421 324 241 2341 421 421 MariaSusanKatieEstella LEP LEP 324 324 324 432 43 43 23 23 432 432 42 4432 TOTALS:BeckyDaisy LEPLEP 5634 5534 6134 6224 3460 5824 4934 563 5824 4572 170 5124 5524 EducationalNorthwest Regional Laboratory 169 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Jim Retelling Procedure 2*

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text. 1

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4. Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary

statements or generalizations based on text . that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation: Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer. Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Trainer's Manual Northwest Regional '4'171 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2* Craig

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree Includes information directly stated in text. 1.

2.Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text. 4.Provides relevant content and concepts. X 5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the

mechanics of speaking or writing. I I f )1:

Interpretation: Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon \V. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Trainers Manual 142 Northwest Regional 172 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Mario Retelling Procedure 2. LEP Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text. SIC

4. Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6 Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarloss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Trainer's Manual 1431 Northwest Regional 7 3 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Clossroor Instruction LUIS LEP Retelling Procedure 2*

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2.Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text. x 3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5.Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6.Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9.Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions). X

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items1-4 indicate thereader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Trainer's Manual 144 . Educational Laboratory 7 4 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2. Adam

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text. I SIC

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4. Provides relevant content and concepts. I X

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information. I SIC

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling. X 11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing. I SIC

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Rending Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Trainers Manual 1 45 1'75 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2* Chuck

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4. Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation: Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer. Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Trainers Manual 146 Educational Laboratory 176 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2* Jim

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7.Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited inReexamining Reading Diagnosis: Nets, Trends and Procedures,edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Trainers Manual 147 7 17 Educational Laboratory Assessment MatrixACnsthanybn

Retelling Procedure 2* LEP

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4. Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Intopretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Trainer's Manual 148 Northwest Regional 1 78 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2. Bill

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text. x 4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5.Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Trainer's Manual 149 17 9 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Jose LEP Retelling Procedure 2*

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4.Provides relevant content and concepts. I I I X

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information. 6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Trainers Manual 150 Educational Laboratory 18O Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2. Steve

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4. Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions). X

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation: Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon \V. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Trainer's Manual 151 Educational Laboratory A 181 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Bonnie Retelling Procedure 2.

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or

indirectly from text. 1

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text. 4. Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Trainer's Manual 152 1 8 2 Educational Laboratory A Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Bonita Retelling Procedure 2* LEP Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2.Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3.Includes what is important to remember from the text. x 4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

. . Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon \V. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Trainers Manual 153 18 3 Educational Laboratory A Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Laura Retelling Procedure 2*

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text. 4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon XV. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Trainers Manual Northwest Regional 154184 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2* RosaLEP

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated, in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4.Provides relevant content.and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6.Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8.Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9.Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose. I X I 1 12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation: Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Trainers Manual 155 Educational Laboratory A 185 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Katie Retelling Procedure 2.

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4. Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7.Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language

conventions). I I

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from l'i A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

186 Northwest Regional Trainers Manual 156 Educational Laboratory A Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2* Susan Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4. Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon \V. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Trainees Manual 157 17 Educational Laboratory A Assessment Matrix forCiVkarrisaction LEP Retelling Procedure 2.

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text. 4. Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose. I I I X 12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49. 188 Trainers Manual 158 Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Daisy Retelling Procedure 2* LEP Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text. X

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3.Includes what is important to remember from the text. X

4. Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information. X

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon NV. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Trainer's Manual 159 Northwest Regional 1 39 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Becky Retelling Procedure 2* LEP Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evidence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text. I I I

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text. I I I

3. Includes what is important to remember from

the text. I I

4.Provides relevant content and concepts. I I

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect background knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or compose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the mechanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon \V. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association 1988, pp. 128-49.

Trainer's Manual Northwest Regional 160 1a Educational Laboratory What Data Can We Get From "Retelling"?

*** What does this diagnostic tool tell us about the students' level of reading comprehension?

What doesn't this diagnostic tool tell us about the students' level of reading comprehension?

Were there any particular items answered correctly or incorrectly by the majority of students?

Were there any categories of items answered correctly or incorrectly by the majority of students?

comprehension of textual information metacognitive awareness, strategy use, involvement with the text facility with language and language _development

Were there any differences in the performance of subgroups on particular items?

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network What Data Can WeGet From "Retelling"?

Were there any differences in the performanceof subgroups for categories of items?

Are there any individual students or groupsof students that might be targeted for additional support?

What data warrants further investigation?

How might this data be used for decisionmaking?

What are the implications of this data forcurriculum, instruction, and assessment?

What additional data would we like in or -der tounderstand the students' level of reading comprehension more completely?

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network 162 192 Sample Data Organizers

19;3 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Sample Matrix - A

Skill Area Skill Area Skill Area Skill Area

# of students

1-25th percentile

25th_5oth percentile

5ist_75th percentile

76th_99th percentile

194 Northwest Regional Trainers Manual 165 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Sample Matrix- B

Test Category Test Category Test Category Test Category Appropriate Appropriate Appropriate Appropriate Benchmark Benchmark Benchmark Benchmark

% Not Meeting

% Meeting

% Exceeding

193

Northwest Regional Trainers Manual 167 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Sample Matrix - C

Students Skills/Attributes

196 Northwest Regional Trainers Manual 169 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Start the Power Point presentation with slide #20.

STOP the Power Point after slide #21,

Slide #21 is titled "Goals,"

19 Northwest Regional Trainer's Manual 1 71 Educational Laboratory Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

AMCI Matrix Design

Six (6) critical considerations for effective instruction, aligned with state standards

Benchmarks Assessment Information Data Interpretation Goals

Say, "Having interpreted the data, we are now ready to look at setting goals."

>Click for next slide.

BEST COPY AVAILABLE gskNorthwest Regional Educational Laboratory 198 Slide #20 173 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

Goals Where do I want my students' performance to be and when?

"Data are to goals what signposts are to travelers; data are not end points, but data are essential to reaching them- the signposts on the road to school improvement". Mike Schmoker, Results, ASCD, 1996, p.30.

>Click for text. Say, "This can include both long-term and short-term goals, as well as individual or group goals. Remember, two key questions we must ask here: Are the goals realistic? And are the goals measurable?

>Click for text. Read the quote and say, " Interesting way of viewing data?"

>Click for next slide.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #21 174 199 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Start Activity #5

Setting Goals

Participants will explore and discuss short- and long-term goal setting, as required by information gathered from data.

Northwest Regional Activity #5 175 Educational Laboratory .200 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Activity #5: Setting Goals

Purpose: To encourage teachers to set goals for the achievement of their students To look at the benefits of setting both long-term and short-term goals To give participants a chance to actually set some preliminary goals for his/her students

Materials: Chart pack, Sample data "retelling"

Time: 55 min.

Time / Materials Steps

5 minutes 1 Introduction Chart pack Now that participants have seen some real student data and have an idea of what the students can do, they will be seffing one long term and one short term goal for either their class as a whole, or a group of individuals. First we will practice with the sample data. Pose the question to participants: What are the benefits of seffing both long term and short term goals? (Record answers on chart pack.)

20 minutes 2. Practice Sample data "retelling" Refer participants to "retelling" sample data. Ask participants to recall the inferences and conclusions they made from the data. Considering the data, participants set one short- and one long-term goal for these students. For example, the "intensive" intervention group will raise their average score by one point in one month. By the end of the year they will be performing at an average score of four. Once participants have set goals, they will share them with a neighbor and discuss this question: "How will I know when the students have met the goal?"

Northwest Regional Activity #5 T01 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Time / Materials Steps 30 minutes 3.Using your own data Participant data Because this tool is designed for teachers to use in the classroom we want to be sure this is something that will work for you and answer any questions as you look at instruction in this way. Using the data you brought from your classroom, set both long-term and short-term goals for all or some of your students using the information revealed in the data. How will you know when the goals have been met? Share with whole group. Answer questions Pose the question: How will looking at data and goal setting in this way impact what you do in the classroom?

4. Closure Pose the question: How will looking at data and goal setting in this way impact what you do in the classroom?

Northwest Regional Activity #5 1 78 Educational Laboratory A 202 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Start the Power Point presentation with slide #22.

Present slides #22 #23

STOP the Power Point after slide #23,

Slide #23 is titled "Strategies for Improving Instruction,"

Northwest Regional Trainer's Manual 1 79 Educational Laboratory Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

AMCI Matrix Design

Six (6) critical considerations for-effective instruction, aligned with state standards Benchmarks Assessment Information Data Interpretation Goals Strategies for Improving Instruction

Say, " And now to Strategies for Improving Instruction".

>Click for next slide.

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #22 1812 0 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

Strategies for Improving Instruction What's working now? What should I change? What do I need to do to get them there?

>Click for text. Say, "Good things are happening in classrooms across the country, but do we carefully examine what makes them work?"

>Click for text. Say, "Sometimes teachers know what to change. Sometimes it takes an extra set of eyes."

>Click for text. Say, "It is our hope that a careful review of information gathered using the AMCI matrix can be of help here."

>Click for next slide.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #23 182 203 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Start Activity #6

Strategies for Improving Instruction

Participants will review and discuss a variety of instructional strategies in light of areas of need revealed through examination of the data and goals chosen.

Northwest Regional Activity #6 ,DOG Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Activity #6: Strategies for Improving Instruction

Purpose: To provide participants with the opportunity to use data to determine appropriate instructional improvements to facilitate students' achievement of academic goals.

Materials: Retelling Data, Chart pack, AMCI Instructional strategies, Teachers Handbook, Participant data

Time: 40 min.

Time / Materials Steps 20 minutes Using Retelling Data to Improve Instruction Retelling Data Direct participants to information they have AMCI Instructional generated concerning the sample retelling Strategies data. Inform group that frequently teachers want to jump right to the instructional strategies before identifying exactly what it is that needs to be the focus of the instructional change. For example, we can know that students are doing poorly in Spelling from their poor spelling test scores, but more Spelling activities may not be the answer to increased achievement.It is important to look at the types of errors students are making and focus instruction on specific needs. In the Appendix we have included some resources for instructional practices in Reading and are developing a resource guide for Math as well. Direct participants to WS 5 (Teachers Handbook), review questions with participants. Ask for any comments. Participants form groups of four and using the information they extracted from the data, and the goals they have set, map out instructional changes and their implications in the classroom on chart paper. AMCI Instructional Strategies (following pages) may be used as a resource. Participants share process. Ask for comments, questions, or concerns.

Northwest Regional Activity #6 185 Educational Laboratory 207 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Time / Materials Steps

20 minutes 1 Using Real Data Participant data "Now, getting to the most difficult topic, what changes need to be made in your own instructional practices in order for students to reach the goals you have set for them?" Using your own data, repeat the process but we will not ask that you share with the whole group. You may work on your own, or we highly recommend sharing your ideas with your colleagues. Record your decisions on WS 5 (Participants' Handbook). Please share with your neighbor, one aspect of your instructional decisions. What are some benefits to this process? What are some challenges of this process?

Northwest Regional Activity #6 186 Educational Laboratory 208 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

AMCI Instructional Strategies

What follows are summaries of selected instructional strategies. These are only a sample and are intended to stimulate thought about different approaches that may be appropriate whenconsidering the needs of students, their learning styles, special characteristics, and goals. Although they are grouped under specific headings, the strategies may be overlapped. You may already use many of these instructional strategies under different names or no name at all. Teams will benefit from investigating and discussing these strategies with specific students in mind.

Direct Instruction

Often the most employed instructional strategy, this approach has the teacher present new material while checking for understanding. Guided practice is given, as well as assistance for individual students. New material may be introduced effectively in this manner. Often followed by repetition and independent practice. Direct instruction is highly dependent upon the teacher's ability to motivate students and maintain their involvement in the material being presented.

Inquiry

This strategy encourages the investigation of problems or situations. Students are encouraged to apply a range of problem-solving and thinking techniques. Students learn to buildand test theories to solve problems in a variety of curriculum content areas. Students discuss the procedures used to formulate hypotheses and how those hypotheses were tested. The teacher interacts with students to work toward the solution of difficult problems using a variety of resources. Most conversation is generated by students, with the teacher acting in the role of facilitator.

Brainstorming

Through this strategy, students are asked to explore the possible explanations or solutions to a question, problem, situation, or set of challenges. Thinking around the problem is encouraged through what is known as lateral thinking. The teacher's responsibility is to set up an environment that allows students to think and create freely and safely. Ideas or thoughts are listed without evaluation or judgement. All options are accepted whether or not a direct application can be immediately identified. The teacher is responsible for monitoring the accuracy of the notetaker.

Concept Attainment

Here students learn to develop concepts by identifying categories and critical attributes. The teacher gives positive and negative examples of the unstated concept. The students develop and identify an hypothesis, state and test the hypothesis, and then state and test the concept. The class then goes through a debriefing to analyze their own thinking processes. This strategy may be used in a shortened form as a motivational piece to introduce. The more complex the concept, the longer the strategy and debriefing.

Written Language

Written language is based on a process developed through the California Writing Project Model. The model views writing as a circular process, beginning with pre-writing and continuing through pre- -- tc

Northwest Regional Trainer's Manual 1" 209 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction composing writing, sharing, revising, editing, rewriting, evaluating, and final composition. Key to this approach is the guidance of the teachers, which helps students see and understand the process from first ideas to final product. This strategy focuses on refining pieces of writing and therefore may take a longer period of time to completion of a written piece. It is also important to note that the process need not be strictly sequential in order to produce well-written final products.

Total Physical Response TPR

This strategy is often used with limited-English-proficient students. The understanding of spoken language is aided through the use of body movements. When the student is able to match the body movements with the spoken language, uninterrupted communication is encouraged. Important to this approach is the concept that students will speak when ready and gain greater retention of the oral language.

Cooperative Learning

With this strategy, teachers are able to work with students by forming effective, productive groups. This strategy may be used at all levels and in all content areas. The aim within these groups is to have students realize that cooperatively they can meet goals, as a group and as individuals. There are certain guiding principles to cooperative learning which help assure success of the group. These include autonomy, positive acquisition, social skills building, distribution of leadership, and heterogeneous regard.

Group Discussion

This strategy allows the teaching of concepts and clarification of information. Through group discussion, students develop interpersonal skills, while benefiting from opportunities to express their own views, hear the views of others in the group, form group consensus and solidify individual opinions. In generating consensus, members share ideas and learn to support group decisions. In strengthening individual ideas, students are able to gain support through feedback and group discussion.

Synectics

With this strategy, students compare similarities and differences between topics using analogy and metaphor. This process is designed to help student to be creative thinkers, looking at items from an unusual or peculiar perspective. Students are encouraged to use simple comparison (direct analogy), "becoming the thing" (personal analogy) or compressed conflict (symbolic analogy) to aid in creative problem solving.

Math Problem Solving

Using this approach, students are taught to think about possible strategies for problem solving. The teacher demonstrates how to approach a variety of challenging math problems. These may include problems requiring calculation, written explanation, oral explanation, or symbolic representations. Most important, students are encouraged to look at the approach for solving these problems, instead of focusing solely on the correct mathematical result. Key components include clarification, planning, implementing the plan, and reviewing the results.

Northwest Regional Trainer's Manual 188 210 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Modeling

Building on the abilities of students to learn from observing the behaviors and applications of others, this strategy allows the teacher to demonstrate skills important to the learning activity. Teachers may demonstrate a performance and structure student performance to precisely emulate what was demonstrated, or allow students to adapt portions of the learned performance as best suits their needs. It is important that teachers demonstrate skills accurately and consistently. Refinement of desired skills can be accomplished through coaching over many activities.

Conferencing with Students

In order to allow students to take an active role in their education, opportunities for discussion, review and feedback can be offered using this approach. The teacher assumes initial responsibility to structure meetings with students. Structure should include topic, targets, achievement strategies, timelines and indicators of success. The sessions provide a framework to help students plan independently for their own success. Eventually, students assume responsibility for conferences, providing thescheduling and agenda that were previously teacher-driven. Students may also schedule conferences to report progress to peers, teachers or parents.

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

211

Northwest Regional Trainers Manual 1 89 Educational Laboratory A Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Start the Power Point presentation with slide#24,

Present slides #24 #25

STOP the Power Point after slide #25x.

Slide #25 is titled "Evaluation."

Start Activity #7.

) J. Northwest Regional Trainer's Manual 1914 Educational Laboratory Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

AMCI Matrix Design

Six (6) critical considerations for'effective instruction, aligned with state standards Benchmarks Assessment Information Data Interpretation Goals Strategies for Improving Instruction Evaluation

Quickly review the areas which have been covered. Say, "We started by identifying the appropriate benchmarks under the standards, collected assessment information, worked to interpret the data available to us, planned short- and long-term goals, decided on instructional strategies based on the data gathered from our students. And now we have to decide how to evaluate our progress toward those goals."

>Click for next slide.

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #24 19 13 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

> Click for graphic >Click for text.

Say, " To answer this question it is important to be sure that you are looking at something that is realistic and measurable. It might also be beneficial to explore what resources are available to help you. Some questions to ask include: How often should you evaluate? What kind of evaluation is best for what you need to know?

>Click for next slide.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 194 Slide #25

21 4 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Start Activity #7

Creative Evaluation

Participants will be given an opportunity to review and discuss evaluation options available at school sites.

iv;-1 J Northwest Regional Activity #7 195 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Activity #7: Evaluation

Purpose: To help participants think of evaluation as a living process, based upon goals that are set by the classroom teacher. The evaluation column, for purposes of the AMCI, speaks to both short-term and long-term review of the key elements included in the matrix. To determine how effectively the matrix is being employed, it is necessary to cycle through the areas, questioning the value of the items chosen.

Time: 30 minutes

Time / Materials Steps

30 minutes 1.This activity will help familiarize participants with the flow of the matrix and reinforce the manner in which different areas relate to each other. Divide the participants into groups of four. Each person in the group will be responsible for reviewing information in one of the following areas from the AMCI Assessment Information, Data Interpretation, Goal, Strategies for Improving Instruction. Using information from a completed matrix (sample or authentic materials), each person should investigate one of the four areas of the matrix asking the following questions: What information does this area provide? What information is most helpful? What additional information is needed? What information is unnecessary or confusing? How can the effectiveness of information in this area be measured? Looking at the chosen benchmark for the sample chosen, each member should report their findings and suggestions for enhancement to the small group. Each group should be given an opportunity to report to the large group on their investigation and discussion. 2. Closure The purpose of the AMCI, is to help have data collection and interpretation provide a sound, logical basis for classroom planning and instruction, in line with the appropriate standards. Classroom teachers must now

Northwest Regional Activity #7 197 2162 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

be prepared to look objectively at their entire arsenal of tools for measuring the effectiveness of their instruction? What benefits may come from reviewing the AMCI matrix with a colleague? What are the possibilities for using the matrix to review progress with students and parents? 3. Why am I doing this activity? It is important that teachers use the matrix in a cyclical manner, as opposed to viewing the steps as beginning, middle and end for each benchmark. Although the AMCI will help teachers approach benchmarks in a more methodical manner, the matrix should be ever self-renewing, showing the way to new paths as students progress.

217 Activity #7 Northwest Regional 198 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Start the Power Point presentation with slide #26.

Present slides #26End (End of Power Point presentation).

199 Northwest Regional Activity #7 3 Educational Laboratory Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction (AMCI) in Review

Supplies a logical matrix Helps teachers in making well-informed educational decisions, directly impacting instruction and student learning

26

Say, "These summary highlights emphasize the potential of the AMCI."

> Click for text Read aloud, " The AMCI supplies a logical matrix."

>Click for text. Read aloud, "The AMCI helps teachers in making well-informed educational decisions, directly impacting instruction and student learning."

>Click for next slide.

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

Northwest Regional 1111 Educational Laboratory 219 Slide #26

201 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

AMCI Needs You

Help field test the matrix Share AMCI with colleagues j Gather information Recommend improvements Be part of the design team to make a difference

Say, "This slide summarizes what you can do."

>Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for text. >Click for text. Say, "Any questions?"

If people do want to volunteer at this time, have them complete a sign-up list, including name, position, school, grade level, telephone number, fax and e-mail. >Click for next slide.

## Att. Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #27 202

22-0 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

NWREL-CC Contacts

R. Newton Hamilton 1- 800- 547- 6339 x652 email: [email protected]

28-

>Click for text. Say, "For more information, please feel free to contact these folks!"

>Click for next slide.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory Slide #28 203 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

NorthiAtest Regional Educational Laboratory

mum" Comprehensive Center 101 S.W. Main Inn Es) lm Suite 500 hum him Portland, OR 97204 Iowa Web site: http://www.nwrac.org

29

>Click for text.

Say, "This is how you can contact NWREL, and their website."

>Click for next slide.

Northwest Regional ma Educational Laboratory 204 Slide #29 222 Presenter's Guide to the Power Point Presentation AMCI

NWREL-CC 1999 Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory's Comprehensive Center, Portland, Oregon

Permission to reproduce in' hee or in part is granted with the stipulation that the NWRELv3., Region X, be acknowledged as the source on all co

The contents of this publication were deve Cooperative Agreement Number S283A5 U,S. Department of Education. However, the con do neS necessarily represent the policy of the Departmen Education, and endorsement of the contents bj; uovemment should not be assumed.

A necessary disclaimer.

>Click for last slide

The End.

Good Job!

BEST COPY AVAILABLE Turn off the presentation.

##4,.: Northwest Regional W..%; Educational Laboratory Slide #30 & #31 205 0') 4.4.k.) Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

At the End of the Workshop

At the end of the Power Point presentation, quickly review the workshop objectives outlined at the beginning of the Presenter's Guide. Remind participants that the examples used with the AMCI workshop were designed to give educators an idea of how the matrix could be used to improve classroom instruction. Encourage them to move beyond the examples into other content areas and grade levels.

Participants planning to use the AMCI, or those who are responsible for its introduction into the classroom, should record any major changes or redesign they feel is necessary, and assume the responsibility to report such changes to the developers at NWREL's CC. Participants can expect to be contacted by CC staff on a periodic basis.

Thank the participants for attending the workshop. Provide time for any closing questions and pass out evaluation forms to obtain feedback on the workshop.

206 Northwest Regional 22 Educational Laboratory WORKSHOP EVALUATION FORM Location:Workshop Title: Date WhatPosition is (Title) your current principal role ? (please check one appropriate box): City State month/day/year SchoolDistrictState Administrator Administrator Teacher'sCommunityTeacher Aide Representative CounselorStudentParent OtherHealth Service Staff BilingualMigrantChildrenPlease indicatechildren inchildren poverty the NUMBER of students in each group for whom you are responsible in the space provided: ChildrenLimitedRural Englishchildren with disabilities Proficient Homeless/neglected/delinquentIndianImmigrant children children ALL PleaseUrban score children each Workshop attribute by circling the appropriate rating: Alaska natives Below Native Hawaiians Above ContentATTRIBUTE Poor 1 Average 2 Average 3 Average 4 Outstanding 5 TimelinessRelevant for you 1 22 3 4 5 Presenter(s) 1 2 3 4 5 TrainingMaterial(s) Activities 1 2 3 4 5 OpportunityPotential Impact for Involvement on School Practice 1 2 3 4 5 PLEASE TURN OVER 22J 2'n 6 What might help make this a better workshop for you?: Other comments: c°0r3 If you would like to receive some follow-up to this workshop, please list how we might provide assistance to you: Please provide name, address and/or telephone number for Comprehensive Center staff to contact you or your organization: 227 THATOYOU! 228 Appendix

22j Hillsboro School District 1J Language Arts Content Goals FIFTH GRADE

Reading Decoding/Accuracy Continue to read accurately by using phonics, language structure, and visual cues.

Fluency Read orally with natural phrasing, expressive interpretation, flow, and pace, recognizing punctuation, using phonetic and grammatical structures to self-correct.

Word Meaning Determine meanings of words using contextual and structural clues, illustrations, and other reading strategies. Use context clues to choose the correct meaning for identified words in the reading passage. Use knowledge of commonly used prefixes and suffixes to help define words in context. Use knowledge of contractions and possessives to help determine the meaning of words in the passage. Increase word knowledge through systematic vocabulary development

Locate Information Locate information and clarify meaning by using illustrations, tables of contents, glossaries, indexes, headings, graphs, charts, diagrams, and/or tables. Use tables of contents and indexes to locate specific information. Use information in illustrations, graphs, charts, diagrams, and tables to help understand a reading passage. Use a glossary to locate words to help clarify meaning. Use headings to locate where needed information is likely to be found.

Literal Comprehension Identify sequence of events, main ideas, facts, supporting details, and opinions in literary, informative, and practical selections. The order of events or a specific event from a sequence of events. A statement or sentence that best indicates the main idea of the selection. * Directly stated facts, e.g., actions or events; directions for an experiment or problem solving exercise; information from charts/graphs; names of characters, places, or things in the selection; special circumstances relevant to the story. * Directly stated opinions. * Details such as key words, phrases, or sentences that explicitly state important characteristics, circumstances, or similarities and differences in characters, times, or places.

Inferential Comprehension Identify relationships, images, patterns, or symbols and draw conclusions about their meanings in printed material. * Identify implicit relationships, such as cause and effect, sequence, time relationships, comparisons, classifications, and generalizations. *Predict future outcomes or actions. Infer an author's unstated intention(s) or meaning by drawing conclusions from images, patterns, or symbols in the text.

h: \nwrac\amci stuft\amcilinal \hillsboro school district 1j.doc 230 A-1 BEST COPYAVAILABLE Literal Inferential

1 2 3 4 5 AC + 3 _ 2 AG + + + 4 + 3 ESL AL + + 3 _ _ 2 AM + + + 4 _ 2 AV _ 3 _ 2 ESL BB 3 + 3 CG + + 3 3 CK + + 4 2 CM + + + 4 + 3 CP _ 2 + 3 JE + + 4 + 3 KA _ 2 3

KF _ _ 2 _ 1

KM _ _ 1 _ _ 1 KV + 3 + + 4 MH + _ + 3 _ 2 MM + 3 + 3 MO 3 2 ESL OV _ _ 2 _ 2 SK + + + 4 + _ 3

TS _ _ 2 _ 1 TT ÷ + + 5 + + 5

+10 +8 +10 5 -1 +6 +5 5 1 7 6 6 46 9 6 4 1 -4 -7 -5 3 9 -6 -10 3 9 2 4 2 8

1 1 1 2 Average 3 Average 2.5

231

hAnwrac\amci stutl\amcilinal\testscores.doc A-2 ment before, slid his fingers along the sharp edge October 12 and looked startled at his fingers that dripped blood into the sand. A lush green island was there in the morning, and Everyone was smiling and so friendly. Close up, our three ships approached it carefully, maneuver- we could see how clear and gentle their eyes were, ing through breakers and a threatening barrier reef. how broad and unusual their foreheads. The We could see clear down to the reef in the sparkling Captain especially noted and said to one of his men, blue waters as we sailed through. And, ah, it is truly "See the gold in that one's nose? See how docile land, truly earth, here so far from Spain. The Santa they are? They will be easy. We will take six back Maria led the way into the sheltered bay of the with us to Spain." island and got a mark of only five fathoms' depth. I think at this, too, my mother would have We anchored there and barely paused to admire the lowered her eyes. breathtaking beauty. Small boats were prepared, armed, and lowered, and in these some of us went ashore. Out of respect, all waited while Christopher October 16 Columbus leaped out of the boat, his feet the first So much has happened. There is so much to to touch this new land. (I wondered what my remember and record, and so much I do not think mother would say if she knew her son had lost the I want to tell my mother. Perhaps I will keep these 10,000 maravedis to the Captain, who claimed it letters to myself after all. The natives think that we for himself.) are angels, from God. They swim out to us, wave, The Captain carried the royal banner of our king throw themselves in the sand, hold their, hands and and queen, and as everyone else scrambled out of faces to the sky, and sing and call to us. The crew the boats and secured them in the white sand, he loves it, and no one loves it better than Columbus. thrust the banner into the earth and then sank down He lifts his open palms to them like a priest at mass. to his knees and said a prayer of thanksgiving for I sometimes wonder if he doesn't believe these our safe arrival in India. Others dropped to their natives himself just a little bit. knees around him. Diego was beside me, and he They come right out to the ship in swift dugouts clapped his hand on my shoulder. I knew he was that sit forty men, and sometimes as they approach happy to be on land again. I was, too, although I us the dugout tips, but in minutes they right it and have been at sea so long that even on land the begin bailing it out with hollow gourds. All day ground seems to buckle and sway beneath my feet. long the Indians row out to see us, bringing gifts of The Captain made a solemn ceremony and cottonthread,shell-tippedspears,and even formally took possession of the land for the king brightly colored parrots that sit on our shoulders and queen, naming it San Salvador. We all wit- and cry out in human voices. For their trouble we nessed this, and then little by little we noticed give them more worthless beads, bells, and tastes of something elsethere were people stepping our honey, which they marvel at. from the trees, beautiful, strong, naked people, The six native men Columbus has taken aboard with tanned skin and straight black hair. My mother are not very happy. One by one they are escaping, would have lowered her eyes or looked away, as I which I cannot help but say I am happy for. One have seen her do in our home when someone jumped -overboard and swam away, and another dresses, but I could not take my eyes off them. jumped overboard when a dugout came up along- Some had boldly painted their bodies or their faces, side us 'in the darkness. Some of the crew seized some only their eyes, some their noses. They were another man coming alongside in a dugout and so beautiful and gentle. They walked towards us forced him on board.. Columbus tried to convince slowly but without fear, smiling and reaching out him of our good intentions through sign language their hands. and broken words and more gifts of glass beads and The sailors watched them in wonder, and when junk, and the man rowed back to some people on these people came near, the crew gave them coins, the shore. They stood talking to each other and little red caps, whatever they had in their pockets. pointing at our ship. Columbus smiled and was Columbus himself showed one native his sword, convinced they know we are from God. Me, I am and the native, never having seen such an instru- not so sure they will believe it for much longer.

From Pedro's Journal by Pam Conrad. Copyright 1991 by Pam Conrad. Published by Boyds Mills Press. Reprinted by permission.

BEST COPYAVAILABLE Name: MO Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

V They leaped out of the ship onto the sand

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

'/ nice beautiful and a lot of trees

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

V strong, naked, people, tanned and faces painted

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by.:. Seeing land and natives Seeing the natives and a lot of water and his men

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

V No too much water for two months and his mom

A-5 233 Name:CM Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

I know that Columbus and his crew were happy to land because Pedro wrote that Clumbus nelt down and thank God that they had reached India

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

4- Pedro wrote that the land was warm, suny and not all buatiful.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

Pedro said on Page 97 that the people were beautifid, strong, toned skin and had sraight black hair.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... smily natives goled indenes are docile. The crew was mean to Inedaneds He does not think the people will be live clombas mock more

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

No I don't think he would because he had to leve his mom/famle.

234 A-6 Name:AM Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

I think Columbus was happy to be on land because he nelt and sayed a prayer of Thanksgiving for their safe arrival in India.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

They could see cleer down to the reef in the sparkling blue waters, with white sand.

3. What information.does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

They were beautifid, strong, naked people with tanned skin and straight black hair

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... getting more land and pleasing the king lousing 10,000 maravedis to the Captain, and queen. who clamed it for himself.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

Yes because If he impressed the king and queen he could think he can do it again.

ft4.."' A-7 x'35 Name: SK Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

I know Columbus and his crew are happy to be on land because they get on their hands and knees and bowing and praying.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Pedro provides that the land of San Salvador is a beatfill place with white sand, big trees and warm weather.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

Pedro provides that the people of San Salvador are extremely tan they have long, thick, black straight hair no clothes, and they have boldly body paint on themselves.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... I. San Salvador people bowing to him and 1. Taking six San Salvador people his crew 2. lost $10,000 to Columbus 2. Seeing land

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

Yes, I do think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages with Columbus because with Columbus one would always have a great time because Columbus always will go to the extreme.

A-8 236 Name: BB

Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you knoW Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

I think Columbus and his crew were happy to land when the people that had paint on their body and they thought that Columbus and the other people were angels.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

I think the information that Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador is that people were coming from the palms.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

The information about the people of San Salvador is that they had no clothes, but they had paint in their bodies.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... When he found land People not traiding good. when he saw the people they made friends. People without clothes. He went looking for India. He didn't was the first to find land. He went away from his mom.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

I think Pedro would be happy to go to more voyages so that he can find something for his morn, but I think that Pedro might stay in his house because he might be sad because he didn't was the first one to saw land.

A-9 237 Name: AC Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

because I say clubus was happy to Land on land again and get 10,000 Millon bucks. and name the Land after his queen and king

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Tropical, warm climete and clear blue waters that is refeshing

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

The are frendly paint There selve There mostly "lacked. And are rich.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... The ideins bring caper coins like gold and he does not want to tell his mother because saw how hansom they where and how Kindhe wrote so much and he wants to keep they where. theses Letters to himself

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

yes becuse he had the hole arportunity to stay by clumbus side and if he went on others and wrote there jornuels he would be eagert to go on alot

238 A-10 Name: TT Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

In the book it says, "everyone else scrambled out of the boats." The word

"scrambled" tells you that they are very excited. It also says that Diego,he was beside him, "clasped his hand on my shoulder.

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

He says the island is lush and green. It is a warm place. It has palm trees and lots of bushes. The water is clear blue.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

He says that they are beautiful, strong, tanned, straight black hair, gentle, docile and wonderous. They belive that the crew is from God.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... How the Taino people reacted when they Columbus wanting to take a few of the saw the crew. The supplies they got from Taino people. Not getting the 10,000 the Tainos' Columbus being the first to see maravels. Columbus being so excited, or land and getting to keep the 10,000 happy about the Tainos' thinking they are maravel's. from God.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

No, I don't think Pedro would want to go on another voyage. I think so because he was definatly happy to reach land, whether it was home, or somewhere new. I could tell he wasn't to happy about his captain either. I can tell he didn't like what Columbus was doing either, by trying to capture the Tainos or being so happy about the natives thinking they are from God.

A-11 239 Name: MH Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Because when they got their they all droped down too their knees and said a prayer of thanksgiving for arriving safe. And also the captain makes a answer.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

He porvides what it looks like and whos on it he tells what they water looked like when the first aproched.

3. What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

That there are people with buitfitll bodys and hair and they where strong and 'tacked.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... being happy and going on to finde land if he found lands that he would have the 10,000 dollars so he could get every thin he wants and to share the land they find

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

Yes because he could see more land and meet new people make new finds and travle.

2 4 0 A -12 Name: AL Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Because when they get there they all get in there kness and start to prey for landing safe in land. And also the captain makes a ceromany.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

He provides what it look like and how the watter look lie when he get's there

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

That there are people that are beatifid and with tann skin. And that they are also strong and naked people with no clothes on and Black hair. Some of them have painted themselves.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... bieng happy and by going on to find that The look and the saddness to see those land well the first person Who finds land people naked. well be given 10,000 martavedis

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

Yes! Because he enjoyed it and because he looks like whanting to know more about land. Name: MM Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Because Columbus neald to the ground and prayd.

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Pedro providies about the land that it had clear blue waters, warm climate.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

That they were amazed that they never seen such gagets.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Seing the people of the land. going in the water

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

I think pedro doesn't want to go on any more because he missed land to much.

24 `) A-14 Name: OV Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Well I thouth that they were happy of land because they found it. and also because they found other people well I just thouth that because I be happy for land

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

The infomration that pedro provide about San Salvador is he help Columnpus find San Salvador and also they found people in San Salvador

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

The information that Pedro provide about the people in San Salvador is there takeing six people to were calampunz came from

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Finding Land and winning 10,000 for Not doing brately eney thing or helping finding 1 and and I think he was also Columus find Land and finding the people encouraged for Finding people on the land That Columbus and he crew found.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

Well ...I Think that Pedro will go on annother voyages because he like when they found land and the people and won the 10,000 dollars they won for finding that island and called San Salvador.

A-15 243 Name: AV Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Columbus new his crew was happy when the landed because the people there had there bodys painted, and had black hair they were painted on their face's or just their eye' s.

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Pedro think it look like a lush green island and very beautifill he thinks land is truly earth.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

Pedro descibs the people very nice and their nice black hair and their nicely painted faces.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Land Columbus is trying to take nativs. They People cept jumping out of the boat.. gold Suplies gifts Angel

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

Yes because he liked what he saw and the people there were nice and he liked that experience.

A-16244 Name: KF Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Columbus and his crew. Cloumbus was the fist to touch this new land.

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Pedro say that there are six native men Cloumbus has took aborad.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

Pedro tell when they go through another land.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Columbus escaping the crew

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

No because Pedro sound like he like it.

A -17 245 Name: TS Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Because they wanted to Decover the island and Because they jumped OUT almost Right when They landed.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

He tells you That he was a caban Boy and gives you Detell.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

He said that columbas said they would be given 10,000 allers and sees the land on October 11 1492.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Captain Columbus Not shire.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

I think he should because he tells you more Detail so yah he should. Name: KA Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

I think they were happy to land because the had thought they would get spices and stuff

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

That thare people that look like people from india so he says the place dose not look li this in the picturse

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

He says they have tand sikin and are vary cerise about thare stuff

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... land Storms people Short food cuiosty Gold Shipreck spices monsters his crew

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

yes because he now knows what the sea is like even if thare are a lot of dangers

A -19 Name: KV Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

They got off the boats and fell to their knees and thanked God for landing on solid ground.

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

There are Natives and there are beaches.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

That they like honey and they think they're from God and that they like worthless beads.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... He didn't fall off the world and when he When the natives were captured and when found land and found valuable stuff on they didn't see land for a long time. North America.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

No because he saw his own people take native Americans away from there friends and family.

A-20 248 Name: CG Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

I think Colubus and his crew were happy to land because he got on his knees and said thanksgiving for our Safe arrival. Its say diego was happy to be on land

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

we witnessed this land to be San Salvador cause it showed he new little and little more things were coming out from behind the tree.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

That they are neked and coming out from behind the trees and coming towards them very slowly and he said they seemed nice cause the were smiling.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Finding land and seeing that it was india not getting 10,000 mavols things that the and being very happy that he found it on captain said he would give to him the eleventh of october

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

Yes because I think he now about land and would probably like to write another exciting Journal that our class can read and I think he would like to go

A-21 249 Name: KM Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Not to fall of the edge of the world

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Pedro provids information that there was a lot of Land and Spices

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

he wants them to come Home with him to Spain.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... finding the land the people did not Go.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

yes because he would like to get money

A-22 Name: JE Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Because it says that the native men weren't happy, but probablie his crew were happy to land because they were not very happy on the ship because Christopher Columbus was the caption and they probablie got bossed around all the time. I think Columbus was happy to come to land because he found native people their.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

there is a lot of clear blue water, lots of trees, warm water and a lot of native men and woman. the native people probablie like their climat because they jumped off the ship when they got put ON

3. What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

They all were hidden behind trees then they came out naked they have long black hair. Pedros mother would close her eye's and look down but Pedro thought the girls were so beautiful he had to look at them

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... coming to land because he found indian Having Christapher Columbus take some native people their and he wanted to take of the native people and just threw them on some with him so that he can show people the ship like they were some kind of back at home. animals but they jumped off and Pedro

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

yes because he got to see stuff that he wouldn't see at home and experience that native people are not bad they are so beautiful he couldn't take his eyes off of the so called beautiful woman. I would like to go because it looks like it would be exciting to be on the ship with Christopher Columbus.

A-23 251 Name: CP Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1.How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Because in the story when thay landid thay thought thay where in India Christpher Clumbus thought he found a Knew roght to India. And he will go down in history.

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Pedro describs San Salvadoras a pece full Place and Puts a lot of detal into it

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

Pedro decribs the new peopol whith rather good discripson

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Columbus was encuraged by triying to findPedro was discouraged by the Indians a new rote to India where He landid he Because thay though the aver angals of god though he was on India. And Pedro was afrad that they would not think that for long

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

I think Pedro would not like to go on exploration agen of what hapend whith Christpher Columbus voge. Becase he probbley would not whant to see the see for awinll. And so he can speend some time whith his mother befor she dies.

A-24 Name: AG Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

I know Columbus and his crew were happy to land because Columbus leaped out of the boat.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

The captain made a solem ceremony and formally took possession of the land for the King and Queen naming it San Salvador. It was a lush green Island with sparkling blue water.

3. What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

Beautiful strong naked people were stepping out of trees. They had tanned skin and straight black hair.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... When he saw the people. He was It discourages Pedro when he finds out encouraged to find out more about them. Columbus was going to enslave six Men.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

I think Pedro would like to go on more voyages of exploration. But I think he would want to stay at least a year in San Salvador to explore first. I think he would like to explore because he would want to see all diferent kinds of people and places. He sounds like an adventurous person. Name: CK Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

They were happy to see land by seeing two pepol and faling on ther knes and giving food and junk and old cloths some nekleses. and they fond American and could live ther and start a new land.

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

He talks aboat the whithe sand and tale trees and blue water and how the Sand buckels around ther Knees. They wer happy to see land.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

Pepol with no cloths and with paint on and gentel bodes. They had tan Skihen: Some with Paint on ther noses and Some With Pant on ther bodeys.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... I think Columbus must fel he found new I think PEDRo was discouraged by not land and that he is happy. he probele thinksfinding new land and not being abel to tel he can find gold ther. He wants to be abel his morn. Pedro thinks he can take pepol to live ther. bake to Spian. he wants to tell his mom about the pepel.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

I think he would becuas he wants to find new land and new pepol and gold So he could get rich. I also think no becas he mite not find hew landor new pepol or gold.

A-26 25 4 PROGRESS REPORT Primary - Grades 1-3 H ILLSBORO Hillsboro, Oregon SCHOOL DISTRICT tl Name: ACHIEVEMENT SCORING GUIDE KEY Grade Level: School Year 6 Exemplary - Shows exceptional application consistently 5 Advanced - Exceeds the standard Teacher: :". ';ProfIclenfi:ShOWSjttie2Standard as expected at grade level . 3* Meets - Shows standard In writing and speaking as expected at grade level 3 Developing - Application of content and/or skills School: 2 Emerging - Shows some application of content and/or skills Beginning -Shows little or no application of knowledge or skills NA Content not taught or assessed during this grading period ATTENDANCE NE Little or no evidence from student Number of Days Present M Modified instruction - see attached progress report Number of Days Absent EFFORT AND SUCCESSFUL LEARNER KEY + Consistently Demonstrates Number of Days Tardy i Usually Demonstrates 0 Rarely or Does Not Demonstrate

i.t 2nd 3rd 4th CHARACTERISTICS OF A 1" 3rd MATHEMATICS SUCCESSFUL LEARNER Effort Persistent - Stays with a task ,3r10 Knows basic facts Cooperative - Works and interacts well Computation with others Application of number theory Considerate - Sensitive to the feelings of ,., Estimation others; gets along with and supports tx;41 Measurement ' 11 others Geometry Resourceful - Sorts out problems, seeks le 0 Probability and statistics help appropriately Pattems/algebraic relationships Work Ethic - Demonstrates work habits 4' Problem solving to complete duties and assignments in a 1st1513rd 4th timely manner. Daily work - SCIENCE Homework VII fr .i Effort Responsible - Accepts responsibility for .1,6,l" Units of Study: own actions and behavior .4 , Respectful - Demonstrates respect for . self, others, rules, authority and property Understands and applies concepts Reflective - Thinks problems through, and processes In earth and space, gives reasons for opinions, self-evaluates life, and physical science 1., 2nd 3rd 4th Attentive - Listens well and follows.... SOCIAL SCIENCES directions MI Effort READING/LITERATURE 1" 3'5' 4:: Units of Study: Effort gaffr4 * "y;, Reads accurately using decoding l Understands and applies concepts strategies, including phonics and relationships in history, civics, 1 Reads fluently farf. geogra.h , and economics Word meaning and context clues :1X4',. let 3rd 4t Applies skills to locate information isi HEALTH Effort Comprehension ' :411,1 Units of Study: WRITING 3A= MEETS STANDARD vd511151115111 Effort Modes taught: narrative, expository, persuasive, imaginative Understands and applies concepts of safety, diseases, healthy and fit V 1. Ideas and content 1$4.ki body, Informed consumer, and 2.Organization fts'AV healthy relationships 3.Conventions ii i.t 2nd 3rd 4th word choice, and sentence fluency are being taught. ART Spelling (4 = proficient) Effort Handwriting (legibility) (4 = proficient) Wt a'. ye 4in MUSIC 1't let SPEAKING 3 ,i =MEETS STANDARD rdImo Effort Effort Understands and applies con- Speaks effectively for a variety of cepts of music literac(Gr. 3) audiences and purposes 3rd PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1`tum cm 4th Quarter scores denote achievement relative to end- Effort of-year standards. Sportsmanship/Behavior Grade for School Year BEST COPY AVAILABLE 2 5 3-27 PROGRESS REPORT Intermediate - Grades 4-6 ILLSBORO Hillsboro, Oregon CHOOL DISTRICT IJ Name: ACHIEVEMENT SCORING GUIDE KEY Grade Level: School Year. 6 Exemplary - Shows exceptional application consistently 5 Advanced - Exceeds the standard ,.4,..kt.1?T'Atiplent ..!Shoi4/.6 the standard as expected at grade level . Teacher 3 Developing - Application of content and/or skills 2 Emerging - Shows some application of content and/or skills School: 1 Beginning -Shows little or no application of knowledge or skills NA Content not taught or assessed during this grading period NE ATTENDANCE Little or no evidence from student M Modified Instruction - see attached progress report Number of Days Present EFFORT AND SUCCESSFUL LEARNER KEY Number of Days Absent + Consistently Demonstrates Number of Days Tardy -1 Usually Demonstrates 0 Rarely or Does Not Demonstrate

3,d 4th MATHEMATICS l'' CHARACTERISTICS OF A Effort SUCCESSFUL LEARNER - ' Knows basic facts Persistent - Stays with a task 4.4'S Coniputation Cooperative - Works and Interacts well with is others Application of number theory Considerate - Sensitive to the feelings of trwy. Estimation others; gets along with and supports others Measurement ,ti, Resourceful - Sorts out problems, seeks ' ;X Geometry '4'4'Y 17 help appropriately rve-o.. . Probability and statistics 0..; Work Ethic - Demonstrates work habits to Patterns/algebraic relationships complete duties and assignments in a timely Problem solving :. manner. Daily work N ,,-, Homework ei vv. let 3rd 4th SCIENCE Responsible - Accepts responsibility for own actions and behavior Effort :. Respectful - Demonstrates respect for self, Units of Study: others, rules, authority and property Reflective - Thinks problems through, gives reasons for opinions, self-evaluates rt... Understands and applies concepts Attentive - Listens well and follows and processes In earth and space, i`. directions 1 life, and physical science 2nd 3,,, READING/LITERATURE l't 3'd gAi' SOCIAL SCIENCES l'm 4th ejoc, Effort Effort . Reads fluently .41,0 Units of Study: Word meaning and context clues MA, Applies skills to locate information Comprehension Understands and applies concepts . and relationships in history, civics, Extending understanding e 7 geography, and economics Text analysis is, 3rd HEALTH Lie 4th WRITING 111 7° Effort I I ::4^ t&Vt. Effort AV: Units of Study: Modes taught: narrative, expository, persuasive, imaginative Ideas and content Or:41. Organization ailt Understands and applies concepts Voice :nl.'.417 of safety, diseases, healthy and fit Word choice body, informed consumer, and OR healthy relationships Sentence fluency .i.14"-!: . Conventions .0% ART is'2nd 4th Spelling t4t Effort Handwriting (legibility) ::tV MUSIC l't 3rd 4th SPEAKING 1" 3rd 4,,i Effort Effort 614,4t Understands and applies con- Speaks effectively for a variety of cepts of music litera audiences and purposes iA PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1.1 rd 3'd 41h 4th Quarter scores denote achievement relativeto end- Effort of-year standards. Sportsmanship/Behavior Skill development Grade for School Year A-28 256 BEST COPY AVAILABLE RATER

MAAR PIRA An Mr1 m r4v r =OP114.1

A.A -

INEWINWEVAIINIffe- Nummouminh--witia V "

I 5 At nom11111_i InmaimIff

A RATER

W..

.. "' is e Is MKSIIImet MR /1 FIRMA I Fln rims FIRM11 rl KIN rI 1741 r1 riAr4,IN--- _

-

/ a , 4' a Is mnighwuriss(43 Nowa samma111111111111imum IllamPulinimummum 11111111141111111migainnuf 11111111111MATPIIIMI

23 9 - - I FIRM MAMA FIA KFIR MAR FIF1 "41174,,

I.

.4k AkAMikiktir.4P-A011=141 e awri darAL:,!._ 71F__ sr11_,'Irdir r II. A .;i.4AMOPArItOPIpbleA Saa PA war OW& .7;r .7,1 A"71m kv.P; 4 or; :n 01. ro.vd#>. Yir _ 'elr,:,P" 71r..mstmurAAay6-w At.Aglilfrik4411Varjr411.74174Prilir- v irAik/4 Amonfriodirim allrak4(4.YfA4elltWArtli11.1.1 A 1. grd 7r ,:4! AmirP gird IC% On 10 k <4.10.. ;r4 et202 Nrrl .2A6.41, rilelilt6ti."41tiCA I .

I 4 .

..7777117,1Mitin a idir )6AitTeoinixtrime. magiont:titieLoAli; --..r..7is . tUdy el Tile4. 'AAA.17ivkau 'eV .. up.311411J if;t,Atq TriV14 TA .114.- Ili U . .i., 41a.k4.:....n.zi s ...... , .44. L.-,. .a.. t ki CI t.iirllikANIIIMIT.r: I $ 0 AV tAfiTatAkA14.-t4: YM A At 0114IUY 0' P 4 ibr:filtt,iii'u--..r.til. 4 do." 7.10°., 4/ IMIUW114; if 1 ii El Ili' 2Ir 'AV .v.illifli.illa st _ ___"IP4114111K..a.. ll.1. As avilluci 1" *MI ;;;;.; 411A111. elegi" v j44 4 I Tr t

$ a

te WV L112L1 LIU LI 11 ES .61141WIA.1

ta, ?33.1.n:1 I RATER K

" - _ ARRA 11F1/1 10111M F1/.44 /11A,11 IN ri 4k1 111°01Z_ 141 k ' .10 Air .ro diet * A__AP 4P

.. -a 4. it ... .A .. A- .1 IA_ a - _4e I p / .0111- . .40 ...140, ' - A ./..! ../. ._....iirAv.& Air _. f dr IIIi ....4. .At, I. 42 ..e. ,...!, .. Ill/ ' -,alt r IF -04gpirigair/ 1 -.PA ..attsts.wyz...... ,_ ...... - .... A e. Illinihs P .M12/1_111. *Airl' ' _.41ffellaralLW_,.., ..e... sawraiWiar2 .v ...... - I _a 4a1...... , AI APP..-4-r_ . i Illf .... wr... 0 ...." A... A la-4041 Alb At)- .4Pa' - OA. IN/ . an, felf 416 ./Alb AU -ar fj. AO .11MOIr A .. . 4..... Ato e Ali A/ AB'APIS - - ,- / NII ,O / alfr -A- II- /WS - A4A - .- ,11-111MIWIIIMIPIP"- ".: ....{.- .4. ..., . 4. A ..If. .Artri -'.ii Aft, 4p, . 411-S.,_f_ .rat hill 0 Ali - .41_ --AMR .70 II . e.../ _ ..bt 1 .11/A Av.. JoarirraCriiire-. AK . ... .dr _A A _ Af

. .4 _ .1 _A.4 A. _ep ..110

Alarm/1w wwwP

q.11 - RATER

-

talgiV010117,14.7. - - A ARAM sifw-t-4 MRSwin'A ' W:alknotk ler "- Wood". KRA FITIM 0.101 2 RkA r4r1 r+ro -

las 0) -.A 1111) *AA 11170. maso Ara 1111

AN & -.11E111110tr"'"-_111=0.71114= mor-2 Bar- NI Al& 3ip% .r di Wie="11 11111 .ana 11.= owmotpprirpoo.rmzr.err 3,7N- *Am .i -=.:...... _ ik . ., ,,,x,74 :.---. -- ,, pii!0'-' ifirormif NIIIII- - , f46'.-'''''',0.r.eveisum'-"-- - - - : : cA';111111111111111E db "1... I A Al- 1 - -"'. mum 1 'tit IR moor ; OYAMininVIIME . I3.1111 In= .1..1.1- NMI r ltIIII --1 riMIIII ME LAI t yam am mom WilarA ADM=...... Z '-'I-..::: NOM 1111.1NINimat Az ,52.M111*Aartriv4 MI.._,..,...... ---m-siiviinINIE 4._ Ilk .. 4 /A .:- tql% MA il= Milli 1.0.0 lima ... ri iltil MI MIR W 1104 41 all IIMMI-- sli:N".P-mi MR --.111..1.12.1111= ETNA"' / MIMI, ' V kiln NOVA Nol II II r 1 r."' MINI MINIUM ,2111.1....-- er911101101-1111111111WIII

e ... #44 -.411110 II.I IIII A ilg ,

11

RATER

- nrimminrtlyvti irrz_rinAVAPAY rri MISnr4;inreiffenn 41 'V4mAnnleo

A. Ii

o _A ail

IF

I la a.

4 ADO klUIPMKOMMITArlWANIF-0_ 17111740740-741-7ri-41*Z,4 OF2 /211!Veila4eAlliii.4-~Kardir100,4204101 -41174 W.374/FN r:t-.1.-7-741174 ir3 trir>7171k74 FilirOMOW'Q-sr-4

A All P-111111111;11/r-y,airroWir Vi 1.6

" 1 Aye vat .. a4 ifr ib lirr 1,:.`"Allia st264 al i.'d 1111%,, itty A 11; UWWW N, \ -;;Iit *;. IA if ... 6:`- , ,,, VUU WWWW 1 'till%,''S . t UM WWW UVUU "4"':- ''Ibilw i;:T> lb - , --... --- U UM WWW 'WWW --.....m.....aii-7

'777 Pb -7?"-' r Po r 'I '6' -v 71111 7 ,177

I I,' I.21/.4 1,4 my , rli=4;11741111VIlii 17, v immingisuhi iniummid RI 111111111111111 I vgivAillrMigiAACIMBIENZE1111111111111111 -__iiiiiiiitill1111111111111111111g 111111111111 r1111111111-11ii II 11111111111011111k 11 11111111111111.11111Mii MAU

yr '1 7 WI

vi- V at Avg

IT. 11To - . L '4 1101

7 RATER No ID

- I -

ARM Fr4R RAM MAR Ari riri-*-1

a own ,A 11-- 111'"

IA' -.01111111a._ Ram= a_ MIME IL " IA I A A RATER

. .. FIRMA

yin RA .11 A FI n nnrin7R. A rI ==--` = - - ---= - -

- Al' A . A - - PH, 0' As 10

/ s r . A_ 0 ki _ 0 ' k Ms . , It AA_ A. ....1 kg: . " AL,/-.. IP . ,.: ac . MONINI.- I! .4 - el .. - . .HAI it 0 0 . I .us e

IA dr . 0 RI IV _ _A a0 IA ' a al ..e.o. 0 .A 0 I . , L -A AU- / ert,t A I I_ eat / MI 11 e Lir .... farif - A IA 4 '# A Jr, ' As, .4 0" 1 II V_ ._ Ad__.../LI 1 A. - . - 11111 PlaBa A ,IA . ' A BFAWralf Aatiory, AIWA! r '

'1 MY $11MVIPlinr XY;41k7OVUSir le _ Mrir4P4MItrirniKni01,1 _Jr IrdniflKoinn.Plreer?IFIFININ-MT rdn?_i_ritr41r4P'2M1.74gN MP/Mg . IPIPIC*10114 _AgliViMMX- VI:r..41111IMPIMF-74Vmn-npuron- _AinniNfiff rirird, ltPrikeiliffAT rigrAmnarpviNgge.t; , Sir ,,Le4

. . .1 a . . a RATER

" - S MIRA MR/1 mr4RA. FIA11 SRAM Fin MAR'

Ni- 1. ;41 wiint IMIL* 0.4., Wrikilniff

. I /Alf Ad A Awn _Mt Ig&w r -7"--"L------iii1 T lav AWN11.711111EWIP; IIIK lAr /Mr, '1.1r4m .taraminria- _ 6Orer. WA I my 11M1111=1111WAR 2=2 -*.''IP.rf.1.1aVii I Ago MI MEI IMO I I; IMICIIIMIPMONewim1 ViIiIL1 IL.' IA.MN (M. 11 MIINITCANZWII. 11/1111Eff frAi illE111-111111E

or,U 4111111MALWall 01111111MMErr Ord

171111 L.011114 or Ar NNE. maim War mri' " .±1111;1IGAr p fuming or.ra 1z13.1.tra

11001;.411611 Mig0 MO ;TA 1.4 EL: MIX

' - _ - -

11141.60.4. VaLl -711.11-7 WWII 1,1E 141 1111 11.

I I 'VW rsi;

NM, p

-MM111/ 0

faisTiv i 1 41g: RATER

- _ - WW1 FIR I1r1 RAMAN71 041 11",

L sr,.A_ .... A Mk AL # -AA 1 A 2 .I aLAJr- 7Nr"-417,-Tt 02. .a frOnlinvini.linrOW. ,A 4 -4IM- MOM N ._1. AII 1 FrOr.Zik71474PFNNFIFilik, vrw- I M.WAPP71.174SIVANNWT4,

-WAWA - _!k PArdr11PRKAIMONP_',t_ 0 ., _411 17740711r4FAMIWIIM. B. AA_ A A A. rceiv4rAorokr ArAilVA A 1. r4nr a 0. o_ r4dw-7r -71-FAveNzim Pr41 ..4 . .11A j ALA-A. .A.AP A irt4P AAIA . A Er AW tingrAin

VAPPVI PIA Ati: MEW IF MOM_ A .41 A lirkairtirO 1r A /ea A Lll I.11,01.11M AAMATarli__1101111111. ir . AL . 14_I.. 111274__.. A ; 1 't Aat rmmakai al IRIPIVIAurzariaillr.,as 4E1.. ii,411t.. willinlin; ! E .*A._ .0.IIESNF),L MIA Tad A. .11.0L. ' i At . . A../.4 11:2 Pm Al C . mew I. . - diratEgra r 4 I . 1 . AI .7.0,IMMIVIT...... - Ilk AMA ra -t. 4.111.M.9=Pi ... MEWL UV...... 7-4Er,... k- II . Os O. . . . 1, I T 1 ik: -MP RATER MUM

. . . I -411404 Ir'v jiiothissimmtli0/ t t nrii u= M trAtiPapsigersel pew IV a% la il; 'rag gs- a'ilv-1 maw 411111111 NM 11111 Iiiitilligne=um-ip.:IN -.1 :v hors=

Mai eiraj1.-niuw ratr- =;Ili ski=201 owMaxi=FM, willill . NMIappimisal111111111111iammmuma 3111111110

Mir lb A& a A 'tort"JIM Mb A Oh an A..itVal k

uMink . ea..15L. li11.91. A iFINSTWONMINFOONPOIMPWALNIIINIMm ir4 n row 71r4r441%PearrAqvai 7-4P:v4ri_rwirmir-onnur' AFIF-'1NR_Viir MEN virririrwronnnierm 1r4F1F079eiirjr4101Kiliff: 1r4i14r4.-AF_91nririril. "FM F.I.'i4nrr4rTIMIN1MI * 111111r-A111t- -N'N;i4riroNrmr4FIREN- 46° .4n.r0,-,071i4.-P.N,74A-Nrov:410 -ffillrraWa ov

NMIa °AAA 4 Olb. A ed&. rer4 _ow rod

:. es 1

1111

a iw T)AD--700 3 \s RATER 6I UI /all

AM"... &.*. is _A Mk

Iter a. A #' 1,,aLW-Lli/ I

iAJ IPAJA 6' IA/A 4

S . AA AA

111)_ AIL 7MENWIllrAir44 4

ALl S. a tc ABU L___",WA Alt ..'

, A.4 416....) .- -t AK . *.

A 0 0 _ 0',.uLi I

IDn 4. . . . /I 4.5_1 . I e z a, 0(> tiC-/\dsrdn5 Mix--L" 90 t 4-0 tcl yeti? (k.ickcs i'Vo SG1 e)ot & 0 va frovh 0.4)ick_k3. iNkfAki ,4Ts ,t_,tAev,\._ 1C ufYik)14-f 191J ;AD cure. br) All5e /t) 1A4o-kuj sctuct/ils- n 9 IC tet cu-re.krepijic)-,

8E-ST COPY AVAILABLE

2 7 5 IMI

- *" -

1.461.1.114.1 WW1 1712111:1

h1 UV Li 14 .4L LI k. LIU MAI LIVW - - -

f Ii I V ji II -riff OI Sri i1 " V it r

Ir ID IFF 7-_ I I Ir 1-ii/TI74 I r Ivy V , 1 1:11' 7i

./ t nagLal 9 a, alearealaMAN %. Ir V/ fr I tf OAK .t P4.4 NA 11,44 to. ittj;Atiopti.1!..0:4;:p,-,Atol k.41P.1.44 ;.4 tA tztt*P...1 /°' t..41,01.1t410. +.44 PA, 4.4 1. i,P IWO P 61. co !al 111 AAu'i.).a.1.6 ,,A -vt; Ut 024, ,,4k.40 0:4611P 0..A1 Pa:.1 ;Z1''jtj1P kjtiMipA_44*...10L11 4 00. ot. 1P'4, Ot;.411kilitalMI41WW46.4.1pAA

s4+ .t..41111.;P:iti1):!..S ki..74i6L4P4.1'W !.;A:o....0.4.4 tit! I -

, 4,-Anwit,:4%,1>.406.ates1 MUM p 11.40,,IttowlVk..1Uttetjaa*..4AkIt'Ai-0.4 9 14 If 0.49:41V4,14.:04 Pati,lkAkAa9P-401111 VAI I' 0,N to$ -'--411Q WASIMalairdilEAi/A:4-*#4**1 ;61 itA P,4 '0.1j -%11. Ell *Vigil' - - '-..1 , fa q c- 1=2" dld hi . ti 11 C, Ir 011( S /

, . . 1"(..; Lt.1:'.:). C.) r c.,,WlpiicAtirLc,i, O4( c, Ckn1!hQ ridc".,!;Ji)1) On a..

.0111 flak- (1.-"-A5 0 .) c..kict5 cur LI) Scior-a.S f`,71 ov ca,y, r10141bar,51 hc.cf cri/ tkctF Pici5two, owy\,and0))Mc_ eA swor Thad's how .17.(3e-i kh

BESTCOPYAVAILABLE PIEIN CAA PS C V 5-4-u. GI c.v.+

Ac 5 £ -Li ki 13E 5 ii L/ 44 4-/ 5A 53 3 3 i E D 5 .5" 5 L/ hi GR I a ca 3 I GU 5 4/ I-i L/ 3 IN 5 Al 3 a .2 ME 6- ki hi 4/ NE my 5 4.1 hi 3 02 PA I .2 .2 ..a / M0 5" 5" 1-/ 3

OD I I I I / -rE. 5 4-4 Li hi `-i v4 5 `i 5 U I VP r a .Q ,,,,) I v1.4 5 44 4J 3 i

AvtAra3e AI 3.53'I3. cl ...) I

11'5 0 9 g 7 ii 3(5 0 I 02 H a 02'5 0 3 3 3 ...q

I'54 I I 1 7

BEST COPY AVAILABLE ;Z:,-;,;4;-,ZeSiroMATHEMATICALR,ROBIIEWS:01.:WNO: ..:onceptual Understanding Processes and Strategies Students will: Students will: use pictures, models, diagrams, and symbols to select and use mathematical strategies. Apply show main mathematical concepts in the 42. graphic and/or numeric models to solve the problem. problem. select and use relevant information in the problem to solve it.

Communication Verification Students will: Students will: communicate the solution with clear reasoning review the work (calculations and strategies) to applicable to the problem. verify the accuracy and reasonableness of the results.

"..4' J. . r. 1,40PIWOREIMPA-50IPc.M.M. SIVA w," Expressions and Equations Representations of Mathematical Relationships Use variables and open sentences to express algebraic Represent and describe relationships among quantities relationships. using words, tables, graphs, and rules. Represent how a Emphasis is on simple, single-step relationships. Open change in one quantity can result in a change in another. sentences model single operations - addition, Recognize, create, describe, and extend a wide variety of subtraction, multiplication, and division of whole numeric and geometric patterns. numbers. Students will be asked to interpret: two-column tables. bar graphs. Cartesian graphs (first quadrant). number sentences. written descriptions of the relationship. Students will: supply an element that is missing from a pattern. identify an element that does not belong in a pattern. choose a written description that explains how to generate the pattern in a single step. reproduce a pattern in another format. create a pattern that models an everyday event. communicate/write about mathematical relationships and patterning. Patterns could be generated in a variety of ways: addition, subtraction, multiplication and division of whole numbers. addition of decimals to the hundredths. relationships between the numerator and denominator of a fraction using common multiples or factors. monetary relationships. 4 arrangements of two-or tree dimensional geometric figures. relationships among component parts of geometric figures. write relationships using<,>,=.

A-63 CIETA/Math/By Grade/Fifth/8/26/99 27J OREGON STATE STANDARDS

READING MATHEMATICS

Grade Meets Exceeds Meets Exceeds

2* 191 206 191 206 3 201 215 202 215 4* 208 223 209 223 5 215 231 215 231 6* 221 235 221 235 7* 226 237 226 237 8 231 239 231 239 9* 236 245 236 245 10 239 249 239 249

* Computed for this grade by 'WEB

7 1998 Ore.on RIT-Score Avera!es b Grade ,:- Grade Reading Mathematics 2 199.0 195.0

3 209.0 205.0 4 213.5 211.5

5 218.0 218.0 6 222.0 2)).3

7 226.0 226.7

8 230.0 231.0 9 232.5 232.0

10 235.0 233.0

11 237.0 234.0

12 237.0 234.0

document' A-64 Resources for Improving Reading Instruction

Elementary School Adams, M.J. (1990). Beginning to read: thinking and learning about print. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Allington, R.L., & Cunningham, P.M. (1996). Schools that work: where all children read and write. New York, NY: Harper Collins.

Brown, H., & Cambourne, B. (1990). Read and retell: a strategy for the whole-language/natural. learning classroom. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Clay, M.M. (1972). The early detection of reading difficulties: a diagnostic survey with recovery procedures. Exeter, NH: Heinemann.

Clay, M.M. (1991). Becoming literate: the construction of inner control. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Clay, M.M. (1993). An observation survey of early literacy achievement. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Fountas, I.C., & Pinnell, G.S. (1996). Guided reading: good first teaching for all children. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Gambrell, L.B. (1996). What research reveals about discussion. In L.B. Ganbrell & J.F. Almasi (Eds.). Lively discussions! Fostering engaged reading. Newark, DE: International Reading Association.

Juel, C. (1991). Beginning reading. In R. Barr, M.L. Kamil, P. Mosenthal, & P.D. Pearson (Eds.). Handbook of reading research, volume 2. White Plains, NY: Longman.

Juel, C. (1994). Learning to read and write in one elementary school. New York, NY: Springer- Verlag.

Moustafa, M. (1997). Beyond traditional phonics: research discoveries and reading instruction. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Rhodes, L.K. (1993). Literacy assessment: a handbook of instruments. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Rhodes, L.K., & Dudley-Marling, C. (1996). Readers and writers with a difference: a holistic approach to teaching struggling readers and writers (2nd ed.). Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann. Routman, R. (1991). Invitations: changing as teachers and learners k-12. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Routman, R. (1996). Literacy at the crossroads: crucial talk about reading, writing, and other teaching dilemmas. Portsmouth, NI-1: Heinemann.

Middle and High School Afflerbach, P.P., & Johnston, P.H. (1986). What do expert readers do when the main idea is not explicit? In J.F. Baumann, (Ed.), Teaching main idea comprehension. Newark, DE: International Reading Association.

Allen, J. (1995). It's never too late: leading adolescents to lifelong literacy. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Allen, J., & Gonzalez, K. (1998). There's room for me here: literacy workshop in the middle school. York, ME: Stenhouse.

Atwell, N. (1998). In the middle: new understandings about writing, reading and learning (2nd ed.). Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook.

Baumann, J.F. (1986). The direct instruction of main idea comprehension ability. In J.F. Baumann (Ed.). Teaching main idea comprehension. Newark, DE: International Reading Association.

Beane, J. (1993). A middle school curriculum: from rhetoric to reality (2nd ed.). Columbus, OH: National Middle School Association.

Billmeyer, R. (1996). Teaching reading in the content areas. Aurora, CO: Mid Continent Regional Educational Laboratory.

Campbell Hill, B.,Johnson, N.J., & Schlick Noe, K. (1995). Literature circle and response. Norwood, MA: Christopher-Gordon.

Daniels, H. (1994). Literature circles: voice & choice in the student-centered classroom. York, ME: Stenhouse.

Daniels, H., & Bizar, M. (1998). Methods that matter: six structures for best practice. York, ME: Stenhouse.

Guthrie, J., & Alvermann, D. (Eds.) (1999). Engaged reading: processes, practices and policy implications. New York: Teachers College Press.

Krogness, M.M. (1995). Just teach me, Mrs. K.: talking, reading, and writing with resistant adolescent learners. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Moore, J.N. (1997). Interpreting young adult literature. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann. Rhodes, L.K. (1993). Literacy assessment: a handbook of instruments. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Rhodes, L.K., & Marling, C.D. (1996). Readers and writers with a difference. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Smagorinsky, P. (1996). Standards in practice, grades 9-12. Urbana, IL: National Council.of Teachers of English.

Weaver, C. (1996). Teaching grammar in context. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Wilhelm J.D. (1996). Standards in practice grades 6-8. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Wilhelm, J.D. (1997). "You gotta BE the book: teaching engaged and reflective reading with adolescents. (Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English and Teachers College Press.

Professional Development Braunger, J., & Lewis, J.P. (1997). Building a knowledge base in reading. Portland, OR: Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory, National Council of Teachers of English and International Reading Association.

Joyce, B., & Showers, B. (1980). Improving inservice training: the messages of research. Educational Leadership, 37(5), 379-385.

Joyce, B., & Showers, B. (1995) Student achievement through staff development: fundamentals of school renewal (2nd ed.). White Plains, NY: Longman.

Palincsar, A.S. (1987). Reciprocal teaching: can student discussion boost comprehension? Instructor, 96(5), 56-60.

Sclunoker, M. (1996). Results: the key to continuous school improvement. Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

Slavin, R.E. (1990). Cooperative learning: theory, research, and practice. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Snow, C.E., Burns, M.S., & Griffin, P. (Eds.) (1998). Preventing reading difficulties in young children. Washington, DC: National Academy Press. Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory's Comprehensive Center, Region X ki lkAT R1 for Classroom Instruction

Participant's Materials

NMI

a2 11111 AMCI 2000 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Participant's Materials

R. Newton Hamilton and Mary Amanda Shoemaker

May 2000

Comprehensive Center, Region X Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 101 SW Main Street, Suite 500 Portland, Oregon 97204 (503) 275-9500

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory

285 © 2000 NWREL, Portland, Oregon

Permission to reproduce in whole or in part is granted with the stipulation that the Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory be acknowledged as a source on all copies.

The contents of this publication were developed under Grant No. S283A50041-99C from the U.S. Department of Education. However, the contents do not necessarily represent the policy of the Department of Education, and endorsement of the contents by the federal government should not be implied.

0 r, Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Table of Contents

Acknowledgments

Overview 1

I.Introduction 1 II.Using the Matrix 3 A. Standards/Benchmarks 3 B. Assessment Information 4 C. Data Interpretation 5 D. Goals 5 E. Evaluation 6 Large-Scale Data Samples 65 Small-Scale Data Samples 79 Sample Data Organizers 111 Sample Instructional Strategies 119 Appendix 125

Northwest Regional zgLEducational Laboratory Hi2 a 7 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Acknowledgments

This process began with the work of the Region X Comprehensive Center's Assessment Com- mittee. Meetings in early 1999 yielded the format and direction which is now the basic matrix. We would like to acknowledge Kim Yap, Robert Martinez, Rita Hale, and Robey Clark, all members of that team who served to inform and inspire the authors.

The collection of materials required to complete this manual was assembled from many sources. In addition to the contributions of the Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory's CC, sources include Reading Success Network from the Southern California CAC; State Department of Edu- cation Standards from Oregon, Washington, Wyoming, Montana, Idaho, and Alaska; Critical Issues in Assessment from NCREL; retelling materials courtesy of Jane Braunger; Hillsboro, Oregon, Public Schools; Rock Springs, Wyoming, Public Schools. Sample test results were gath- ered from the following: SAT 8, NWEA Level Tests, Oregon Statewide Assessment, and Oregon +.

We would like to acknowledge the reviewers who took the time to read through and make com- ment on the materials. They include Peggy Miles, USDOE, Linda Layfield and staff from AKRAC, Joan Shaughnessey and Inge Aldersebaes from the Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory, and Teresa Anderson, Title I Coordinator, Rock Springs, Wyoming. In addition to the reviewers, we would like to acknowledge staff from the Shoshoni School District in Shoshoni, Wyoming, and the Santiam School District in Santiam, Oregon, for their input as pilot sites.

We offer a special thanks to Marjorie Wolfe from NWREL's CC, who is responsible for the out- standing cover design and overall layout of the manuals, and Catherine Paglin for editing and proofreading. Thanks also to Jennifer Railsback from NWREL's CC for help with the identifica- tion of research and resources.

It is our hope that the Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction (AMCI 2000) will be a prac- tical, useful tool for school districts and especially for classroom teachers.

R. Newton Hamilton, Training Associate Mary Amanda Shoemaker, Training Associate NWREL's CC, Region X January 2000

Northwest Regional 288 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

OVERVIEW

I. Introduction

As we make our way through new paradigms of standards-based educa-Teachers have never been tion and assessment, we are drawn into the largely uncharted waters ofheld more accountable for accountability. Teachers have never been held more accountable for whatwhat goes on behind the goes on behind the closed door of the classroom. For many educators,closed door of the classroom. this level of scrutiny can be a very scary reality. Education professionals may view publicized test results and expectations for immediate align- ment with state standards as critical and unfriendly. The purpose of the The purpose of the AMCI is to help transform potential Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction (AMCI) is to help trans- stumbling blocks into valuable form potential stumbling blocks into valuable information for improving information for improving in- instruction, increasing student performance, and supporting effective struction, increasing student teaching. Statewide assessment results, when combined with informal performance, and supporting classroom assessments, can guide instructional strategies to help ALL effective teaching. students develop the skills necessary for success.

Teaching is more challenging than ever. There are more children in at- risk populations than ever before. Fortunately, teachers responsible for instructing these students have access to more support than ever before. Nonetheless, it is still critical that teachers open their doors and support each other in this most difficult taskthe education and preparation of our children for life.

In his 1995 book, Results, Mike Schmoker identifies the keys to success- ful school improvement as teamwork, clear goals, and data analysis. Many of the success stories have to do with narrowing the focus to achieving a manageable number of measurable goals, even small ones (p. 50). It is our hope that the AMCI will help teachers put this type of data-driven improvement to use in their own classrooms to increase the quality and effectiveness of instruction. Schmoker stresses that it is im-To use data in the classroom, portant to review simple types of data that are easily accessible. To useone need not be a statisti- data in the classroom, one need not be a statistician, but a person who iscian, but a person who is interested in applying what can be learned from results. interested in applying what can be learned from results. The matrix is an attempt to combine curriculum alignment, instructional strategies, data analysis, goal setting, and intervention into one package. In addition to the matrix, we have provided a list of resources for effec- tive assessment and best practices for classroom instruction. We believe that a key to success is to streamline what is being taught to ensure that it Our hope is that teachers find is purposeful and appropriate for every student. Our hope is that teachers this tool useful in planning for find this tool useful in planning for the success of ALL their students the success of ALL their stu- and, in turn, are better able to realize the high objectives set for them. dents and, in turn, are better able to realize the high objec- Assessment is the answer to the question, "How can I be sure my stu- tives set for them. dents are learning what they need to know?" The critical issue here is what students need to know. This is something that is now determined at

OVERVIEW Northwest Regional 1 289 Educational Laboratory state and district levels. The goal for the U.S. Department of Education is that all students will achieve to high standards. Each state is required to submit evidence to the U.S. Department of Education that it has put high All 50 states now have ap- standards in place. The actual content standards are determined by indi- proved standards, developed vidual states. All 50 states now have approved standards, developed by by educators, parents, busi- educators, parents, business community members, and students them- ness community members, selves. They are what teachers are held accountable for teaching. and students themselves. They Therefore, it is important for teachers, schools, and school districts to be are what teachers are held sure that what is being taught follows a curriculum that is aligned with accountable for teaching. these standards.

The AMCI is a tool to help The AMCI is a tool to help teachers determine their effectiveness in teachers determine their ef- teaching to the state and district standards and was specifically designed fectiveness in teaching to the to help teachers address the following important questions: state and district standards.

A. Standard/Benchmarks What do I want my students to know and be able to do?

B. Assessment Information What do assessment data do I need to collect?

C. Data Interpretation How do I make sense of the data? What do my students know and what can they do now?

D.Goal Where do I want my students' performance to be and when?

E. Strategies for Improving Instruction What's working now? What should I change? What do I need to do to get them there?

F. Evaluation How do I know it's working?

o o

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory OVERVIEW Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

II. Using the Matrix

The AMCI is divided into six columns. Each column addresses a number of questions. As a guide, the matrix may contain an outline for a stan- dard and many benchmarks or a standard and a single benchmark. Worksheets accompanying the matrix are designed to be duplicated as needed to accommodate detailed planning and support information. For example, a single folder may contain a copy of the matrix and work- sheetslisting assessments, interpretations of data,goals, proposed instructional strategies, and evaluative comments, all for one single benchmark, covering an entire school year. We recommend a team ap- proach when using the matrix, although it is designed to work equally well for individuals. The starting point may be at any place in the AMCI, as long as the entire matrix is considered in reviewing data to drive en- hanced classroom instruction.

A. Standard/Benchmarks

These areas represent the targets or objectives that the student is ex- A standard is a final outcome, pected to achieve. A standard is a final outcome, designed to be achieved designed to be achieved prior prior to graduation. Benchmarks reflect. adequate or appropriate progress to graduation. Benchmarks toward meeting the standard. Benchmarks address the issue of where a reflect adequate or appropri- child should be at each grade level. Different states have selected differ- ate progress toward meeting ent years as their benchmark years, typically the years at which the the standard. students are tested. For example, Oregon has benchmarks at third, fifth, eighth, 10th, and 12th grades. These are also the years the Oregon State Assessments are given. Idaho, on the other hand, has recently developed exitingstandards. These specify what a student should know and be able to do upon graduating from high school. They have not yet set bench- marks for monitoring student progress, although they plan to do so. The other states served by the Region X Comprehensive CenterWashing- ton,Montana,and Wyomingallhavecontentstandardsand benchmarks that have been approved by their state's legislature.

There are two different types of standards frequently included in the standards document. They are content standards and performance stan- dards. Content standards represent what a student should know and be able to do. Performance standards are similar to benchmarks. They repre- sent when students should know and be able to do certain things and at what level of proficiency they should know or do them.

The goal of standards-based education is to allow all students to be suc- The goal of standards-based education is to allow oil stu- cessful. A student's achievement is measured not in comparison to that dents to be successful. A of other students, but against the standards and benchmarks. Many states students achievement is are in transition toward this type of assessment. In Oregon, it is possible measured not in comparison for all students to meet the standard. If a state uses norm-referenced to that of other students, but testing, there will always be a "high" or "successful" group and a "low" against the standards and or "unsuccessful" group. Half of the students are above the 50th percen- benchmarks. tile and half of them are below the 50th percentile.

Northwest Regional OVERVIEW 291 Educational Laboratory It is important to be sure that It is important to be sure that parents are aware of the state standards and parents are aware of the state benchmarks used in your district. Be prepared to respond to questions standards and benchmarks parents may have. (See Addendum, Parents Ask About Standards, RMC used in your district. Research Corp., 1994). It may also be helpful to give parents ideas about what they can do at home to increase their child's progress toward the state standards. At this writing, many school districts are reviewing op- tions for report cards that clearly show demonstrated progress toward Students, who really have thestate standards and benchmarks. most at stake here, should also be made aware of theStudents, who really have the most at stake here, should also be made standards. aware of the standards. In all cases it is appropriate to discussstandards with students. If the students know what is expected of them, they can share responsibility to achieve at certain benchmark levels. As assess- If the students know what is ments become more criticalin determining a child's future,itis expected of them, they can imperative that students be aware of the standards at all levels. share responsibility to achieve at certain benchmark levels. 13. Assessment Information As assessments become more critical in determining a Assessment has two major functions: to "sort and report" and to "assist child's future, it is imperative and support." The "sort and report" function provides a basis for selec- that students be aware of the tion, program funding, and accountability. However, some "sort and standards at all levels. report" assessments can also provide data on the overall strengths and weaknesses of a school or class. For example, the Oregon Reading As- sessment provides scores relating to word meaning, main idea, inferential comprehension, and other areas. Frequently, gaps in the reading program will show up here. Similarly, the Oregon Multiple Choice Math Assess- ment is divided into the different strands of the math standards.

In addition to large-scale assessments, teachers can readily collect other types of data. These data, which "assist and support," may include report cards, attendance records, student surveys, special education summaries, schoolwide materials and many items in a teacher's grade book. We sug- We suggest that these infor- gest that these informal or authentic data be viewed with a more critical mal or authentic data be eye. It is important to understand that, in addition to providing evidence viewed with a more critical of what a student knows and can do, these data hold the keys to how we eye. It is important to under- can improve our instruction to further increase student achievement. stand that, in addition to Informal assessments used in the classroom on a regular basis are power- providing evidence of what a ful tools. These tools are easily administered and can be used frequently student knows and can do, enough to monitor student growth. For younger students, there are sev- these data hold the keys to eral assessments to measure beginning reading skills. For example, a how we can improve our in- child's sight word vocabulary can be measured by using the High Fre- struction to further increase quency Word Inventory. Teachers of independent readers may want to student achievement. employ a Passage Reading Inventory (PRI) or a Retelling to measure student progress in comprehension. (See the Appendix for resources for effective classroom assessment tools.) Many of these are copyrighted, so information has been provided on how they can be ordered or purchased.

In this section of the matrix, teachers list assessment information and other appropriate data to which they have access. The information should be chosen wisely, considering its accessibility and the amount of time it

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory OVERVIEW Assessment Matrix forClassroomInstruction will take to collect. Our primary job as teachers is to teach. We don't want to use too much precious teaching time gathering data. Once data have been collected to measure progress toward a few benchmarks and standards, it will become easier and less time consuming to identify, gather, and evaluate useful information.

C. Data Interpretation

Answering the questions: "What do my students know and what can they Teachers learn to look for do now?" and "How do I make sense of it?" this section is the heart and patterns in both large- and soul of the AMCI. Teachers learn to look for patterns in both large- and small-scale data. Interpreta- small-scale data. Interpretations of the messages in the numbers come tions of the messages in the from learning to disaggregate the information and attack the results from numbers come from learning many perspectives. Teaming is very effective for this type of investiga- to disaggregate the informa- tion.Teachersareencouragedtocooperatewithadministrative tion and attack the results personnel, support personnel, parents, and guardians. Reflection on how from many perspectives. the data were collected, as well as why, becomes important in determin- ing the appropriate weight and meaningfulness of the data. It is crucial to strike a balance between the impact of large-scale, standardized assess- Strong instructional strategies ments andsmallerscale,authenticassessment sampling.Strong driven by good data and instructional strategies driven by good data and informed data interpreta- informed data interpretation is tion is the theme of this section. the theme of this section.

Accompanying the ACMI are several organizers that can be used for comparing large-scale assessment scores. Looking at class averages gives an overview of achievement, while looking at individual scores allows teachers to identify specific students in need of additional atten- tion. Those students who may have missed something along the way will greatly benefit from a chance to catch up. If teachers focus on individu- alizing instruction to meet the needs of each student, this information can help increase the student's chance for success. It is important to remem- ber that the goal is the success of all students. This section provides an opportunity to identify the barriers to achievement for many students and plan to overcome them.

Interpreting data in this way is a new skill for many teachers. This is where we look more closely at student achievement and see exactly what We can think of data inter- it is that our students need. We can think of data interpretation as creat- pretation as creating a portrait ing a portrait of our class with numbers. There are many different ways of our class with numbers. to organize classroom data, and the AMCI will work differently in dif- ferent classrooms according to each teacher's needs. We have provided organizers for looking at data in many different ways.

D. Goals Most important, goals need to It is important to have a sense of where you want to go with your stu-be realistic and measurable. dents. The goals set here may be for the next week or they may span an Being driven by the Data In- entire school year. It is recommended to use both short-term and long- terpretation section on the term goals. Most important, goals need to be realistic and measurable. AMCI, the goals must be Being driven by the Data Interpretation section on the AMCI, the goals congruent with those inter- must be congruent with those interpretations. Whether the data are col- pretations.

OVERVIEW Northwest Regional 5293 Educational Laboratory lected on an individual student or a group, the goals should be geared toward that individual or group of students. A goal may propose that a certain percentage of the class will meet or exceed the benchmark ex- pectations or it may set the amount of growth desired within an achievement category. In Oregon, for example, if a student has a RIT score of 212, a goal may be to raise that score to 219, even if that still does not meet the benchmark expectations. Likewise, if the data are in the form of percentiles, it may be that the goal for particular students is to move from the 35th percentile to the 40th, even if that is not the "pass- ing" or "proficient" level. Goals, in turn, set the direction for the next, important and practical decisions.

Strategies for Improving Instruction. By taking an up-close look at what our students can and cannot do, we may uncover some areas of instruction that need improvement, or simply a different approach. This This is an opportunity for is an opportunity for teachers to look closely at what they are doing now, teachers to look closely at what they are doing now, see see how it aligns with standards and assessments, and make any changes how it aligns with standards needed to help streamline and focus their instruction. This process has and assessments, and make been referred to as limiting unrelated "random acts of teaching." What is any changes needed to help meant by this statement, is that it is important to be sure that each lesson streamline and focus their has a specific purpose that is directly related to students meeting a stan- instruction. This process has dardor benchmark. This does not mean eliminating"teachable been referred to as limiting moments," but we cannot stress enough the importance of using instruc- unrelated "random acts of tional time effectively within a standards-based system.In recent teaching. research done in states which have had published standards for some time, it was found that teachers did not spend a sufficient amount of in- structional time teaching directly to benchmarks and standards (for more information see Marzano, Robert, McREL, 1999).

Because every teacher's situation differs and every student is different, The truest test of an effective we will not offer specific suggestions for the type of instructional strate- instructional strategy is in the gies to be used. Instead, we offer a bibliography of resources for data showing that it has professional development and instructional strategies. The truest test of moved a student closer to the an effective instructional strategy is in the data showing that it has moved attainment of an identified a student closer to the attainment of an identified benchmark or standard. benchmark or standard. E. Evaluation

A variety of approaches may be used to determine if the mark you have set is being reached in the manner anticipated. Strategies which may be employed include peer coaching, student feedback, informal testing, Many standardized assess- checklists, and formal, standardized district or state assessments. It is ments provide information on important to remember that to recognize and evaluate what is working, students' abilities to report outcomes must be in forms that are meaningful and measurable. Many knowledge in content areas. standardized assessments provide information on students' abilities to This standardized information report knowledge in content areas. This standardized information is col- is collected as a "snapshot in lected as a "snapshot in time," which may or may not accurately reflect time," which may or may not students' abilities to apply what they have learned. If the state does not accurately reflect students' abilities to apply what they provide performance-based assessments that are aligned with the state have learned. standards, then consideration must be given to informal classroom testing as a key indicator of progress aligned with benchmarks. Informal

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory OVERVIEW Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction evaluation of the effectiveness of teaching strategies may include the teacher's own observations and judgements. Such practices are dynamic Informal evaluation of the and allow the teacher to monitor and adjust as a lesson proceeds. Re- effectiveness of teaching search clearly indicates that experienced, more effective teachers make strategies may include the frequent use of this "teach-monitor-modify-teach" strategy. teachers own observations and judgements. Here is where we get to see if our system is really aligned. If this is the case, the evaluation that takes place in order to report student progress to the district and families should be the same evaluation that tells us whether or not students have met the goals we have set under the bench- marks and state standards. In other words, the report card is aligned with the standards, which are aligned with assessments, both authentic and standardized.

In most cases, evaluation of student achievement is not aligned with the Getting a true read on student entire system and we must use several steps to evaluate and report. It is success will require us to be- important to weigh processes for evaluating students in respect to the come more demanding and goals that have been set for them, or goals they have set for themselves. creative in how we evaluate Getting a true read on student success will require us to become more our students' progress, and demanding and creative in how we evaluate our students' progress, and the impact of our the impact of our instruction. instruction.

It must be mentioned that the evaluation section of the AMCI is not meant to signal the end of the process. It is simply a checkpoint at which a number of decisions can be made. In most cases the decision will send the teacher back to check for alignment with the benchmark. The evalua- tion section may encourage another look at the data, or re-evaluation of the goals in light of student performance and the discoveries made when reflecting on the successes or failures of various instructional strategies. If it were physically possible, the Assessment Matrix for Classroom In- struction would be printed on a cylinder, large enough to show a new starting point each time the cycle is completed from standard to evalua- tion.

Conclusion

Much of what is suggested here is already being done to various degrees in many schools. It is our intent to bring all of these pieces together in the classroom to increase student achievement. We know that this is hard work. The AMCI training provides experiences with real data collected in classrooms, and work sessions for teachers to use data from their own classrooms. Grade level or content area does not restrict the AMCI. It is not a philosophy or program, but a tool for teachers, to help them organ- ize and think about important information as they plan for meaningful, focused instruction, to help prepare their students for life.

Northwest Regional OVERVIEW 72 a5 Educational Laboratory 1110 1111 41/0 k1111 Ink am um Or Beginning Benchmarks for Northwestern (NW) States or is So INA Os Oil Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction al Om OM pretinformationalStudentsStandard:Alaska and evaluate read texts. toliterary comprehend, and inter- andmeaningStudentsStandard:Montana interpret as will they whatconstruct comprehend they read. meaningStudentStandard: will of whatunderstand is read. the Washington varietyStudentStandard: of will written comprehend materials. a Oregon strategieslevelStudentsStandard: materials, appropriate read a applyingvariety to vari- of grade Wyoming ofStudentStandard: traditional will read and aelectronic variety Idaho First benchmark at end of 3rd grade: First benchmark at end of 4th grade: First benchmark at end of 4thgrade: 3"1First grade: benchmark at middle of ousFirst situations. benchmark at 4th grade: andmaterials understanding. for information followingmanipulate to theread sounds and comprehend in RI.lbRI.lawords. UseDistinguish, a combination reproduce of the and 1. Make predictionsconnections andnew material between and previ- 2.1 Comprehend important details and ideas. factssequenceRetell, and summarize, opinionsof events, in ormain literary identify ideas, 4. mainpredictions,sionStudents strategies idea use and identify comprehen- supportingto make the Notime.graduation benchmark at untilthis visualandtext: alphabet cues, sight principle, recognitionKnowledge pictures of andhigh of phonics, alphabet 2. Incorporate newprint/nonprintous info/experiences. informa- - Demonstrateinformationtentcomprehension basic of literary and oftask con- relationshipsIdentifyand infomiative cause and and selections. make effect simple 5. tureStudentscontrast,details, for comparethe andanalyze elements summarize. and litera- of a edgegrammar,structure,frequency and languagecontent, meaningvocabulary read structure, words, left to order,wordwrite.knowl- elusionsapplication.knowledgelion into and existing make to draw con- - Demonstratesupportingsionoriented comprehen- of main texts. details; idea and Analyzepredictions. and evaluate informa- story. andpredicting,to support monitoring comprehension,questioning, own comprehension.Rl.2b rereading, includingUse a variety of strategies 3. Respond personallyeratedideas to and by readingfeelings gen- 2.2 Expand comprehension words.summarize ideas in own tion and form conclusions. ofpression, punctuationlions of demonstrating print. and other knowledgeR1.3conven- Read texts aloud with ex- 4. Demonstrate basic standingmaterials.under- of main ideas tionandby analyzing, andsynthesizing ideas. interpreting informa- after reading it. R1.5R1.4a Identify Retell orthe dramatize main idea a storyof a details.and some supporting . Find similaritiesunderstanddifferences and inrelationships stories; rectionspassage. to complete a simpleRI.7R1.6 task.Distinguish Read and followbetween simple corn- di- 5. Accurately retell keyelementsreading of material. appropriate - Use logicaltextsorbetween sequencebetween parts twoto of simplea text andmon shortnon-fiction, forms story of text and prose (genres): dramaR1.8 and poetry,Identify fiction and describe basic . accurately retell stories texts.(timeplot, main and place)characters, in fiction. R1.9and setting Express own opinions about Activity #1 296 9 EducationalNorthwest Regional Laboratory 29 7 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Standard: Alaska Standard: Montana Final Benchmarks for Northwestern (NW) States Standard: Washington Standard: Oregon Standard: Wyoming Standard: Idaho texts.andStudents evaluate read literary to comprehend, and informational interpret, andmeaningStudents interpret as will they whatconstruct comprehend they read. meaningStudent will of whatunderstand is read. the writtenhendStudent a materials.variety will compre- of variousinggradeStudents strategies level situations. read materials, appropriate a variety apply- of to andmaterialsofStudent traditional understanding. will for read andinformation aelectronic variety andFinal word benchmark origins, atand end R4.Iuse of contextGradeApply knowledge12: clues of syntax, roots, I.GradeFinal benchmark 12: at end of Make predictions and 2.1 Final benchmark at Grade 10: Comprehendideas and details. important SummarizeGradeFinal 12: benchmark literal at 1.Final Students benchmark read ata varietyGrade of11:materials including tradi- -Final12: benchmark at GradeDecode unfamiliar text.meaningand reference of new materials, wordsR4.4 and to Summarizedetermineto comprehend the information or ideas newmaterialcausaldescribe material connections andinferences between and previ- andwithin - Demonstratenicaltextshension compre- materials,especially of varied tech- practicalmeaninginformative, selections.in literary, and 2. Students demonstrate fiction.literature,tional and fictioncontemporary and non- - Previewstrategies.hensivewords using setmaterials ofa compre-reading to andsummarizedfrom related a text and topics information make or information.connectionsR4.5a or sets identify of betweenideas and assess the validity, 2. print/nonprintIntegrateexperiences.ous information/ new importantinforma- - Summarize the mainideaandcomplex exposition.and narrativessupporting incantopinions, selections.Identify supporting and main signifi- details ideas, textmainingcomprehension andelements idea, synthesizing point and by of support- critiqu-view, the - essesDevelopanticipateunderstand for analyticunderstanding content. structure proc- and supportsaccuracy,ableness, an and author's and adequacy audience main ofR4.5b idea. evidenceappeal Critique of that the power, logic, reason- application.elusionsknowledgetion with andtheir to make drawexisting con- - Use prior knowledgeeventsoffacts. issues, and characters, informa- andships,Analyze symbols images, how arc relation- patterns, used determineoutcomes,summarizeing details causedraw tokey inferences, predictand concepts, effect, - Identify,fromphrasesand remembering reading andcollect informationmaterial. and/or words, lionsarguments to complete advanced complex inR4.7R4.6 public tasks.AnalyzeRead documents. and the follow rules multi-step (conventions) of direr- 3. feelingscreativelyRespond of to the personallyideas reading and and - Synthesize ideasstanding.andtion from toextend examine under- texts material.meaningsto convey inimplied printed 3. Students analyze and interpretfactand anddistinguish opinion.an author's between use of - Synthesizegivennentselect, information situations. and relateand organize toperti- theniquesdrama,the effects four usednovel ofgenres in theseand these poetry) ofconventions genres, fiction and and(short the andevaluate tech- story, tech- lifeinfluenceamplesmaterial, and role providing in society. ex-fluen ce the student's of the way these ferences.predictionsselections to and make in- byAnalyze examiningment,the merit and action, ofevaluate evidence an or argu- policy 4. Students distinguish theganization.theme,the literary tone, devices style and of or- - Explaininformation.Apply and how extend an author foruseniques specific narrative on the purposes. elementsaudience andR4.8 tone Analyze, in fiction and evaluate how authors 4. criticalmulateofElaborate main supportingarguments ideas understanding and for-evi-with 2.2 informationingby analyzing,Expandand synthesizing comprehensionand interpret- ideas. offeredinformationingitself the in and theevidence by material availablecompar- with 5. Students distinguish andtime,common cultural personal themes boundaries. perspective that cross rativemood,aryuses devices language language, tone, such style, and as figu-liter- theevidence effectiveness from the of text a text. orR4.10F4.9 experience Express Analyze about and and support evaluate assertions themes with 5. readingAccuratelydence. material paraphrase reflect- 2.3 language,analyzeThink critically authors' and use of style, pur- in other sources. 6. Students conduct researchpurpose.sponsebetween and the the reader's author's re- - determineUsetoformatting aid reading comprehension mainand strategies structure ideas to 293 andexperientialacross historical a variety evidence. influences of texts, usingonR4.11 texts. textual Analyze and the effects of cultural view.ing tone and point of pose, and perspective. info.computerstionalusing sourcesa variety and such technicalof informa- as and toideas collect for applicationdata, facts ,.., Oa am fa sr las an sav as for we ear ant amActivity as#1 Imo 10 EducationalNorthwest Regional Laboratory iror MI tog imp ALASKA ALASKA. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 8) identify and describe basic plot,and place)main characters,in fiction; (E.B.2) READING- and setting (time READING 10) make11) identify9) connections express basic own cultural between opinions influences a abouttext andtrateences texts; in personal thesetexts. of(E.D.1) others, connections;(E.E.1) experiences, or other and texts, (E.B.3) and locate details in the text to illus- experi- ACES (toStudents. know and are able beto assessed do everything in o:h grade) required at earlier ages and: Students: I) a. distinguish, reproduce,b. use and a manipulate combination the of the followingognitionknowledge to of read letter of andphonics, shapes, alphabet,letter names,(to beand assessed alphabeticletter/sound in 3rd principle,grade) e.g. rec- sounds in words; (E.B.1) comprehend text: relationships, 1) a. use a combination of the following to read and self-monitoringtextknowledge structures of and phonetics,such self-correcting as illustrations, language strategies; structure, graphs, and and semantics; comprehend text:headers; languagewordsightpicturesinitial/final structure,recognition and structure, visual consonants, e.g., ol cues;e.g., roothigh wordwords, frequency vowels, order, prefixes, letter vocabularygrammar; suffixes,patterns; words; rhyming words; b. use knowledge of wordcues,words; families, andadjusting text;(E.B.)) structural phonetics, (E.B.1) reading elements context pace orto style based on purpose, task, and type determine meaning of unfamiliar clues, visual of 2) a. comprehend literal meaningb. use from a variety text; (E.B.1) of strategies to supporttextmeaning structure, comprehension, structure, e.g., reade.g., leftprior to knowledge right; and context; (E.B.I) including 4)2) 3)infer read meaning texts aloud from withtext; rhythm,(E.B.1)a. b.knowledgeretell flow, restate stories and and ofexpression, in summarizepunctuation correct sequence; information and other conventions or ideas from of print; a text; (E.B.1) (E.B.2) demonstrating (E.B.2) 4) 3)a. readretell texts or dramatize aloud with a story expression, aftertuation reading demonstratingand other it; (E.B.1) conventionscomprehension;predicting, of print; questioning, (E.B.1) rereading, and monitoring own knowledge of punc- 6)5) 7)readlocate explain and evidence follow the characteristics multi-stepin the text directionsand of understandingthefrom following: relatedto complete experiences of a simplemain idea; to support (E.D.2)fiction and non-fiction, task; (E.C.2) 7)6)5) identifyreaddistinguish and the follow betweenmain simple idea common of directions b.a passage; restate forms toinformation (E.B.I) completeof text aftera reading a fictiontext; (E.B.I) and non-fiction (genres): simple task; (E.C.2) 8) a. define and identify plots, settings,b.compare and characters and contrast plots, (E.B.2)fourprosesettings, major and and poetry, genres characters andof fiction: in"a short story, drama, novel, and poetry; in fiction; (E.B.2) variety of shortprose storyand poetry, and drama; and (E.B.2) BEST COPY AVAILABLE 9) a. differentiate between fact and opinion; (E.D.2)works by a variety of authors; (E.B.2) eis 3 01 ALASKA ALASKA PERFORMANCEb. express opinionstextual about evidence; a text and (E.D.2) support STANDARDSthese opinions with AGES READING 11)10) connectidentify themescultural events,in texts ideas,and connect settings,experiencesto similar textsof others, from andother other cultures. texts; and (E.B.3) (E.E.1) them to personaliexperiences,and influences from one text Students(High School know Qualifying1) and apply are Exam) knowledgeable to do everything of syntax,clues roots, and referenceand word materials, to determine the 15-18 required at earlier ages and: origins, and usemeaning context of new words 2) 3)summarize a. identify andinformation assess the orand validity,ideasorbetween toinformation; comprehend from accuracy, summarized a text (E.B.3) andtext; (E.B.1)information or sets of ideasand and make related connections lopiesadequacy of evidence (toStudents be assessed know in Sth and grade) are able to do everything required at earlier ages and: 4) read and follow multi-step directionsb. critique to the power, logic,arguments reasonableness,that supports advanced an author'sand in public main ideas; (E.D.2) documents; (E.D.2) complete complex tasks; (E.C.2) audience appeal of 2) rehearse1) apply and knowledge read texts of aloudwordof toorigins, words,new an words structureand useand dictionaries to comprehend and glossaries, text; to audience, in performances such as (E.B.1) and context clues, and rootdetermine the meaning 5) analyze the rules (conventions)evaluatedrama,audience; of thenovel the (E.B.2) andeffects poetry) of these and the conventions techniques four genres of fictionnarrative (short elements story, and tone in andused techniquesin these genres, on andthe R 3) restate and summarize informationresponses;formalreaders orpresentations theater, (E.B.1) reading including to younger research students reports or peers, or ideas from a text and connect and literature as part of 6) 8)7)analyze expressanalyze and and evaluate supportevaluate how assertions, themes authorsence,fiction across withuse aboutfor a specific the effectiveness purposes; (E.B.2) of a text; (E.D.4) evidence from the text orvariety experi- of texts, using textual 4) clarify5) read and and connect follow main multi-step ideas details;shipnewanddirections informationconcepts,to (E.B.2)other to sources or ideas and to related topics, prior knowledge and experience; (E.B.3) complete a task, and identify and provide supportingidentify their relation- 9) analyze the effects of culturaland and experiential evidence; and (E.B.3) historical influences on texts. (E.E.1) 7)6) analyze basicand evaluate rules (conventions) narrativestory,thesetting, sequenceelements drama, and prescribed;novel, point andof view poetry);(E.C.2) to determine their (E.B.2) of the four genres of fiction (short including plot, character,importance to the story; n r9) connect 8) a. differentiate between fact (E.B.2)andb. analyzeopinion inan text; author's purposeeffectiveness and offer of athe text in meeting that purpose; (E.D.2) themes to personal experiences, experiences of critical opinion of the (E.D.2) others, and 3 0 :3 ) U 1- 10) compare and contrast how textsotherconnections;ilif texts, Iluences. and and locate (E.B.3) evidence from texts to support or ,.h. reflect historical and cultural illustrate these IDAHO

I. READING

Standard The student will: Samples of applications that would demonstrate learninti: a) Read a variety of traditional and electronic Decode unfamiliar words using a materials for information and understanding. comprehensive set of reading strategics, e.g., phonics, context clues, and word analysis skills. Preview materials to understand structure and anticipate content. Develop analytic processes for understanding and remembering words, phrases, and information from reading material. Identify, collect and/or select, and relate pertinent information to given situations. Synthesize and organize information. Apply and extend information. Explain how an author uses language and literary devices such as mood, tone, style, figurative language, formatting, and structure to aid comprehension. Use reading strategies to determine main ideas and to collect data, facts, and ideas for personal use, to gain knowledge and experience for personal use as a citizen or consumer, for application to the Fine Arts. application in the workplace, and application in lifelong learning.

b) Read and respond to a variety of literature Identify and compare own experiences to to compare and contrast the many that of others in situations, events, and dimensions of human experience. cultures in reading selections. Evaluate the way an author uses language and literary devices, to evoke a response in a reader, e.g., style, formatting, and structure. Interpret social, cultural, and historical significance of a text, e.g., ancient, British, American, and world literature. fiction, nonfiction, myths, poems, biographies, autobiographies, science fiction, satires, and plays.

AVAILABLE BEST COPY 13, , t.),A MONTANA STANDARDS FORREADING

Reading is essential to learning. It isthe pathway to lifelong learning and the key to life's opportunities. Reading is a strategic problem-solving processof gaining personal meaning from text. Students use a range of skills andstrategies in the process of reading to comprehend what they read.Reading is not only a basic skill, it is anindispensable tool for critical and creative thinking. There are adiversity of purposes for which readers read a varietyof materials. Reading literacy allows students to make connections be- tween their own and others'experiences, to inquire systematically, to access, analyze, synthesize andcriti- cally evaluate information. Early reading achievement is areliable predictor of later school performance. Success in school is often determined by student proficiency inreading. Proficient readers monitor and evaluate their own progress in reading.

Content Standards indicate what students shouldhow, understand and be able to do in a specific content area.

Benchmarks define our expectations for students'knowledge, skills and abilities along a developmental continuum in each content area. That continuum is focused atthree pointsat the end of grade 4:titie,,eritltuttfia of grade 8 and grade 12. ;-, Reading Content Standard 1

Students construct meaning as theycomprehend and In ,erpret what they read.

Rationale: , Readers actively engage with textto,,bziildrtlieir Owaytairstanding.Thus, readers understand what they read as it relates to whatthe-atom,. =process, readers use prior knowledge and related experiences to: predict what a te.r. sayiaild.confirm or revise their understanding, integrate newstiad libn_inia their existing knowledge base; reflect upon(WhatAviv ha ;been read in order torespond and create personal meaning through discussion i iwriting, as well as through artistic expression, formal presentation,media, etc. As readers construct meaning theyinterpret what they read, selecting important ideas anddetails.

Benchmarks:

When reading, students will: Grade 12 End of Grade 4 End of Grade 8 Upon GraduationEnd of

make predictions and clearly describe. make predictions and describe 1. make predictions and connections between new material and previous with details, meaningful connections inferences and causal connections between new material and previous within material and between new information/experiences. information/ information/experiences. material and previous experiences.

2. compare and contrast important print/ 2. integrate new important print/ 2. incorporate new print/nonprint infor- their mation into existing knowledge nonprint information with existing nonprint information with existing knowledge to draw to draw conclusions and make knowledge to draw conclusions and conclusions and make application. application. make application. respond personally andcreatively to 3. respond personally to ideas and feelings 3. interpret and respond personally to the 3. ideas and feelings generated by the ideas and feelings of thereading generated by reading materials. of the reading material and compare responses material, providing examples with peers. way these influence thestudent's life and role in society. DRAFT-6/98 BEST COPY AVAILABLE- -5303 End of Grade 4 End of Grade 8 Upon GraduationEnd of Grade 12

demonstrate baste understanding of 4 demonstrate understanding of main elaborate understanding of main main ideas and some supponme details. ideas and select important supporting ideas and formulate arguments with facts and details critical supporting evidence.

accurately retell key elements of 5. accurately summarize key elements of accurately paraphrase reading appropriate reading material appropnatc reading 1713tenal with detail. material reflecting tone and point of view.

Reading Content Standard 2

Students apply a range of skills and strategies to read.

Rationale:

Readers use a variety of strategies to construct meaning. Sonic of these strafegie,r..:include phonics, grammati- cal structure, use of context clues and self-monitoring. The student readsYllialiblby adjusting rate according to purpose, material and understanding. Varied experienceswitlatterature;aeveloPo rich vocabulary for lifelong learning and an understanding of the eienzents of _fiction:awl:non jictioni:;;;:-:

Benchmarks:

When reading, students will: jAszko,foc.4r. End of Grade 4 Z. ..7%. End df.Grade.8 Upon GraduationEnd of Grade 12 trzrt,',

1. decode unknown words combining decode unknown words combining the decode unknown words combining the elements of phonics.gratriptatiCal:.:4y, elements of phonics, grammatical the elements of phonics. grammati- structures, analysis of VilViarts anrl: structures, analysis of word parts and cal structures, analysis of word parts, context to understand rericliiig context to understand reading material. word connotation and denotation and context to understand reading material.

demonstrate understanding of literary demonstrate understanding of and 2. demonstrate understanding of, elements (e.g., plot, character, setting. analyze literary elements (e.g.. plot, analyze, and evaluate literary problem, solution). character, setting, point of view elements (e.g.. plot, character, theme, and conflict). setting, point of view, conflict).

3. identify literary devices (e.g., figurative identify and compare literary devices 3. identify, analyze, and evaluate the language and exaggeration). (e.g., figurative language, exaggeration. use of literary devices (e.g., irony, humor, dialogue). figurative language. exaggeration, irony, humor, dialogue, satire. symbolism).

use features and organization of fiction use features and organization of fiction use features and organizationof and nonfiction material to comprehend and nonfiction material to comprehend fiction and nonfiction materials to (e.g., paragraphs. chapters, titles, more complex materials (e.g., para- comprehend increasingly complex indexes. tablcz of contents, graphs, graphs. chapters. titles, indetes, tablez material (e.g.. paragraphs. charts and visuals). of contents, graphs. charts and visuals). chapters. titles. indeces, tables of contents, graphs, charts, visuals and methods of organization).

5. adjust fluency. rate and style of reading adjust fluency, rate and style of reading 5 adjust fluency, rate and styleof to the purpose of the material with to the content and purpose of the reading to content and purposeof guidance. material. the material.

1)R/117F-6/98 16 BEST COPY AVAILABLE ComprehendODE Definition: a variety of printed materials. READING, CONTINUED OREGON ror, _,.7,7,7 zt'', , Common Content Be A ,,77.7.7%.,...;--.1'-,,' ',.ir':::;-.7 ' -a.,15.,61: 'Be,-+ a e -,',.,.-....,%,--,....- :.,/,: 5 7 'NI .,C. :4;: - wraBenchmarks-v.. e.,,,,A,-...... , ...,/,Icr:ca, - I ,Wiii,C'r't T`0--.' - F .1 prehensionDemonstrate of a literalvariety corn- of Curriculum Goals ofcomprehensionDemonstrate printed materials. literal of a variety Standards Retell,events,identify summarize, mainsequence ideas, or of facts, ar supportingevents,* Identify main sequence details, ideas, and facts, of e r ' events,tom'supporting * Identify main ideas,details, sequence facts, and of printed materials. informativeand opinions selections. in literary and selectionsmotive,opinions and in literary,practical infor- . selectionsmotive,opinions and in literary,practical infor- . ofcomprehensionDemonstrate printed materials. inferential of a variety ofcomprehensionDemonstrate printed materials. inferential of a variety Identifysimplerelationships cause predictions. andand make effect sionsIdentifyinsymbolsimages, printed about relationships, patterns,and theirmaterial. draw meanings orconclu- sionssymbolsinimages,Examine printed about to patterns,draw relationships, theirmaterial. conclu-meanings or ofcomprehensionDemonstrate printed materials. evaluative of a variety ofcomprehensionDemonstrate printed materials. evaluative of a variety conclusions.informationAnalyze and andevaluate form conclusions.informationAnalyze and andevaluate form validatedwhetherAnalyzein a selection. anda byconclusion evaluatethe evidence is

1 6 3 State Board of Education -- BEST COPY AVPI 1998 P I F Benchmarks;?1-,Grcide:104CIM.. . Racigii207BencNmarlis PASS assumes proficiency focusReadingAssessment on standardsstandards Notes: can in a be variety demonstrated of subjects--including as students mative,opinionsIra'supportingevents, Identify and in main literary,practical sequencedetails, ideas, infor- and facts, of Identifypracticalin* Summarize literary, mainselections. informative, literal ideas, meaning and in Reading. CAMtheEnglish, electives endorsement Mathematics, areas--as area. Science, well as Socialwithin Sciences,the context and of a Analyzeselections relationships, . Analyzeselections.supportingopinions, how and details relationships, significant in CO insionssymbolsimages, printed about patterns,to material. draw their conclu-meanings or material.impliedsymbolsimages, meanings patterns,are used andinto printedconvey action,whetherAnalyze or an policy and argument, evaluateis validated action,meritAnalyze orof policyanand argument, evaluate by exam- the by tion,the evidence in a selec- withcomparingtheiningin material otherinformation evidence sources.the itself evidence offered available and inby 309 State Board of Education -- 1998 BEST COPY AV ILABLE 310 7 hup:,:cistosmA.etinct.edulComsLREAULiN/K.i.nun. L EALRs: Rcadine Benchmark3 WASHINGTON

appropriate

1.4 understand elements of identify literary devices (exaggeration, irony, humor,dialogue, literature -- fiction devices that develop characterization, tension, andmood) (EALR-R_1.4) understand sentence structure, paragraphs, and chapters

analyze literary elements (plot, characters, setting,theme, point of view, conflict, resolution)

13 use features of read, analyze, and use informational materials todemonstrate non-fiction text and understanding and expertise; analyze the validity of electronic computer software information (EALR-R use complex organizationalfeatures of printed text (titles, headings, table of contents, indexes, glossaries, prefaces,appendices, captions, citations, endnotes, etc.)

use features of electronicinformation (electronic bulletin boards and databases, e-mail, etc.)

ESSENTIAL LEARNING 2:The student understands the meaningof what is read.

To meet this standard,the student will:

2.1 comprehend important ideas anddetails

2.2 expand comprehension by analyzing,interpreting, and synthesizing information and ideas

2.3 think critically and analyze authors' useof language, style, purpose, and perspective

311 19

nOn, I 0(1(1 7.57 p http..,:isl.ospl.wednet.edu.t_ omSI.. IQ:. A I niNI ..S1_,IALks: Reading Benchmark WASHINGTON

COMPONENTS BENCHMARK 3 - GRADE 10

2.1 comprehend important demonstrate comprehension of varied texts especially technical ideas and details materials, complex narratives, and exposition (EALR-R2.1) summarize the main idea and supporting facts and details with evidence from reading

use prior knowledge of issues, characters, events,and information to examine texts and extend understanding

synthetize ideas from selections to make predictions and inferences about various texts

2.2 expand comprehension critically compare, contrast, and connect ideas within and among a by analyzing, interpreting, broad range of texts and synthesizing information and ideas use logical sequence to accurately retell stories;order and/or (EALR-R_2.2) sequence parts of text

2.3 think critically and draw conclusions based on the validity and accuracy of what is read analyze authors' use of language, style, purpose, and explain how an author uses language to influence different audiences perspective (EALR-R 2.3) analyze and evaluate authors' effectiveness for different audiences

detect bias, stereotype, over generalization, association, andother devices used by the author to influence an audience

-p apply information gained from reading to give a responseand express insight

analyze, interpret, and evaluate ideas and concepts within, among. and beyond multiple texts

analyze, interpret, and evaluate reasoning and ideas related to multiple texts

ESSENTIAL LEARNING 3: The student reads differentmaterials for a variety of purposes.

To meet this standard, the student will:

3.1 read to learn new information such as reading science and mathematics texts, technical documents. and, forpersonal interest

3.2 read to perform a task

20

4of(, 10120/1999 2:57 P' GRADE 4 LANGUAGE 6/98 WYOMING PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 1. READING STANDARDCONTENT 1. non-fiction,Students read and a varietypoetry fromof fiction, BENCHMARK GRADE 4 LEVEL DESCRIPTORS AdvancedGRADE 4 applyinglevelvarietyStudents materials, of readgrade a 2. Students use decoding skills todifferences.variousreadmaterials fluently sources, recognizing (i.e., including phonetic cultural clues, idea,Theyvariety4thmultiple grade supportingindependently of students fiction, comparisons, details,performing non-fiction, demonstrate andaccurate at elements andan anpoetry decoding and vocabulary skills. predictions,advanced leveland a independently comprehensive read a in-depth understandingof of a mainstory. Studentsin make and out of the classroom. Students variousappropriatestrategiessituations. to 3. diagrams,passagesvocabularyStudentsandstructural illustrations). gain(i.e., analysis,illustrations, words meaningcontext in context reading ofcaptions, new clues clues, Theyforinterpretsummary. student-generatedtransfer and They information generate internalize projects maps, from charts, and Proficient print, electronic, and on-line sourcesactivities. diagrams, graphs, and tables. 4. andcontrast,supportingidentifystrategiesStudents glossary). the anduse to details, main make comprehensionsummarize. idea predictions,compare and and 4thstrategiesStudentsandgrade grade determine materials students use to gain decoding performingmain (i.e., the idea. fiction,meaning skills atThey a to of compare,read new non-fiction and poetry). Studentsproficient predict level read a variety of 4th fluently andvocabulary. use various They interpret contrast, and summarize. 6.5. characterelementsStudentsStudentsevents, analyzeofandtraits, reada storyproblem sequenceand literature (i.e., interpret and setting, of for the solution). andelectronic,Studentswritten activities. directions, locate, and on-line collect, diagrams, sources and utilizemaps, through informationcharts, graphs, using and print, tables. student-generated projects . maps,written charts, directions, graphs diagrams, and tables. Partially. Proficient 1 Studentsatlases,dictionaries,andon-line utilize use sourcesthesauri, print, information encyclopedias, electronicto glossaries, locate, (i.e., collect and tables 4thdrawsomeassistance.minimal grade simplesupp students understanding Students comparisons, performing predict of at applyconcepts a and supporting details, and recognize scme partially proficientlimited level decoding recognizedemonstrate skills, the main and idea,use identifyand skills with teacher story elements. They ry 31i of contents, and indexes). maps,limitedprint, charts, vocabulary.electronic, graphs, and Students on-line sources and tables. They locate follow two-step directions in reading through student-generated information using Page 12 State LA doc 69S 31,1 WYOMING LANGUAGE ARTS STANDARDS GRADE 11 LANGUAGE ARTS 6/98 STANDARDCONTENT BENCHMARKGRADE 11 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS LEVEL DESCRIPTORS GRADE 11 varietylevelStudents1. READING ofmaterials, grade read a 2 Studentsnon-fiction.contemporaryincluding readdemonstrate traditional aliterature, variety and of fiction materials and accuratelya variety11th grade of predict materials students outcomes, performing at or above demonstrate at the an 1advanced 1th gradehow level inferences level. independently Students arc read Advanced varioussituations.appropriatelystrategiesapplying to effect,detailsinferences,view,synthesizingcomprehension summarizeto text predict elements determine the outcomes, bykey main critiquing andconcepts, causeidea, supporting draw pointand and and of analyzedevicesauthor'sdrawn,student-generated explain toandbias,purpose, their evaluate explain cause/effect,own evaluate work,work. data.difference andauthor'sStudents and evaluate between evaluate success, conduct common reader's consequences. integrate thorough themesresponse literary research Theythrough and and 4.3. Studentsauthor'sdistinguishthemestheme,Students use distinguishtone,that analyzebetween of cross stylethe literary andtime,and factthe interpretorganization.commonand personal devices opinion. an of outcomes,variety11,1, grade of materials drawstudents inferences, performing at the 1 1thdetermine at grade a proficient level. cause/effect, levelStudents independently stitnmari predict ;f. read key a Proficient 6.S. Studentsreader'spurpose.Studentsperspective response conduct distinguish and andresearchcultural the between author'sboundaries. using the. a researchthemesinterpretdistinguishconcepts, through andauthor's and reader's analyze differentiate student-generated use response ofand literary interpret between and devices, author's data.work. fact and and Students purpose, opinion. distinguish conduct analyze They common and 7 asvarietytechnicalStudentsmaterials. computer of informational analyzedata, data writtenand and library sourcesinterpret directions such and of11th materials grade students at the performing11th grade atlevel. a partially Students proficient explain level how read supporting a variety Partially Proficient technical manuals. detailspurpose,sometext, recognizepredict differences classify outcomes, cause/effect, andbetween explain recognize fact identify use and ofobvious opinion. somekey concepts, literaryinferences They recognizedevices, and within recognize and author'sthe I.; r) Jr- BEST COPY AVAILABLE conductidentify commonlimited research. themes through student-generated work. Students Page I State I.:\ doe e;')ti http://www.ncrel.orgiskrstarea.s/issues/inetitous/assinentius6uu.ntiii firing Equity with Alternative Assessments

Critical Issue: EnsuringEquity with Alternative Assessments

Pathways Home Pane Critical Issuesfor this area

ISSUE: If American students are to be heldresponsible for achieving high educational standards, equity in assessing and it is ethically imperative thateducators develop assessment strategies that ensure interpreting student performance. In order to protectstudents from unfair and damaging interpretations and to provide parents andcommunities with an accurate overall picture ofstudent achievement, educators need to be aware of the promise andthe challenges inherent in using alternative assessmentpractices for high-stakes decisions (such as student retention,promotion, graduation, and assignment to particular instructional groups), which haveprofound consequences for the students affected. Onlythen will educators be able to build and use an assessmentsystem that is a vehicle for eliminating, asopposed to underscoring, educational inequities. Althoughalternative assessments can help ensure ethnic, racial, economic, and gender fairness, equity cannot beachieved by reforms to assessment alone. Changewill result only from a trio of reforminitiatives aimed at ongoing professional developmentin curriculum and instruction, improved pedagogy, and quality assessment.

OVERVIEW: One of the reasons for the currentnational disenchantment with standardized multiple-choice tests, secured tests, and othernorm-referenced assessments has been the gross inequities that have resulted from inferences basedsolely on these tests. In many schools, districts, and states, interpretations based on a single test score have beenused to place students in low-track classes, torequire students to repeat grades, and to deny high schoolgraduation diplomas. The negative personal and societal effects for students are well-documented: exposure to aless challenging curriculum, significantlyincreased dropout rates, and lives of unemployment andwelfare dependency (Oakes, 1986a; Oakes, 1986b;Shepard & Smith, 1986; Jaeger, 1991). Clearly, usingtesting as a mechanism for sorting and selectingstudents for access to educational andeconomic opportunities is antithetical to achieving equity.

Charlotte Higuchi, a third- and fourth -grade teacher at FarmdaleElementary School in Los Angeles, California, discusses the problems inherent in standardizedtesting. [392k audio file] Excerpted from the video series Schools That Work: The ResearchAdvantage, videoconference #4, Alternativesfor Measuring Performance (North Central Regional EducationalLaboratory, 1992).

At all levels, educators are turning to alternative,performance-based assessments that are backed by 23 31 10/20/1999 4:02 P! Ensuring Equity with Alternative Assessments http://www.ncrel.ofwskrwarcasossues/methous/assinenuas6uu.ot

criterion-referenced standards. Such assessments help educators gain a deeper understanding of student learning, and enable them to communicate evidence of that learning to parents, employers, and the community at large. These new alternative assessments and standards have been heralded as the answer to a whole host of education ills, including the apparent or real gap in performance between students of different ethnic, socioeconomic, and language backgrounds. Research on learning and assessment and on the prevailing practice of shaping instruction to meet test requirements help build the case for alternative assessment.

Findings from cognitive psychology on the nature of meaningful, engaged learning support the use of alternative assessments that are tied to curriculum and instruction and that emphasize higher-order thinking skills and authentic tasks. Alternative assessments often have high fidelity for the goals of instruction and require students to solve complex, real-life problems. Some educators believe that alternative assessments motivate students to show their best performance--performance that may have been masked in the past by standardized fixed-response tests and by unmotivating content. However, the biggest mistake that schools, districts, and states can make is thinking that exchanging one high-stakes tests for another will result in equitable assessment or elimination of the performance gap between students. Darling-Hammond (1994) believes that if new forms of assessment are to support real and lasting reforms and to close--as opposed to accentuate--the achievement gap between students, they must be developed carefully and used for different purposes than the norm-referenced tests that have preceded. These purposes mustbe made explicit before the assessment system is built.

Linda Darling-Hammond, a researcher and author in the area of assessment and equity, discusses how assessment can enhance equity when changes are made in the ways that assessments are used. [540k audio file] Excerpted from an interview with Linda Darling-Hammond (North Central Regional Educational Laboratory, 1996).

It is true that new forms of assessment are powerful tools for understanding student performance, particularly in areas that require critical thinking and complex problem solving. However, until high expectations for success, sufficient opportunity to learn, and challenging instruction are the standard educational fare for all children, some evidence (Elliott, 1993; LeMahieu, Eresh, & Wallace, 1992) suggests that alternative assessments may reveal even greater achievement gaps than standardized assessments.

One of the most exciting and liberating things about the current interest in assessment is the recognition that numerous assessment tools are available to schools, districts, and states that are developing new assessment systems. These tools range from standardized fixed-response tests to alternatives such as performance assessment, exhibitions, portfolios, and observation scales. Each type of assessment brings with it different strengths and weaknesses to the problem of fair and equitable assessment. Recognizing the complexity of understanding performance or success for individuals, it is virtually impossible that any single tool will do the job of fairly assessing student performance. Instead, the National Center for Research on Evaluation, Standards, and Student Testing (1996) suggests that an assessment system made upof multiple assessments (including norm-referenced or criterion-referenced assessments, alternative assessments, and classroom assessments) can produce "comprehensive, credible, dependable information upon which important decisions can be made about students, schools, districts, or states." Koelsch, Estrin, and Farr (1995) note that multiple assessment indicators are especially important for assessing the performance of ethnic-minority and language-minority students. The real challenge comes in selecting or developing a combination of assessments that work together as part of a comprehensive assessment system to assess all students equitably within the school community. 24 :316 2 of 11 10/20/1999 4:02 http:awww.ncrel.org skrsiarcasusucsmmetnuus,assmcutaswiv.nuu wring Equity with Alternative Assessments

for assessing and The first and most critical stepin assessing with equity is determining the purposes clarifying whether those purposes arelow stakes or high stakes (Winking & Bond,1995). In many cases, schools, districts, and states have not asingle purpose, but multiple purposes- -somelow stakes and some high stakes--for assessing studentperformance.

Beau Fly Jones, director of educational programsat the Ohio Supercomputing Centerin Columbus, Ohio, discusses the purposesof assessment. [420k audio file] Excerptedfrom the video series Restructuring to Promote Learning in America'sSchools, videoconference #4, Multidimensional Assessment: Strategies for the Classroom(North Central Regional EducationalLaboratory, 1990).

In the low-stakes case of classroom-basedassessment, where the primary purposeis determining content coverage and conceptualunderstanding or diagnosing learning styles,teachers are able to take into account the student's culture, prior knowledge,experiences, and language differences. Whenpreparing and administering assessments, teachers canfollow guidelines for equitable assessment inthe classroom and all students have an equal make use of accommodations andadaptations to the assessment to ensure that opportunity to demonstrate their abilitiesand achievement. Teachers also are able tomake inferences about student performance and how they mustrefine their instruction to increase or maintainhigh performance without calling into question the technicaladequacy of the assessment.

However, when tests have high-stakes consequences(such as student retention, promotion, orgraduation), it is important to understand ways tomaximize equity while not compromising thetechnical quality of alternative assessments. In high-stakessituations, the technical adequacy of the assessmentaffects the used for validity of inferences made regarding theperformance of all students. When alternative tests are high-stakes purposes, schools--in addition tobeing concerned about equity when selecting ordeveloping assessments--must take advantage ofmethods for maximizing fairness in administeringand scoring them. Of utmost importance is ensuring that studentshave had adequate opportunity to learn thematerial on which they are being tested.

To help ensure equity, an assessment systemshould be planned by an interdisciplinary groupthat includes assessment experts, curriculum experts,teachers, and professional developers, as well asadministrators responsible for planning and allocating resources.All involved parties need to understand exactlywhat alternative assessment systems can and cannotachieve, including the fact that unless instructionand pedagogy change and opportunities are providedfor all children to experience the same challenging curriculum, alternative assessments may revealeven greater performance gaps than the standardized assessments they replace. (For furtherinformation on the relationship between assessmentand school reform, refer to the Critical Issue "RethinkingAssessment and Its Role in Supporting Educational Reform.") Teachers and other staff members need tobe provided with professional development and Learning for All support to learn about alternative assessments.(Refer to the Critical Issue "Realizing New Students Through Professional Development.")

The actual design of the assessment system shouldinclude input from students and individuals who can provide advice on different cultural interpretations ofvarious assessment tasks. After the planning is completed, a bias-review committee (comprising representativesfrom cultural and ethnic groups for whom the assessment is intended) can preview the assessmentand ensure that it is fair and equitable. The planning team's next task is to ensure that the methods forscoring and interpreting the assessments results reflect the concern for equity that has driven the developmentof the alternative system. Finally, decisions should be made an the best methods for reporting results tovarious audiences and for various purpoSes. 25 J1U-Ic- 10/20/1999 4:02 Pr Insuring Equity with Alternative Assessments http://www.ncrcl.orgiskrs/areasiissues/metliodsiassinenuas6t)u.iii-

(Refer to the Critical Issue "Reporting Assessment Results.")

At the national level, state and local issues related to assessing with equity aremirrored and compounded. Because cultural learnings and context are so important to students' interpretationand responses (Winfield & Woodard, 1994; Darling-Hammond, 1994), moving high-stakes assessment to anational level makes it even more difficult to align tasks with students'culture and context, and potentially reduces the legal defensibility of these assessments. The landmark case of Debra P. v. Turlington(1979) sets a precedent for challenging assessment inferences when students have not had sufficient opportunity tolearn the content assessed. This precedent easily may be transferred to high-stakes assessments that are notculturally or contextually based within students' realm of experience. The ability to assessequitably in high-stakes situations is crucial when considering a national assessment and suggests that the mostuseful context for developing performance-based assessments may be the local level. On the otherhand, the New Standards Project provides an example of a voluntary large-scale standards and assessmentreform system that combines national reference assessments with locally developed performance tasksand portfolios in ways that potentially allow for culturally and contextually valid assessment.

c-- Steve Ferrara, director of student assessment at the Maryland State Departmentof Education, talks about the difficulty of changing curricula, instruction, expectations,and standards--all of which affect assessment. [560k audio file] Excerpted from an interview with SteveFerrara (North Central Regional Educational Laboratory, 1995).

Regardless of the level of the assessment effort, equity will never be achieved aslong as everyone involved in educating children sees the assessment tools themselves as responsible for ensuringfairness. It is not just the tools, but also the curriculum, instruction, professional development, parentand community involvement, and leadership practices that affect the fairness of assessments and theinferences based on them. Using alternative assessment to assess with equity requires the comprehensiveinclusion of each of these elements of the equity equation. Without these supporting systems, newforms of assessment are likely to maintain and perhaps magnify educational inequities.

GOALS:

Educators are aware of principles and indicators for student assessment systems.

Educators fully understand the purposes for assessing and the fair inferences that can bebased on different assessment tools.

Educators know and take advantage of methods for maximizing fairness in development, administration, and scoring of alternative assessments.

Educators, parents, and community members value alternative assessments for providing useful information about how students are performing, and for providing information on how to refineand individualize instruction for better results, unlike the information provided by secured tests.

The views of all stakeholders--including teachers, administrators, curriculum experts, assessment experts, parents, and community members from diverse cultural groups--are represented when assessment strategies are planned, selected or developed, and administered. 26 0ti 10/20/1999 4:02 r 4 of II http://www.ncrel.orgiskrsiarcasi issues/ metliutisiassintalt, asouu.iiim airing Equity with Alternative Assessments

Assessment systems are tied to curriculum andinstruction to ensure that all students have adequate opportunity to learn the material that is to be assessedin ways and modes that are culturally relevant and contextually based.

Multiple assessment tools are used whenever the assessmentis intended for high-stakes purposes.

Educators interpret and report assessment informationand use the results with caution, understanding that inferences made from assessment tools are only asgood as the curriculum and instruction that they are intended to support.

Educators recognize that assessment is only one facet ofreform initiatives. They acknowledge that quality assessment must be teamed with improved pedagogy andongoing professional development in curriculum and instruction.

ACTION OPTIONS: Because the use of alternativeassessment--including performance assessment--for high-stakes purposes is relatively new, there isstill much debate about the appropriate standards for technical rigor, and practitioners andresearchers are still exploring methods for maximizing equity. Although ensuring fairness in performance assessmentremains a challenge, some procedures are available to help increase equity in alternative assessment.In addition to applying statistical techniques such as differential item functioning (DIF) analysis,which is used with standardized tests to determine item bias, educators can take the following actions to help ensurethe building of a performance-based assessment system that will address highstandards and achieve equitable outcomes.

When planning assessment systems, educators can:

Tightly couple new assessment systems with other concrete reforms necessaryfor closing performance gaps between ethnic, racial, socioeconomic, and gender groups.These reforms include the following:

O Providing professional development effortsaimed at raising teachers' expectations for all children's performance. (Refer to the Critical Issue "Realizing New Learningfor All Students Through Professional Development.")

O Ensuring equal curriculum content and coveragein all classrooms.

O Identifying the students' roles andresponsibilities for their own learning. (Refer to the Critical Issue "Working Toward Student Self-Direction and Personal Efficacy asEducational Goals.")

O Developing and enforcing classroom-level standardsfor opportunity to learn.

Obtain broad-based support for the assessment system by involving everyone who has a stakein educating and supporting students. Encourage assessment experts, curriculum experts,teachers, administrators, and professional developers to form a planning group for assessment strategies.

Ensure that members of the planning group come to consensus about their purposes for assessingand recognize the need for multiple assessment tools that together converge on an understanding of student performance. 27

el (1-I .)

-C11 10/20/1999 4:02 Pt insuring Equity with Alternative Assessments http://www.ncrel.orgiskrsiarcastissuesimethodsiassinenuasSOU.ny

Be aware of gender bias and fairness in testing.

Create policies that allow for the blending of professional development and assessment monies so that curriculum, instruction, and assessment can be aligned for all children.

When developing, selecting, and administering alternative assessments, educators can:

Follow guidelines for equitable assessment.

Involve students in designing performance tasks. Pilot tasks with students and conduct think-alouds (by which students share the stages of their thinking process or the reasoning behind their actions) to provide illuminating information regarding how students of diverse ethnic, racial, and socioeconomic backgrounds interpret and respond to tasks.

Use strategies for developing equitable performance tasks.

Involve individuals who can shed light on different cultural interpretations of performance tasks before the assessments are developed and used. Evidence (Miller-Jones, 1989; Garcia & Pearson, 1994) suggests that performance differences lie not only in the task but also in how individuals interpret tasks. The content as well as response parameters of tasks may privilege one ethnic or socioeconomic group over another.

Conduct sensitivity reviews with representatives from each ethnic and language group for whom the assessment is intended.

Select performance tasks that are clearly aligned or connected with material that has been taught.

Provide students with choices for performance tasks, materials, and response modes. Such choices increase opportunities for students to capitalize on their prior knowledge and increase their motivation to perform. However, educators should be aware that all students are not equally good choosers and, as with other skills, may need to be taught to choose wisely.

Pinpoint the exact skills or processes (such as group dynamics, language understanding, English usage, or math reasoning) that are being measured in each performance task. Becauseperformance tasks are complex, they often require multiple operations.

Provide students with carefully designed scaffolding activities to build a common base of prior knowledge within the class. If used appropriately, cooperative group activities may be used to help all students---not just those with enriching home or community experiences--understand foundational concepts or ideas necessary to perform well on a task.

Allow students lots of opportunities to experiment with classroom versions of the performance task -- written both as assessments and as instructional units.

Allow for accommodations and adaptations to the assessment for second-language learners, particular cultural groups, and students with disabilities.

Use analyses such as differential item functioning (DIF) analysis to determine test-item bias.

Keep a record or log of the instructional strategies by which performance tasks are presented to diverse students. These strategies can include scaffolding and accomodations and adaptations to the 28

6 of 11 10/20/1999 4:02 13t Itttp://www.ncrcl.orgisiffs/aseasiissuesimetituus/assineuLasautLimil ;uring Equity with Alternative Assessments

assessment.

Use portfolios and observation scales to assessstudent progress. These assessment tools are sensitive to progress over time and allowstudents the freedom to demonstrate culturally based experiences and knowledge.

Ensure that the performance criteria areexplicit and clearly understood by each student.

When interpreting, scoring, reporting, andusing assessment results, educators can:

Participate in consistent and ongoing professionaldevelopment to ensure proficiency in interpreting and scoring alternative assessments.

Use multiple methods for estimating raterreliability. For high-stakes assessment, it is important to have someone other than the students' teacherjudge performance. However, in order not to lose the critical educational benefit of the classroom teacher'sknowledge and understanding of his or her own students, schools can experiment with auditing systemsthat include both familiar and unfamiliar raters.

Make sure that the assessment report highlights notonly the gaps but also the specific aspects of the assessment system on which studentsof diversity perform well. (For example, portfolios can show significant growth patterns in written expression andreasoning.) This coverage is imperative, because what is reported shapes expectations.

Report opportunity-to-learn variables (such as time spent ondirect instruction of high-order cognitive processes, use of culturally responsiveinstructional techniques, library and resource use, and opportunity for advanced-placement courses) along withperformance data. Comparing the performances of groups of students without providing thiscontextualizing information can lead to erroneous inferences. It also iscounterproductive, because it does not give teachers and schools information about concrete steps needed to improveperformance.

Interpret and report assessment information to parentsand the community.

ILIAIMPLEMENTATION PITFALLS: Some types of alternative assessmentrequire teachers to devote considerable time to planning and administering the assessment aswell as interpreting student achievement.

Schools may think that the substitution of one high-stakes testfor another will result in equitable assessment or the elimination of performance gaps. Yetperformance gaps are likely to continue if teaching and assessment strategies remain unchanged. Linn, Baker, andDunbar (1991) note:

"Gaps in performance among groups exist because of difference infamiliarity, exposure, and motivation on the tasks of interest. Substantial changes in instructional strategyand resource allocation are required to give students adequate preparation for complex,time-consuming, open-ended assessments." (p. 18)

Schools may develop and use alternative assesssments with the expectation that abetter monitoring system or new forms of assessment alone will addressinequitable learning outcomes for students. In actuality, 29

33 10/20/1999 4:02 Pt insuring Equity with Alternative Assessments http://www.ncrel.orwskrs/areas,issuesimemuusiassinciwasouumii,

assessment must be integrated with curriculum and instruction in order topromote equity in student learning. (Refer to the Critical Issue "Integrating Assessment and Instruction inWays That Support Learning.")

In an effort to address higher-order cognitive skills, schools may develop assessmentsthat have ambiguous performance tasks or requirements. Such tasks or requirements may be interpreted verydifferently by different cultural groups.

Schools may attempt to use alternative assessments for sorting and classifying studentsaccording to ability level instead of for improving instruction and raising student achievement.Darling-Hammond (1994) notes that in order to close the achievement gap, new forms of assessment must be developedcarefully and be used for different purposes than norm-referenced tests.

Schools and districts may fail to develop policies for using alternative assessmentinformation to improve instruction. They also may not provide ongoing professional development in alternative assessmentfor teachers. Winfield and Woodard (1994) note: "Merely setting high standardsand developing a new assessment system will not ensure changes in teacher behavior or studentperformance unless professional development activities and capacity building at the school level are given equalpriority" (p. 8).

Bond, Moss, and Can (1996) caution that assessments--even those deemed to beunbiased--may be used to support a policy or program that does not promote equity:

"Concerns about equity spill over the consensual bonds of validity and bias to includequestions about the educational system in which the assessment was used. It is possible for an assessment tobe considered unbiased in a technical sense--in the sense that the intended interpretationis equally valid across various groups of concern - -and yet be used in serviceof a policy that fails to promote equity....The question for assessment evaluators is whether an assessment is contributing to or detracting from the fairness of the educational system of which it is a part." (p. 118)

Some teachers, parents, and community members may express resistance to any form ofalternative assessment. Teachers, in particular, may object to the additional time necessaryfor developing and grading performance assessments, and may have difficulty in specifying criteria for judging student work.

Schools, districts, and states may exempt from assessments students who traditionallyhave not performed well (e.g., second-language learners), thereby avoiding the problem of developing fair measuresthat provide a picture of the entire school community (Phillips, 1996).

Educators may administer alternative assessments and then rush to blame the test or the childrenfor performance gaps. Instead, educators need to be accountable for student achievement. They also mustalign assessment with curriculum and instruction in order to improve student learning.

When reporting assessment results, educators must learn to use opportunity-to-learn data with care. Some schools and districts report scores for subgroups of students in the absence of opportunity-to-learn data; other schools develop opportunity-to-learn standards that measure only easy-to-access variables that are ancillary to good instruction (e.g., number of books in the library).

When analyzing test results, pairing isolated opportunity-to-learn variables with subgroup data can lead to erroneous cause-and-effect interpretations. For example, comparing the performanceof Hispanic and non-Hispanic students along with the amount of reading assigned outside of school is inappropriate because of the lack of information on other important contextualizing factors. 30

8 of 11 10/20/1999 4:02 Pt http://www.ncrel.orgiskrs/areas: issues/ metitods/assinenv uring Equity with Alternative Assessments

DIFFERENT POINTS OF VIEW: Although noeducator would say that equitable assessment is not important, there are emergingschools of thought about the nature of equity and how it relates to assessment. In particular, theseviewpoints relate to achieving a level playing field for assessingstudent work. Most researchers and practitioners agreethat equity must be a major consideration when planning, developing, and administering assessment systems.Some researchers (Garcia & Pearson, 1994; Johnston, 1992; Estrin, 1993), however, believe thatstudents' cultural learnings and interpretations of the world around them are so tied to their responses thatit is unfair not to address these learnings and interpretations directly. These researchers feel that the only way totruly understand a student's performance is through assessments that are situated in the localrealities of schools, classrooms, teachers, and students. Proponents of situated assessment argue that it is unlikelythat large-scale, high-stakes assessment could ever equitably measure student performance.They see familiar raters (the students' teacher or panelsof individuals) as the best able to judge a students' work becausefamiliarity is necessary to understand the response patterns and culturally tied conceptions of testing and learningthat each student brings to the assessment situation.

ILLUSTRATIVE CASES:

Maryland School Performance Assessment Program

Kentucky Instructional Results Information System (KIRIS)

Assessment at The Key Learning Community,Indianapolis, Indiana

CONTACTS:

Assessment Training Institute 50 S.W. Second Ave., Suite 300 Portland, OR 97204-2636 (503) 228-3060 Contact: Rick Stiggins

Center on Learning, Assessment, and School Structure (CLASS) 65 S. Main St., Building B Pennington, NJ 08534 (609) 730-1199; fax (609) 730-1488 Contact: Grant Wiggins E-mail: classnjaaol.com WWW: http://www.classnj.org/

Center for the Study of Testing, Evaluation, and Educational Policy(CSTEEP) Boston College School of Education Campion Hall BEST COPYAVAILABLE Chestnut Hill, MA 02167

31 325

10/20/1999 4:02 PN http://www.ncrel.orgiskrs/areusissues/methodsiassinciaiussuu.iiiii) :inuring Equity with Alternative Assessments

(617) 552-4521; fax (617) 552-8419 WWW: http://wwwcsteep.bc.edu/

Consortium for Equity in Standards and Testing(CTEST) Boston College School of Education Campion Hall Chestnut Hill, MA 02167 (617) 552-3574; fax (617) 552-8419 Contact: Steve Stem ler, Research Assistant E-mail: [email protected] WWW: http: / /wwwcsteep.bc.edu/ctest

Laboratory Network Program on Alternative Assessment North Central Regional Educational Laboratory 1900 Spring Road, Suite 300 Oak Brook, IL 60523 (630) 571-4700; fax (630) 571-4716 Contact: Cathy Cook E-mail: [email protected] WWW: http://www.ncrel.org

Laboratory Network Program on Alternative Assessment Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 101 S.W. Main Street, Suite 500 Portland, OR 97204 (503) 275-9500; fax (503) 275-9489 Contact: Judy Arter E-mail: jarteranwrel.org WWW: http://www.nwrel.org/

National Center for Fair and Open Testing (Fair Test) 342 Broadway Cambridge, MA 02139 (617) 864-4810; fax (617) 497-2224 Contact: Leslie Snerder E-mail: [email protected] WWW: http://www.fairtest.org/

National Center for Research on Evaluation, Standards, andStudent Testing (CRESST) UCLA Graduate School of Education and Information Studies Center for the Study of Evaluation 405 Hilgard Ave. 1320 Moore Hall, Mailbox 951522 Los Angeles, CA 90095-1522 (310) 206-1532; fax (310) 825-3883 Contact: Joan Herman, Associate Director E-mail: Joaxacse.ucla.edu Gopher: gopher://gopher.cse.ucla.edu WWW: http://cresst96.cse.ucla.edu/index.htm

32

lOofil 10/20/1999 4:02 P littp://www.ncrel.orokrs/areasiissuesi metnous,assmenuasouu.iiin suring Equity with Alternative Assessments

National Center on Educational Outcomes(NCEO) University of Minnesota College of Education and HumanDevelopment 350 Elliott Hall 75 E. River Road Minneapolis, MN 55455 (612) 626-1530; fax (612) 624-0879 Contact: Jim Ysseldyke, Director WWW: http://www.coled.umn.edu/nceo/

Warren Simmons Executive Director, Philadelphia Education Fund 7 Benjamin Franklin Parkway Suite 700 Philadelphia, PA 19183 (215) 665-1400, ext. 3313 E-mail: [email protected]

Deborah Winking, Ph.D. Senior Consultant, Panasonic Foundation 8191 Moller Ranch Drive Pleasanton, CA 94588 (510) 417-0943; fax (510) 461-2576 E-mail: [email protected]

References

This Critical Issue summary was researched andwritten by Deborah Winking, senior consultant at Panasonic Foundation in Pleasanton, California, andformerly an evaluation associate at North Central Regional Educational Laboratory in Oak Brook, Illinois.

Date posted: 1997

33 34,°e

10/20/1999 4:02 P' littp://ww.ncrel.orgiskrs,arcus Issues/ methods. assmum. asoutimun ontngAssessment Results

Critical Issue: ReportingAssessment Results

Pathways Home Pa 2e I Critical Issues forthis area

ISSUE: The ultimate success of the schoolimprovement process is measured by advances in student knowledge, skills, behaviors, andattitudes. Progress in these areas often is gauged by student assessment programs managed by stateagencies or school districts. After the schools receive the assessment results, educators need to carryout specific activities in order to use the information effectively. (See the critical issue"Using Assessment in School Improvement Planning.") One important task is reporting the assessmentresults to interested individuals and groups so that their needs for information are metand they have a clear understanding of the assessment.When properly presented, assessment reports canhelp build support for schools and for initiativesthat educators wish to carry out. But if assessment results arepoorly reported, they can be disregarded or interpreted incorrectly, adversely affecting students,educators, and others in the school community.

OVERVIEW: Students, parents, and community membersoften misinterpret assessment data because they do not view the information in the proper context.They may fail to consider the many variables involved in the education process,such as students' diverse backgrounds and motivation levels. All children do not come to schoolequally prepared to learn. In addition, low-performing children are more likely to movefrequently, so schools may have little opportunity to intervene with these students before assessmenttakes place.

Too often, assessment contributes to acompetitive atmosphere among schools, districts, and states.When assessment data for a school shows alow rating, the public has a tendency to blame theschool environment.

Ed Roeber, Director of Assessment for the Councilof Chief State School Officers in Washington, DC, discusses how erroneous conclusionsoften are drawn when the results of assessment tests are misinterpreted. [Audiofile, 180k] Excerpted from the audiotape Policy Talks, audiotape #2, Reaching for New Goals andStandards: The Role of Testing in Educational Reform Policy (NCREL, 1994).

The real goal of reporting assessment results tothe students, parents, school, and the public is tohelp children learn. Yet this message is rarely reported orconveyed when schools release assessment results. The reason for this omission might be that someeducators and policymakers are not fully aware ofthe different purposes for assessment. They may not know how to conveythose purposes, as well as assessment results, to various audiences.

Ed Roeber, Director of Assessment for the Council ofChief State School Officers in Washington, DC, explains his belief that assessment results are nothandled properly in America's schools today. [Audio file, 135k] Excerpted from theaudiotape series Policy Talks, audiotape #2, Reaching for New Goals and Standards: The Roleof Testing in Educational Reform Policy (NCREL, 1994).

Problems in the reporting of results also may arise if the mediaoversimplifies this complex topic. Reporters sometimes are more concerned with finding a story than with reportingthe complete results. Educators must remember to deliver the assessment results in a mannerthat puts the information in the proper 35

L 2 1 0/20/1999 4:04 13? lutpa www.ncrel.oryiski.s. areas, issues, metnousiassmon. asbuti.im. reponme Assessment Results

educational perspective.

Despite the current attention given to student assessment, relatively little has beenwritten on the use and reporting of assessment results. Even less research exists on the effectivenessof alternative strategies for using and reporting student assessment results. Yet public reporting of large-scale assessmentresults generates some of.the largest complaints about student assessment.

John Davis, an English teacher at Columbia Middle School, describes the frustration that can arise when educators try to report information through the political and media arenas. [Audio file, 279k] Excerpted from the audiotape seriesPolicy Talks,audiotape #1,Through the Eyes of Professionals(NCREL, 1994).

GOALS: Accurate and useful reporting of assessment results enables teachers, students, parents and the public to understand why various assessment instruments arebeing applied and how the results will be used as part of the school improvement process. In order to meet this goal,educators involved in reporting assessment results should:

Determine the specific goals of the reporting activities at the outset of the process. Select reporting strategies that are consistent with these goals and that effectively relay thedesired information. Communicate student assessment results in a clear and accurate manner to students, parents,and the public. Report results at a level of understanding appropriate for the group or individualreceiving the report.

ACTION OPTIONS: When preparing to write assessment reports, educators should:

Determine how individual, group, and school results of various tests will help the school toimprove instruction and learning. (See the critical issue "Integrating Assessment and Instructionin Ways That Support Learning.") Determine the audience for the reporting activity. The audience may include students, parents,the school board, or the public (Roeber, Donovan, and Cole, 1980). Be clear aboutwhyassessment results should be reported to these audiences. A clear statementof rationale is important (Roeber et al., 1980). Be equally clear about what information is to be communicated, for what purposes, and usingwhich reporting techniques. Remember that multiple strategies are likely to be more effective (Roeber etal., 1980).

Educators have several options when preparing reports:

Reports can be provided in person, in writing, or in both forms. Reports can be primarily text-based, graphical, or both. Reports can be lengthy and elaborate, or brief and straightforward.

One good reference for information on reporting assessment results isPencils Down! A Guide for Using and Reporting Test Results,by Gucwa and Mastic (1989). This publication from the Michigan Department of Education presents descriptions of different procedures for reporting assessment results and includes a

36 .k32

2 of 6 10/20/1999 4:04 P hup://www.ncrel.orglskrs/arcas/Issues/methodsrassmem.botw.lwil mine Assessment Results

sample press release. reporting assessment results to The following four sectionsdescribe methods that can be used when students, parents, the school board,and the public.

Reporting Results to Students: A two-step processis recommended for reporting assessmentresults to students. The first step is a briefingprovided to the entire group of students whoreceived individual results. meetings should focus on how the The second step is individualfollow-up meetings with students. These teacher(s) will be addressing the individualneeds of students.

Reporting Results to Parents: Parents wantto know how their children areperforming in school, so assessment information collected byschools is of great interest to them. Parentsalso want to know how the entire student body is performing incomparison with other schools. Reportingresults to parents can satisfy both of these needs. Keep in mindthat parents want to know how the schoolscored overall, even if their own children were notassessed.

The building administrator andteachers should be involved in carrying outboth types of reporting focused on the activities. This collaboration helpsbuild active partnerships between teachers and parents learning of children.

Four strategies are suggested forreporting results to parents. They are: (1)individual parent/teacher conferences, (2) an individual written report senthome, (3) parent group meetings, and (4) parent newsletter articles.

Although in-person meetings are generally morepersonal and effective, they are not always possible. Written reports may provide a more accessibleform of communication between teachers and parents.In all did on the assessment and types of reports, the informationshould include how well an individual student what steps the educator will take tomake improvements in instruction so thatthe student will learn what is needed. Written reports also shouldinclude information concerning how parents canactively participate in a plan of action toaddress the instructional needs of theirchild.

Vivian Lyte, a school administrator, talks aboutthe need for having school or district staff members who can provide parents withinformation concerning the assessment tests that students are given. [Audio file, 189k]Excerpted from the videotape The ABCs of School Testing (The Joint Committee on TestingPractices, 1993).

Reporting Results to the School Board: Theschool board is the legal policymaking entity atthe district level. As such, it deserves to receive reports onthe results of assessment. A three-part reportingstrategy is recommended for reporting to the school board.

The first report provides background informationabout the assessment effort itself. It explainswhat was assessed, what type of assessments were used,why they were used, and how the results_will beapplied and reported. This report might best be given when the assessmentinformation is being collected, but before assessment results become available. Suchtiming encourages the school board members tofocus on the message of the assessmentrather than the numbers.

The second report contains the results of the assessment atthe school and district levels. It should answer typical questions raised by policvmakers.

The third report follows up on the status of efforts toimprove instruction at the school and the.effectiveness of these changes. This report, though optional, goes a long wayin conveying to the school board that the 37

10/20/19994:0410 (eponing Assessment Results Imp:// www.ncrelsorgiskiS at Ca. ISSUCS

real purpose of student assessment is to help improve teaching and learning, not to serve as a scorecard on the quality of the school.

Reporting Results to the Public: Many educators are frustrated that communities receive most reports of assessment results through the news media. The public seems to know little else about schools other than test results. As a consequence, school districts may be leery about reporting assessment results or being candid with the public regarding the level of student performance.

Grant Wiggins, Director of Educational Research and Development for CLASS (Consultants for Learning, Assessment and School Structure) in Rochester, NY, talks about why it is beneficial for community members to be educated about and aware of school assessment activities. [Audio file, 342k] Excerpted from the video series Restructing to Promote Learning in America's Schools, videoconference #4, Multidimensional Assessment: Strategies for the Classroom (NCREL, 1990).

Several steps are involved in successful public reporting of the assessment results. First, educators must decide what audience is going to be addressed. The "public" consists of many different groups of people with varying levels of prior knowledge and information needs. Second, purposes and goals for reporting must be resolved. Third, procedures for reporting the results need to be determined. Remember, the news media is only one way that the public can learn about schools.

There are three types of reports that can be used to communicate test results to communities. These reports are similar in form and content to the reports given to the school board.

IMPLEMENTATION PITFALLS: The largest pitfall is reporting assessment results in an unclear manner. If the information is overly complex or poorly written, it may be misunderstood or misused by the audience. To eliminate this pitfall, reports should be reviewed by various school staff members to ensure clarity.

A sample press release from Pencils Down! shows how to write a clear and informative report of assessment results. A press release should contain information describing what grades were tested, when the tests were administered, and how the students scored as compared to students attending other schools in the state. The press release also should contain the name and phone number of a school official who can be contacted for further information.

The effectiveness of the entire reporting process will be greatly hindered if the school or district makes no effective use of the assessment information. If teachers, administrators, and parents do not learn from and act upon the information provided by the assessments, the entire process will be of little or no benefit to the children. (Activities related to implementing changes based upon assessment results are described in the critical issue "Using Assessment in School Improvement Planning.") Remember, the ultimate goal of assessment is to better educate children.

DIFFERENT POINTS OF VIEW: There are differences in opinion abOut how much assessment information to report, as well as whether or not some types of assessment information should be publicly reported. Some people assume that if a public agency invests tax dollars in carrying out assessment activities, then the students, their parents, the local school board, and the public deserve to know how students did and what actions will be taken as a result.

Other individuals believe that assessment results should be shared with a much more limited audience.

38

4 of 6 10/20/1999 4:04 Pt littpl/www.ncraorgiskrs; areas/ issuesnuctluxisiassmeni, toning Assessment Results

Marjorie Mastie, a school testingspecialist at the Washtenaw IntermediateSchool District in Ann Arbor, Michigan, describesthe federal law that prohibits the public releaseof any individual child's test scores. f Audiofile, 360k1 Excerpted from The ABCs ofSchool Testing (The Joint Committee on TestingPractices, 1993). information may be misunderstood and Some educators object tosharing assessment results because the reported incorrectly by the newsmedia or others.

ILLUSTRATIVE CASES:

Ann Arbor Public Schools, AnnArbor, Michigan

Michigan Educational AssessmentProgram (MEAP1

CONTACTS:

Assessment Training Institute 50 S.W. Second Ave., Suite 300 Portland, OR 97204-2636 503-228-3060 Contact: Rick Stiggins

The Center on Learning, Assessment,and School Structure (CLASS) 648 The Great Road Princeton, NJ 08540 609-252-1211; fax 609-252-1268 Contact: Grant Wiggins E-mail: classnjQaol.com

Center for Research on Evaluation,Standards, and Student Testing (CRESST) UCLA Graduate School of Educationand Information Studies 405 Hilgard Ave., 1320 Moore Hall Los Angeles, CA 90095-1522 310-206-1532; fax 310-825-3883 Contact: Joan Herman (joan2cse.ucla.edu) Gopher: gopher://gopher.cse.ucla.edu WWW: http://www.cse.ucla.edu

Council of Chief State School Officers (CCSSO) One Massachusetts Ave. N.W., Suite 700 Washington, DC 20001-1431 202-408-5505; fax 202-408-8072 Contact: Ed Roeber ([email protected]) or Ramsay Selden(RamsavSa,mail.ccsso.org)

39 J) 10/20/1999 4:04 r al cap tssues.inetnods Reporting Assessment Results iwww.ncrel.org, Ski

Laboratory Network Project North Central Regional Educational Laboratory 1900 Spring Road, Suite 300 Oak Brook, IL 60521-1480 708-571-4700; fax 708-571-4716 Contact: Linda Ann Bond ([email protected]) or Cathy Cook

Laboratory Network Project Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 101 S.W. Main St., Suite 500 Portland, OR 97204 503-275-9500; fax 503-275-9489 Contact: Judy Arter (areterj(&mwrel.org) WWW: http://www.nwrel.org/

Michigan Education Assessment Program (MEAP) Michigan Department of Education 608 W. Allegan Lansing, MI 48909 Phone: 517-373-8393 Fax: 517-335-1186 Contact: Peggy Dutcher, Assessment Consultant ([email protected])

Washtenaw Intermediate School District 1819 S. Wagner Road P.O. Box 1406 Ann Arbor, MI 48106-1406 313-994-8100 Contact: Marge Mastic (ext. 1121) WWW: http://www.mde.state.mi.us/

This Critical Issue summary was researched and written by Edward D. Roeber, directorof assessment, Council of Chief State School Officers.

Date posted: 1995

3 j 40

6 of 6 10/20/1999 4:04 Pi wwwmcrel.orgskrs arca:, IhJUCS 11h:1110,1S tIcal Issue: Integrating Assessment and Instruction inWays That Support Leantim.:

Critical Issue: IntegratingAssessment and Instruction in Ways That Support Learning

Pathways Home Pane I Critical Issuesfor this area

ISSUE: Assessment results have importantimplications for instruction. The primary aim of assessment is to foster learning ofworthwhile academic content for all students (Wolf, Bixby, Glenn, & Gardner, 1991). Schoolcommunities use assessment results in a formative way to determine how well they are meeting instructionalgoals and how to alter curriculum and instruction so that goals can be better met.But unless the content of assessment (what schools assess) and the format of assessment (howschools assess) match what is taught and how it istaught, the results are meaningless, if not potentiallyharmful. The same is true if assessment tools are not of high quality. There's also potential for harm whendecisions affecting students' futures are being made based on results of assessments made with tools that are notappropriate for the purpose.

Charlotte Higuchi, third and fourth grade teacher atFarmdale Elementary School in Los Angeles, California, talks about the connectionbetween assessment and instruction. Excerpted from the videoseries, Schools That Work: TheResearch Advantage, videoconference #4, Alternatives for Measuring Performance (NCREL,1991). [Audio Comment, 135K]

OVERVIEW: Changes in the workplace are likely toaccelerate as we enter the 21st century. The need for schools to keep pace with thesechanges has resulted in a massive curriculum reform movement. School communities are establishing newgoals so that students will learn the skills and competencies needed to succeedin today's workplace; often communities include the skills of reasoning, problem solving,and working collaboratively. To meet these goals, schools are providing students with learning experiences that are moreauthentic. If schools want an accurate appraisal of how well they are helping students achieve goals,they must make changes in assessment that reflect the changes in curriculum and instruction. The connectionbetween curriculum reform and the need for changes in assessment is considered in more detail in thecritical issue "Rethinking Assessment and Its Role in Supporting Educational Reform."

In their attempts to change assessment to matchthe content and format of instruction, some schools are relying more upon what is known as alternative assessment.Performance-based assessment, portfolios, student-designed assessments, etc., are regarded by manyeducators as more reflective of new curricular goals and methods of instruction. Some educators viewalternative assessment as a better way to determine how well students are learning (and how effectiveinstruction is) than traditional forms of assessment like multiple choice tests.

Charlotte Higuchi, third and fourth grade teacher at FarmdaleElementary School in Los Angeles, California, talks about sharing performance based assessmentresults with students and parents. Excerpted from the videoseries, Schools That Work:The Research Advantage, videoconference #4, Alternatives for Measuring Performance (NCREL, 1991).[Slide Show, 423K]

The selection or design of particular forms of assessment depends partly on thespecific purpose for 41 a4-)oq 10:20/1999 4:05 I' 'mica! Issue: Integrating Assessment and Instruction m \Vays That Support Learning http:./ ricrel.org skis. lC.S issucs'ilicl1100S, aSSinclit. I. II:-

assessini.;. Assessment's overall aim is to foster learning of worthwhile academic contentfor all students. and the most direct way that assessment serves this purpose is through its rolein making decisions about curriculum and teaching. But schools have other purposes for assessment results.Often assessment results arc used to assign students to certain groups orstrands, and to determine if they should be promoted or graduated. Results of many assessments arc used to determine student grades and to reportstudent progress to parents, the principal, or other teachers (Crooks, 1988).Results of some assessments may be used to hold schools accountable to the public.

Alternative forms of assessment might best serve some of these purposes while moretraditional forms could still serve others. Regardless of the purpose, however, the form of assessment used mustreflect the content to be mastered and must be of high technical quality. Thequality of information provided by classroom assessments is considered in more detail under the critical issues of"Designing or Selecting Appropriate Assessment Tasks" and "Ensuring the Technical Quality of Alternative Assessments."

The most important factors in determining technical quality are the reliability, validity,and fairness of classroom assessments. If the quality of an assessment is not ensured, grouping practices,and coverage and pacing decisions may be based on invalid estimates of students' capabilities. For example,sometimes grouping decisions reflect or reinforce racial and socioeconomic inequities, or the decisionsmight be based on prior achievement that was artificially low due to pastlimited opportunities to learn. In addition, grouping and pacing decisions based on test results are unfair if all students have not had anequal opportunity to learn.

Poor decision can also be made if attention is not paid to appropriateness of the formof assessment for the intended purpose of the assessment.

GOALS:

Teachers develop classroom assessments that value the ability to apply knowledge byreasoning and solving novel problems as well as the acquisition of knowledge and low-level skills. Teachers better evaluate their own classroom assessment practices and instructional procedures,and how they affect student achievement.

Susan Watson, literature teacher at Verona Area High School in Verona, Wisconsin, talks about the value of informal assessment while working with small groupsof students. Excerpted from the videoseries, Schools That Work: The Research Advantage, videoconference #4, Alternatives for Measuring Perfornzance (NCREL, 1991). [Slide Show, 513K]

Teachers collect valid, reliable data to inform their instructional decisions. Administrators support and work with teachers to strengthen teaching through improved assessment practices. Students are involved in developing scoring criteria, self-evaluation, and goal setting, and view classroom assessment as appropriate reflections of what they are learning. Policymakers understand the impact of their external assessment decisions on classroom instruction.

ACTION OPTIONS: 42

2 of 6 itr20/1999 4:05 l' imp wmerei.orgskrs. CaS INStliS 111i1110,1, aN,111,:11: 11111, ;leaf Issue: Integratim: Assessment and Instruction in\Vays That Suppon Learning.

Grade-level and subject-specificteachers should work together to clarify the learning goals of their instruction and review their assessmentpractices to ensure that they reflect the intended learner outcomes (Fuchs, 1994;Elliott, 1994). Teachers should collectively examinethe grouping and tracking practices in their school to determine whether these practices are appropriate andbased on valid and reliable information. Teachers should discuss with colleaguestheir own informal assessments of individual students so that the knowledge base of all teachersis expanded. Teachers should share effective instructionalpractices and provide the assessment data used to determine the effectiveness of those practices. Teachers should have access to relevant informationabout other performance assessment activities, including on-line resources, among which is theAssessment Resource Library. Administrators should set aside a period for teachers todiscuss their grading practices, educational priorities, and the expected standards ofaccomplishment (Driscoll, 1986). Students should be involved in the developmentof scoring criteria, and should learn to use those criteria for self-evaluation and goal setting. Educators and professional groups should informpolicymakers about the need for external assessments that are closely aligned withthe goals of educational reform.

itIMPLEMENTATION PITFALLS: Alternative formsof assessment require knowledge and opportunity to learn. Providing teachers with time -skills which most teachers have not had the for learning is essential to making changes in assessmentpractices that will support learning. Teachers will also need time to produce and implementthe assessments. And, because integrating instruction and assessment requirescoordination, teachers will need time to work with one another to share ideas and reach consensus.Because it requires adequate time to implement, alternative assessment will not be effective ifit is an added responsibility for teachers. Priorities need tobe rearranged so that teachers canspend less time on some things and more time on assessment.

Charlotte Higuchi, third and fourth grade teacher atFarmdale Elementary School in Los Angeles. California. talks about the complexity ofusing performance based assessments. Excerpted from the videoseries, Schools That Work:The Research Advantage, videoconference #4, Alternatives for Measuring Performance(NCREL, 1991). [Slide Show, 468K]

Teachers will also need to work together to create aschool environment that values good assessment practices. Conflict can result from implementingalternative forms of assessment in a school that is heavily dependent on traditional forms of instruction and assessment.

DIFFERENT POINTS OF VIEW: Some fear that placing too muchemphasis on any form of assessment will result in educators "teaching to the test."In other words, when assessment -results are used to make important decisions, there is a danger thatinstruction will narrowly focus on what is assessed while other important curriculargoals and content are neglected (Romberg, Zarinnia, & Williams, 1989). All assessments include only a sampleof the total content contained within a curriculum. Critics of multiple-choice tests, for example, suggestthat the skills usually assessed by multiple-choice testingthe acquisition of factual information and the simple applicationof that information - became the focus of instruction at the expense of moresubstantial content. Alternative assessment attempts to remedy this situation byensuring that the content of the assessment matches the most important content in the curriculum. Butregardless of how much the content of an assessment is improved, when teachers narrowly focus on what is tested, the assessmentresults will only reveal the students' learning of the test content, not whether they couldperform a related task in a different environment. For example, if instruction is focused on askill that is a test requirementsuch as writing a 43 jf-5 I 0:20/1999 4.05 ritical Issue: Integrating Assessment and Instruction in Ways That Support Learning http oncietsorg SKIN ISNLliN 1110110d:I 4Z,N111,.:111

persuasive essaythe results of the test will reflect only the students' performance on this type of writing, not his/her general writing ability. This limitation is primarily a concern inone-shot, large-scale district or state testing situations where important decisions are based on alimited sample of student performance. In a classroom setting, teachers cancontinually assess student work over a long period without relying on the results of a single assessment.

ILLUSTRATIVE CASES:

The Vermont Portfolio Project

Thinker Tools II Project

The Key School and the Key Renaissance School, Indianapolis, Indiana

Measuring Up: Prototypes for Mathematics Assessment

Performance Assessment Sampler: A Workbook

CONTACTS:

Assessment Training Institute 50 S.W. Second Ave, Suite 300 Portland, OR 97204-2636 503-228-3060 Contact: Rick Stiggins

The Center on Learning, Assessment, and School Structure (CLASS) 648 The Great Road Princeton, NJ 08540 609-252-1211, Fax: 609-252-1268 Contact: Grant Wiggins e-mail: [email protected]

Center for Research on Evaluation, Standards, and Student Testing (CRESST) UCLA Graduate School of Education and Information Studies 405 Hilgard Avenue 1320 Moore Hall Los Angeles, CA 90095-1522 310-206-1532, Fax: 310-825-3883 Contact: Joan Herman e-mail: [email protected] Gopher: gopher://gopher.cse.ucla.edu WWW: http://www.cse.ucla.edu

EXEMPLARS A Teacher's Solution 44

4 of r, 10%20/1999 4:05 P http:m.vwm...ncrel.ore skrs UFCZ1S ISSUCS metnoos.assmcnt.assultimni, ::cal Issue:hut:crating Assessment andInstruction in Ways That Support Learning

RR1 Box 7390 Underhill, VT 05489 800-450-4050

Laboratory Network Project North Central Regional EducationalLaboratory 1900 Spring Road, Suite 300 Oak Brook, IL 60521-1480 708-571-4700, Fax 708-571-4716 Contact: Linda Ann Bond (e-mail:lindaabondaol.com) or Cathy Cook

Laboratory Network Project Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 101 S.W. Main Street, Suite 500 Portland, OR 97204 503-275-9500, Fax: 503-275-9489 Contact: Judy Arter E-mail: jarternwrel.org WWW: http: / /www.nwrel.org/

Michigan Education Assessment Program(MEAP) Michigan Department of Education 608 W. Allegan Lansing, MI 48909 Phone: 517-373-8393 Fax: 517-335-1186 Contact: Peggy Dutcher, AssessmentConsultant ([email protected])

National Council of Teachers of English 1111 Kenyon Road Urbana, IL 61801-1096 217-328-3870, Fax: 217-328-0977 e-mail: [email protected] www: http://www.ncte.org Contact: John Chero

National Council of Teachers of Mathematics 1906 Association Drive Reston, VA 22091-1593 703-620-9840, Fax: 703-476-2970

Washtenaw Intermediate School District 1819 S. Wagner Road Ann Arbor, MI 48106 313-994-8100 Contact: Marge Maskic (ext. 1121)

45 3

10:20/1999 4:05 l' ntical Issue: Integral= Assessment and Instruction m Ways I hat Support Learnm:, nitp. .110 CI.01:t1 NNIN alida issucN

This Critical Issue Summary was researched and written by Andrew Porter, director,Wisconsin Center for Education Research.

Date posted: 1995

46

6 of 6 10'20/1999 4:05 I' sessing Young Children's Progress Appropriately littp://www.ncretorg',skrsiareas!issuesistudents. car' ild ,:a.:10().111111

Critical Issue: Assessing Young Children's Progress Appropriately

Pathways Home Pace I Critical Issues for this area

ISSUE: School improvement emphasizes enhanced achievement for all children, but determining young children's achievement demands specialconsideration. Assessment of the progress and attainments of young children, 3 to 8 years of age, requires understanding that they grow and change rapidly, particularly in their social and emotional development; that they can be easily distracted by assessment procedures; and that they have little or no personal interest in being assessed. Given these characteristics, how can educators determine what the youngest children know and can do, and how can they use that information to carry out the aims of early childhood programs?

OVERVIEW: In recent years, teachers and administrators have recognized the problems unique to assessing young children. These problems arise from acombination of the developmental characteristics of 3- to 8-year-olds and the kind of curriculum that is appropriate in early childhood programs.Assessment processes traditionally accepted for older children are notdevelopmentally appropriate assessment, nor are they sufficiently informative for assessing young children.

Abuses and misuses of tests for assessing young children have been documented (Meisels, 1987, 1989, 1993; Shepard, 1991, 1994). Excessive use of standardized tests is especially inappropriate (National Association for the Education of Young Children, 1987). Standardized achievement tests alone cannot fulfill the major purposes of assessment in programs for young children. Those purposes are: instructional planning and communicating with parents, identification of children with special needs, and program evaluation and accountability (Hills, 1992).

Concern about the role of assessment in improving early childhood education is part of the widespread conviction that much of standardized testing has served public elementary and secondary education poorly. In too many cases, narrowly conceived, multiple-choice or short-answer tests have overemphasized low-level reading, writing, and math skills isolated from a context of meaning. They have neglected the kinds of critical thinking and problem solving required for successful functioning currently and in the future. (See the Critical Issue: "Rethinking Assessment and Its Role in Supporting Educational Reform.")

Charlotte Higuchi, a third-grade teacher at Farmdale Elementary School in Los Angeles, 47

10120/1999 4:07 IP 0.111 i.0111).ill" \sscssuig Young Children's Progress Appropriately hop \%.11CFCLOrgskrs.aica

California, talks about the differences between standardized tests and developmentallyappropriate assessment. [236k audio file] Excerpted from the video seriesSchools That Work: The Research Advantage, vidcoconference #4, Alternatives for Measuring Assessment(North Central Regional Educational Laboratory, 1992).

Influential professional associations such as the National Association for theEducation of Young Children and the National Association of Early Childhood Specialists in StateDepartments of Education have issued position statements on assessment as an integral part of curriculumand instruction. These position statements offer guidance to school personnel who seek to improveschool programs for the youngest students. Young children's thinking and learning are not compartmentalizedinto content areas, and their accomplishments in new learning are supported by their prior experiences andunderstandings. The way they learn, therefore, requires an integrated curriculum. The curriculum, in turn,requires that assessment procedures frequently sample a broad range of their performance in manylearning contexts.

GOALS:

Schools will integrate curriculum and assessment in educational programsfor young children.

Schools will adopt assessment practices that are developmentally appropriatefor young children.

The assessment procedures will fulfill all the major purposes of assessmentin early childhood programs.

Teachers will communicate to parents clear and full information about theirchildren's progress.

Anne Norford, principal of Brownsville Elementary School in Crozet,Virginia, talks about approaches to communicating with parents about their children's performance-based assessment. [416k audio file] Excerpted from a videotaped interviewwith Anne Norford (North Central Regional Educational Laboratory, 1992).

School personnel will use assessment practices to benefit children through more individually appropriate instruction and/or special interventions to help them succeed.

ACTION OPTIONS:

Engage teachers and administrators in determining what necessary assessment information(with regard to instructional planning and communicating with parents, identifying children whoneed supplements or alternatives to the program planned for typical children, and determining theworth of the program) is and is not available through their current assessment procedures.

Evaluate current and proposed assessment programs in terms of criteria for quality and fairness.

Eliminate routine use of standardized tests for all young children. 48

2 of 5 341 10/20/1999 4:07 P http://www.ncrel.org, shrs, areas. issues;students.carlycld. ca)tio.illi sessing Young Children's Procress Appropriately

Eliminate policies that assign children to extra-year programs onthe basis of standardized test scores.

Make teachers the primary assessors forthe children they teach since it is they who will use assessment information to designinstruction.

Include in teacher evaluation and individual professionaldevelopment plans, teachers' acquisition and use of the skills and knowledge to carry outdevelopmentally appropriate assessment and a repertory of strategies for collecting,recording, and interpreting assessment information, including portfolios.

Conduct a program evaluation to evaluate all componentsof the program, not just children's achievement.

Provide basic information about assessment of young children toadministrators so that they can fulfill their administrative responsibilities for assessment.

Provide information about the rationale andimplementation of the assessment program to those who have a stake in the assessment of young children, including parents,teachers, and children themselves.

IMPLEMENTATION PITFALLS: The differing beliefs and expectationsabout assessment among teachers, administrators,school board members, parents, and the community may makeit difficult to elicit acceptance of developmentallyappropriate assessment approaches.

Most teachers in early childhood classrooms lacksystematic training in the new conceptions of assessment. They will need professional development opportunities tolearn the new skills and knowledge, and they will need supervisory and administrative support as they attempt toimplement alternative assessment. Administrative support will be essential if school board membersand parents are to accept a new approach to assessment.

The assessment program adopted for early childhood programsshould be based upon appropriate expectations for the learning and development of children inpreschool, kindergarten, and primary years. Like curriculum standards, assessment standards should be articulatedwith programs that follow kindergarten (including any end-of-primary benchmarks) so that theentire elementary school experience is planned as a coherent whole. If not, markedly different expectations atthe higher grade levels may predispose the preschool-through-primary program to perceivedfailure. Such a perception ultimately can result in a downward articulation of end-of-primary expectations tosecond grade and below.

Reform and improvement of assessment programs requires time and effort. There arelikely to be some problems along the way, with consequent need to alter some of the originalplans or work harder on implementation. If teachers, administrators, school board members, and parents except toomuch too soon, the reform and improvement movement may be abandoned prematurely as afailure in favor of a return to over-reliance on traditional formal testing, with the potential problems already cited.

DIFFERENT POINTS OF VIEW: Many people believe that formal testing is anabsolute 49 1,2 I 0'20/1999 4.07 Assessing Young Children's Progress Appropriately Intri,%vwv...iicrel.org,skrsareas issues. students ealiyild

requirement for meaningful assessment of students. They believe that only scores on standardized tests can determine whether and how much students have learned and whether school programs arc accountable. Those who emphasize the importance of standardized achievement tests may doubt teachers' abilities to be objective, and they place high value on comparisons of their particular students' achievement with the achievement of those in other schools or preVious years.

Some teachers feel pressure from administrators or teachers of higher grades to give young children experience with standardized testing. Even if they have concerns about such tests, these teachers may fCel an obligation to administer them.

School board members, elected officials, and high-level administrators must confront issues of accountability: Are school programs accomplishing their mission, and do they justify the public expenditures that support them? They may rely almost entirely on standardized testing programs to answer these questions, believing that the tests are objective and stringent and thus can lead to accurate inferences about student achievement.

Some teachers are concerned about alternative, performance-based assessment systems that require observation, recording, and narrative reports of children's progress. They may believe that their workload is already too great without additional assessment tasks. Even though the majority of teachers of young children distrust standardized tests for assessing achievement, they may be apprehensive about undertaking a new approach that demands new skills, new knowledge, and possibly more time.

Many parents have faith in standardized testing, which has been greatly emphasized by the media, elected officials, and public school educators during the last 15 or 20 years. Parents may object to changes in the ways teachers report to parents about children's performance, such as narrative reports orchecklists instead of traditional letter grades. They may fear that alternative, performance-based assessment and narrative reports, instead of traditional report cards, signify lower standards.

ILLUSTRATIVE CASES:

Portofolio assessment of South Brunswick Public Schools, South Brunswick, New Jersey

Assessment at Valeska Hinton Early Childhood Education Center. Peoria, Illinois

The Primary Program: Growing and Learning in the Heartland

Project Construct, an early childhood program of integrated curriculum and assessment, developed by the Missouri Department of Elementary and Secondary Education

CONTACTS:

Nebraska Department of Education Office of Early Childhood Care and Education P.O. Box 94987 Lincoln, NE 68509-4987 3 LI 50

4 of 5 I W20/1999 4:07 P littp:// wwv. rierel.ore skrs. areas, ISSlieS. t2:11' I \ II 1.1 zssing Yonne Children's Progress Appropriately

(402) 471-6518; fax (402) 471-0117 Contact: Harriet Egerston,Administrator E-mail: [email protected]

Project Construct NationalCenter University of Missouri-Columbia 27 South 10th St., Suite 202 Columbia, MO 65211 (800) 335-PCNC or (573) 882-1610;fax (573) 884-5580 Contact: Sharon Shattgen, Director, orNancy Zguta, Assistant Director E-mail: [email protected] WWVV: http://www.projectconstruct.org/

South Brunswick Board of Education #4 Executive Drive P.O. Box 181, Monmouth Junction South Brunswick, NJ 08852 (908) 297-7800; fax (908) 422-8054 Contact: Andrea Orlando, StaffDeveloper E-mail: ABarrin216aol.com

Valeska Hinton Early ChildhoodCenter 800 W. 5th Street Peoria, IL 61605 (309) 672-6810 E-mail: [email protected]

The Work Sampling System AssessmentProjects 3210 School of Education University of Michigan 610 University Ann Arbor, MI 48109 (313)763-7306; fax (313)747-1082 Contact: Samuel J. Meisels, Professor E-mail: [email protected]

References

This Critical Issue was researched andwritten by Tynette W. Hills, an educationalconsultant based in Durham, North Carolina.

Date posted: 1997 Revised: 1999

10/20/1999 4:07 P! Outcome Data

Describes how a student or group of students is doing at a particular point in time. Communicates the degree to which a student or group of students has acquired specified knowledge, skills, and attitudes.

Is measurable and quantifiable.

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network 53 345 0 Demographic Data

Helps the staff understand its students and their unique needs.

Provides vital statistics regarding the students, their families, and the community. Identifies factors that must be considered in the staff's decision-making process.

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network 54 346 Process Data

Includes information related to the school's efforts to promote a high level of student achievement.

Refers to variables over which the school has some degreeof control.

+Helps the staff make effective decisions about curriculum, instruction, and assessment.

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Rending Success Network 55 34 7 Outcome Data

Demographic Data Outcome Data Achievement Data teacher-made tests standardized tests minimum proficiency tests departmental exams report card analysis progress report analysis exhibitions projects portfolios audiovisual productions performance assessments honors class enrollment advanced placement tests scholastic awards completion of University of California A-F requirements Completion Rates graduation rate promotion rate :dropout rate retention rate Comparative Data matched scores : among subgroups to external standards to external groups Post Enrollment, K-8 attendance and performance in subsequent gi-ade levels Post Enrollment, Secondary admission to and performance in post-secondary education completion of post-secondary education admission-to and performance in the armed forces entrance in and performance in theworkforce Supplemental Data discipline referrals suspensions extracurricular activities expulsions

Developed by the Southern California Con0Aensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network 349 Demographic Data 1 (student) fl Enrollment ethnicity language proficiency primary language gender grade level categorical programs special programs

Attendance daily rate of attendance tardiness rate .1 truancy rate mobility rate reasons for absences by teacher by period I .11 by subject matter

Language Proficiency language proficiency level redesignation rate Socioeconomic Status I free/reduced lunch status AFDC status . 4, social service support parent education level I community employment figures household income .4. caretaker employment I

1

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center I Reading Success Network 58 Demographic Data (family)

status of primary caretaker size of family 41.*. family primary language number of siblings .. nature and frequency ofadult participation in school events . nature and frequency ofadult support at home Demographic Data (community and business)

number of community and/or business organizationsthat provide support .11.* nature and frequency of communityand/or business organizations' support nature and frequency of volunteerservices

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network Process Data

Curriculum alignment with content standards, frameworks, reform documents,and other comparative documents dependency on textbooks consistency across similar grade levels,courses, and subject matter amount of time allotted to specified content alignment with content of external assessments Instruction . evidence of sound instructional strategies . consistency across similar grade levels, courses, and subjectmatter amount of time allotted to specified instructional practices Assessment . nature of classroom assessment . frequency of classroom assessment . amount of time allotted to assessment alignment with external assessments consistency across similar grade levels, courses, and subject matter Resources (text books, supplemental books, technology, manipulatives, materials, equipment, supplies, and other instructional items)

11.* quantity quality . accessibility appropriateness

Developed try the Southern CalOrnia Comprehensive Assistance Center 60 Process Data

Staff . number (certificated/classified) variety of positions . preservice training years of teaching major/minor areas of study specialized training . certifications/credentials gender years of service at school ethnicity experience outside of education age

Expectations level of expectation communication to others : application to all students consistency among staff

Professional Development number of staff who participate follow-up support relationship to long-range plans subjects addressed number of sessions attended nature of training process for selection training relationship to needs level of implementation quality of training

School Organization organization of the school day use of facilities time allotted to specific subjects class size organization of the staff support services accommodation to teacher collaboration decision making process

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network 61 333 Process Data

Parent Education and Involvement number and nature of parent education opportunities :attendance for parent education opportunities :evaluation of parent education opportunities number and nature of parent involvement opportunities parent satisfaction with parent involvement opportunities

Communication with Parents, Community, and Business nature and frequency of written and oral communication availability of communication in parent's primary language effectiveness of communication

Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive Assistance Center Reading Success Network 62 354 I What Should We Know About This AssessmentTool?

Before we come to any conclusions ormake any decisions based upon an assessmenttool, we should ask ourselves:

I. What is the purpose of this assessmenttool and how will it help us improve instruction? 111 I2 What are the strengths or benefitsof this assessment tool? 3. What are the weaknesses or limitationsof this assessment tool?

4. What variables other than the student'sknowledge and skills may have affected his/herperformance?

S. What variables other than the student'sknowledge and skills may have affected our perceptionof the student's performance?

6. What will we do differently the next time we usethis assessment tool? I I Developed by the Southern California Comprehensive. Assistance Center Reading Success Network 63 3.35 Large-Scale Data Samples

35G The following sample data are from a low-scoring, high-poverty school inWyoming. There are data from two assessments on both a third-grade and a sixth-grade class.The first page in both is the Stanford Achievement Test, Ed. 8, given in the spring, which gives a percentile scorefor both reading and math. The other two pages are a level test, also given in the spring, which reports a RIT scoreand a percentile and also breaks up student performance by specific skill areas.

Northwest Regional 67 Educational Laboratory ROSTER OF TEST RESULTS Stanford Achievement Test: 8th Ed, 1991 Norms Stanford Achievement Tests: 8th Edition. Copyright ©1989, 1990 by Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc. Reproduced by permission. All rights reserved.

FORM: J PAGE

TEACHER : **************** LEVEL : P3A 1

SCHOOL : GRADE :3 SPR

DISTRICT : TEST DATE 03/30/98 FILENAME : RSSAT Entire 3rd grade RUN DATE 05/01/98

READMATH COMP APPL BIRTHDATE 1 PR M 15 5 09/06/88 2 PR M 4 37 11/12/88 3 PR M 50 40 04/01/89 4 PR F 13 69 12/11/88 5 PR M 34 62 10/17/88 6 PR F 24 54 09/05/88 7 PR M 39 51 10/19/88 8 PR F 2 16 05/09/89 9 PR M 70 81 11/27/88 10 PR M 65 44 10/29/88 11 PR F 34 31 07/14/88 12 PR M 3 3 10/19/88 13 PR M 6 3 10/19/88 14 PR F 10 21 06/28/89 15 PR F 13 1 02/18/89 16 PR M 4 3 01/04/89 17 PR F 18 40 01/11/89 18 PR M 53 92 05/24/89 19 PR F 10 13 03/29/89

Third Grade

e:\nwrac\amci stuff\stanford test results.doc 68 383 Achievement Level Test Results Class Report Class : 0018 Page: 2 Spring 1998 I Reading Test Score PCTL Goal 4Iv ,.umber Name Grade FormRIT Range PCTL Range Performance 520219074 3 303'3173 172-175 S. M 8-10 Lo Lo Lo Lo 2 520213489 3 304 187 185-188 1_Dt4 22-27 Av Lo Lo Lo 520230470 3 303 196 194-198 44 rn 39-49 Av Av Av Av 520214673 3 333'3184 182-185 C:23 )F 18-22 Lo Lo Lo Av 20210807 3 305.3197 195-199 47 fn 42-52 Av Av Av Av 520292714 3 304 191 190-193 33F 31-37 Av Lo Lo Lo 1 520294636 3 304'4193 192-195 37 M 35-42 Av Av Lo Av 1520255497 3 301 176 174-178 0)F 10-13 Lo Lo Lo Lo 520293724 3 306 209 207-210 79 M 74-81 Hi Hi Hi Av 520293744 3 304 193 192-195 37 M 35-42 Lo Lo Av Av 520274330 3 304'4200 198-202 55 F 49-60 Av Hi Av Lo 520213126 3 301'3156 155-158 La Lo Lo Lo 520219347 3 301 test too difficult 520238760 3 302'3179 177-181 4 F 12-16 Lo Lo Lo Lo 0-520217266 3 304 191 190-193 33 F 31-37 Lo Lo Av Av /4 520215977 3 322'3179 178-180 M 13-15 Av Lo Lo Lo 1521693939 3 304"3189 187-191 29 F 25-33 Av Lo Lo Lo 520232317 3 305 201 199-202 5714 52-60 Hi Av Av Av 520230573 3 303 192 190-194 35F 31-39 Lo Av Av Hi

Number of Students Marked to 8 11 10 9 Number of Students Marked 'Av' 8 5 7 8 Number of Students Marked 'Hi' 2 2 1 1 Class Average 188 190186 188 188 Standard Deviation 11.92 11.8712.6912.8716 43 WORD KNOW. LITERAL COMP INTERP.COMP EVAL. COMP

Report Date : 6/1/98 Goal Scores: Hi = Percentile scores > 66 Av = Percentile scores between 66 and 33 Lo = Percentile scores < 33 SC (Special Code) : 2 = ESL Exempt 4 = Sp.Ed. Exempt 5 = Sp. Ed. Modify Note: Since all test scores have some expected error, we suggest the use of score ranges for 6 = Other 7 = Invalid making your educational decisions. Toward this end, we provide theSCORE RANGEand PCTL 8 = Out of Level RANGE.above: SCORE RANGEis a range of scores around the student's observed score. If a student were given another level test, his/her score would be within this range most of the time. Based.on the test results, students whose score ranges overlap greatly are performing at about the same level.

PCTL RANGEshows the same information as the score range, but in percentile form, for those who are more comfortable using percentile rankings.

BEST COPY AVAILABLE3rd 6;119 69 Achievement Level Test Results

Class Report Class : 0018 Page: 2 Spring 1998 Mathematics

Test Score PCTL Goal ID Number Name Grade Form RIT Range PCTL Range Performance I520219074 3 302-3 too many omits on test 4520213489 3 305 201 199-202 59 M 53-62 Hi Av Av Av Av Av 3520230470 3 304 202 201-204 62.M 59-68 Hi Hi Av Lo Av Hi /520214673 3 322-3 130 189-191 27 F 25-30 Lo Lo Lo Hi Lo Av <520210807 3 302-3 (R- 191-194 32 }4, 30-38 Lo Hi Lo Lo Lo Av f,520292714 3 303 199 198-201 53 F 50-59 Lo Hi Av Av Lo Av -7 520294636 3 302'4 185 183-186 17 Ni 14-19 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Av 520255497 3 301 192 190-195 32r27-41 Lo Lo Av Lo Lo Av 520293724 3 305 206 204-207 74 M 68-77 Hi Av Av Hi .Av Hi 520293744 3 304 197 195-198 47 M 41-50 Av Av Lo Hi Lo Hi I 520274330 3 304'4 200 199-202 56l53-62 Lo Hi Av Hi Lo Hi a.520213126 3 301'3 173 172-175 5 m 4-6 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo 5 520219347 3 302 171 170-173 4 M 3-5 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo y520238760 3 303'3 185 184-187 17F 16-21 Lo Lo Av Lo Av Lo r520217266 3 301 188 186-190 23F 19-27 Lo Av Lo Lo Lo Av 520215977 3 302*3 189 188-191 25 M 23-30 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo .Lo 521693939 3 304'1 197 195-198 47 r 41-50 Av Lo Lo Hi Av Av r520232317 3 304 205 203-206 711.4 65-74 Av Hi Av Hi Hi Hi 1 520230573 3 302LP113- 187-190 23f 21-27 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Av

Number of Students Marked to' 12 9 10 10 12 4 0 0 Number of Students Marked 'Av' 3 4 8 2 5 9 0 0 Number of Students Marked 'Hi' 3 5 0 6 1 5 0 0 Class Average 192 189 191 190 194 19 1970 0 Standard Deviation 9.58 13.0014.849.1613.5812 26 10.140.000.00 PROBLEMSOLV NUMBERCONC COMPUTATION --- GEO/MEASURE STATS/PROB PATT/FUN/ALG ALGEBRA Report Date : 6/1/98 GEOMETRY Goal Scores: Hi = Percentile scores > 66 Av = Percentile scores between 66 and 33 Lo = Percentile scores < 33

SC (Special Code) : 2 = ESL Exempt 4 = Sp.Ed. Exempt 5 = Sp. Ed. Modify 6 = Other Note: Since all test scores have some expected error, we suggest the use of score ranges for 7 = Invalid making your educational decisions. Toward this end, we provide the SCORE RANGE and PCTL 8 = Out of Level RANGE. above:

SCORE RANGE is a range of scores around the student's observed score.If a student were given another level test, his/her score would be within this range most of the time. Based on the test results, students whose score ranges overlap greatly are performing at about the same level. PCTL RANGE shows the same information as the score range, but in percentile form, for those who are more comfortable using percentile rankings.

3rd Grade 3.6 0 BEST COPYAVAILABLE 70 ROSTER OF TEST RESULTS Stanford Achievement Test: 8th Ed, 1991 Norms Stanford Achievement Tests: 8th Edition. Copyright ©1989, 1990 by Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc. Reproduced by permission. All rights reserved.

FORM: J PAGE **************** TEACHER : LEVEL : 13 1 SCHOOL GRADE :6 SPR DISTRICT : TEST DATE 03/30/98 FILENAME : RSSAT Entire 6th grade RUN DATE 05/01/98

READMATH COMP APPL BIRTHDATE 1 PR F 68 77 06/27/86 2 PR F 65 66 02/25/86 3 PR F 85 97 09/18/85 4 PR F 43 66 12/15/85 5 PR F 65 42 01/23/86 6 PR F 27 10 03/28/86 7 PR F 27 30 04/03/86 8 PR F 43 23 12/18/85 9 PR M 1 1 08/29/86 10 PR M 74 77 10/22/85 11 PR M 35 93 03/04/86 12 PR M 85 93 01/04/86 13 PR M 31 42 07/25/86 14 PR M 71 93 03/31/86 15 PR M 74 83 09/10/85 16 PR M 93 70 05/23/86 17 PR M 38 98 08/13/86

Sixth Grade

BEST COPY AVAILABLE 361

71 Achievement Level Test Results Class Report Class : 0022 Page: 4 Spring 1998 Reading Test Score PCTL Goal ID Number Name Grade FormRIT Range PCTL Range Performance 520087039 6 306 221 219-223 64r58-70 Hi Av Hi Av 520251393 6 307'4221 220-223 64 t-461-70 Hi Av Hi Av 520064370 6 388'3231 230-232 90 e 88-91 Hi Hi Hi Hi 529553292 6 307'4228 227-230 84 F 82-88 Hi Hi Hi Hi 520216118 6 306'3212 210-214 38t4 33-43 Lo Av Av Av 520080251 6 3063206 204-207 24 V' 21-26 Lo Lo Lo Lo 141000115 6 306'3212 210-214 38l 33-43 Lo Av Lo Av 520295733 6 306 210 208-212 33 r- 28-38 Av Av Av Lo 550999871 6. 303 181 180-183 2 5 2-3 Lo Lo Lo Lo 520081752 6 388'4221 220-222 64 r 61-68 Av Av Hi Av 520237426 6 306 219 217-220 58 M 52-61 Av Av Av Av 520066415 6 307'4226 224-228 79 M 73-84 Hi Hi Hi Av 156000145 6 3073215 213-216 46M 40-49 Av Av Av Av 520080925 6 308 236 235-238 96 V 95-97 Hi Hi Hi Hi 520080143 6 307 224 222-225 73 68-76 Hi Av Av Hi 28880121 6 307 223 221-224 70 F 64-73 Hi Av Hi Hi 520195856 6 307 217 215-219 52Fr46-58 Hi Av Av Av

Number of Students Marked 'Lo' 4 2 3 3 Number of Students Marked 'Av' 4 11 6 9 Number of Students Marked 'Hi' 9. 4 8 5 Class Average 217 217216 219217 Standard Deviation 11.89 10.5614.7514 2811 40 WORD KNOW. LITERAL COMP INTERP.COMP EVAL. COMP

Report Date : 6/1/98 Goal Scores: Hi = Percentile scores > 66 Av = Percentile scores between 66 and 33 Lo = Percentile scores < 33

SC (Special Code) : 2 = ESL Exempt 4 = Sp.Ed. Exempt 5 = Sp. Ed. Modify Note: Since all test scores have some expected error, we suggest the use of score ranges for 6 = Other making your educational decisions. Toward this end, we provide the SCORE RANGE and PCTL 7 = Invalid 8 = Out of Level RANGE. above: SCORE RANGE is a range of scores around the student's observed score. If a student were given another level test, his/her score would be within this range most of the time. Based on the test results, students whose score ranges overlap greatly are performing at about the same level. PCTL RANGE shows the same information as the score range, but in percentile form, for those who are more comfortable using percentile rankings.

6th Grade 362 72 Achievement Level Test Results

Class Report Class : 0022 oPage: 4 Spring 1998 111 Mathematics

Test Score PCTL Goal i1umber Name Grade FormRIT Range PCTL Range Performance 520087039 6 605 220 218-221 54 ¶ 49-57 Av Av Av Av Av Av - 251393 6 606'4226 224-227 69 tA 64-71 Hi Av Hi Hi Av Av - 11:.064370 6 608'3240 239-242 92 c91-93 Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi - 553292 6. 605'4222 220-223 591: 54-61 Av Av Hi Lo Av Av - 0216118 6 606'3221 220-223 57 r4i 54-61 Hi Av Av Av Av Hi - Z20080251 6 604'3201 200-203 13 P 12-16 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo - 6 604'3203 201-204 16 P 13-18 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo 295733 6 604 205 203-206 19 5 16-22 Lo Lo Av Lo Lo Lo - 871 6 602 187 185-188 3 p 2-3 Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo Lo - 520081752 6 606'4234 232-235 84 P 81-86 Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi - 0237426 6 607 229 227-230 7514 71-77 Av Hi Hi Hi Hi Av - 111 4 . 15 6 606'4230 229-232 771.1 75-81 Av Hi Hi Av Hi Av - . I145 6 606'3218 216-219 49 e4 45-52 Lo Av Av Av Av Av - I 25 6 606 228 227-230 73P 71-77 Hi Hi Hi Av Av Av - Z20080143 6 606 219 217-220 52r 47-54 Hi Lo Av Av Av Lo - 121 6 605 219 217-220 52 F 47-54 Hi Lo Hi Av Av Av - 195856 6 607 229 228-231 75F 73-79 Av Hi Hi Hi Av Hi -

Number of Students Marked 'Lo' 5 6 3 5 4 5 0 0 Number of Students Marked 'Av' 5 5 5 7 9 8 0 0 Number of Students Marked 'Hi' 7 6 9 5 4 4 0 0 Class Average 219 221 216223219219 2160 0 Standard Deviation 13.12 16.0018.4115.9913.27120411.670.000.00 PROBLEMSOLV NUMBERCONC COMPUTATION GEO/MEASURE STATS/PROB PATT/FUN/ALG ALGEBRA Report Date : 6/1/98 GEOMETRY Goal Scores: Hi = Percentile scores > 66 Av = Percentile scores between 66 and 33 Lo = Percentile scores < 33

SC (Special Code) : 2 = ESL Exempt 4 = Sp.Ed. Exempt 5 = Sp. Ed. Modify Note: Since all test scores have some expected error, we suggest the use of score ranges for 6 = Other 7. = Invalid making your educational decisions. Toward this end, we provide theSCORE RANGEand PCTL 8 = Out of Level RANGE.above: SCORE RANGEis a range of scores around the student's observed score. If a student were given another level test, his/her score would be within this range most of the time. Based on the test results, students whose score ranges overlap greatly are performing at about the same level. PCTLRANGEshows the same information as the score range, but in percentile form, for those who are more comfortable using percentile rankings.

6th Grade BEST COPY AVAILABLE 73 3.33 Cds Code : 22-129-210 Preliminary Math 1999Problem-Solving Ore Class - .-ReportRoster Date : 14-Mar-99 . SchoolDistrict : : Composite Conceptual Process and Teacher . Grade : 05 Period: Special 1 Student Name Gender StatePerformance Standard on Score Accuracy 1 1 Understanding 1 Strategies '2 1 Communication 2 3 VerificationNE NE Codes ADBA MF D 2113 I 5 1 243 43 43 43 43 4 NENE NENE 5 CABR FM MD 213418 25 1 2 1 33 32 33 32 23 33 NE NE DODI F MD 33 5 1 5 43 43 34 43 3 4 NE NE GIED F D 2115 .1 5 51I 42 42 42 42 42 43 NE NENE I GRGO FF CM 313413 4I 4I 24 42 3 1 24 24 24 NENE NE 5 JEJA M F MD 3418 51 5 I 43 42 43 42 43 3 4 NE NE KNMOMI FM MM 3834 55 5 44 45 4 445 35 45 NE 2 1 NE 2 1 PESERO MF M 3733 5 5 54 44 54 4 53 4 NE NE WI.WESM MF M 3234 55 55 44 4 434 44 34 44 NENE NE BEST COPY AVAILABLE 364 Meet Standard 36 SpecialPerformance Codes: on BL State = Blank Standard Codes: E = OT = Off Task Exceeds Standard; M = Meets Standard; C = 32 ExemptedModified1 Absent - -LEP. LEP Conditionally Meets Standard; D = Does Not Yet 7 Other8 Withdrawn from the school NE = No Evidence: The paper did not contain enough Accuracy:information for the rater to provide a score. I = Not Correct ais gm- MISC = Miscellaneousras (Illegible, or not able to be scored) 54 ExemptedModified6 Home-Schooled/Not - Special- Special Education Education Enrolled 42 = CorrectEssentially but Correctnot= supported Precisely Correct 111 Up 1111 1111 1111 1111 OREGON4111 1111 . ONE POIN- 1111 1111 TIME 0111 1111 1111 DATE:Spring 1111 1111 1111 0G CLASS:GradeSCHOOL: 5 Oregon Oregon Overall' CALC /EST MEASURMT STAT/PRB ALG RELA GEOMETRY GOAIMPOlir SUBJECT:MathematicsORDER:By Name 1999 BaAd Name Grd Correct5 Score Score 25*6027* 199217200 .491132', %tile 44 .6. 5. MeetsBelowBe:TOWScore .Below :-BelowBelow Below .Below-SeloWMeets 'Meets.BelowBelow ,BelOW Below.Exceeds CaBr ILL 5 418060 208227206 47;415839 ::;16,. 207716 MeetsBelow MeetsBelow Meets:MeetsBelow :: .1Meets .- MeetsBelowExceeds MeetsBelow BelowExceeds 55 8858 223215 55 ''63: 61:: Meets *$.xceeds.MeetMeets:: M060 >: .Meets. 'Meet's: t.ieetS1- '±Below. 'meets MeetsBelow Di 5 56703873 215211206223 47433955 3.82716 MeetsMeetsBelow BelowBelow MeetsBelow MeetsBelowExceeds . Below:Meets Below MeetsBelowExceeds GoEtDo 5 28*6058 202217201216. ::49.34.: .4835 .: -41 44 .8. 9 MeetsMeets-BelowBelow- BelOW::Meets-.MeetsBelow 'Below -MeetsBelowBelOw. -BeIow,BOIOW MeetsBelow .Meets Below :Below13eloWBelow Gr 5.5 357173 205223212 385544 14.6330 MeetsBelow -Below: Below BelowMeetsExceeds ,.E100w.MeetsBelowMeets ,tiolciv, BelowMeets .a.elpw,MeetsBelowBelow u,-.1 JeJa; 55 Absent 453551 2122-05199 384432'. -14. 30 5- :BelowP0)4t,Below .Below'Below Below.Below MeetsBelow :BeloW Below Below Kn 5'55 478573 20.9220.211223 ':43:-.52 :27 55 --54 63 Hs.elbw..13e.lOWIvieetS.,Meets 'A3eloW-Meets..piieetSMeets .meets..BelowMeets :.. ..:Meets:-.,1100.-:Pe1,QWMeeMeets s: BxceedsMeets.Meets ::aeI0W...Meets Exceeds 55. 97806142 248228217 78t.594942 22-997944 MeetsExceeds ,ExceedsMeetsExceeds BelowExceeds.Meets MeetsExceeds xceedsBelowMeetsBelow _ExceedsMeets MoMi. 5 68378251 206229212 42396044 22168210 MeetsBelowBelow. 'Meets.BelowExceeds MeetsMeetsBelowBelOW.' MeetsBelowBeloW'' .BelOWBelowExceeds ''Meets MeetsBelow Pe 5 Exempted - 4458Students 209205 .4222:- '13e115W.38 14 with pisabilitAe.s. Below -:3-010-.W Below Below .:13010W-Meets -13e..104, Below -'.130'ow Below 5 57. 215. Below :B.I0A4g: AMeets--.:-.Meets. . .:BelOw'meets: .'meetS Ro 5 30*553850 214195212192 :4738Meet.S25462844 :30 35 21 -BelOW, Below BelowBelowMeetsBelow ' BelowBeloW MeetsBelow BelowMeets MeetsBelow The StateMeetsGrade lqi 2 :d applies only to the Overall Score. The information202 provided3 for Goal Performance 209 4 215 5 221 6 226 7 231 8 236 239 10 ided to show areas of individual strength or weakness. BEST COPY AVAILABLE PRINTEg:n -1999 OREGON' ONE POIN; TIME GOAL REPORT DATE:Spring 1999 CLASS:GradeSCHOOL:NORM 5 PCT GROUP: Oregon RIT POP Oregon Overall' CALC/EST MEASURMT STAT/PRB ALG RELA GEOMETRY SUBJECT:MathematicsORDER:By Name Name Grd Correct5 Score Score 78 227 43.58 %tile 77 ::'Meets. Score Exceeds MeetS : Below.Meets. Meets Meets Sm 5 47495063 201211207 344340 2718 8 Below BelowMeetsBelOw :BelowMeetsBelow BeloWBelow MeetsBelowBeloW BelowBelow 5 457592 199213238 52324569+ 543296 5 BelowExceeds MeetSBelowExceeds MeetsBelowExceeds MeetsBelow MeetsBelowExceeds ExceedsBelow 5 NotAbsent Tested4785 211220 43 27 MeetsBelow Below Below Below Below Below AVERAGESWiWe 5 576583 208212.7215218 4145.04750 382047 MeetsBelow MeetSBelow 212.8 Below.BelowExceedS 214.1 .MeetsMeetsBelow. 213.3 BeloWExceeds 212.1 MeetsBelow 213.7 -40.) NUMBER MEETSEXCEEDS 19 2 15 7 17 4 27. 3 13 6 14 8 NUMBER BELOW#*+ ExcludedPercentMeets or correctfromexceeds averages below Oregon the(Home optimum schooled, range requirements for inital TAG screening for current 32year modified administration,for this test or. exempted), 31 32 23 34 31 368 BEST COPY AVAILABLE 360 MeetsGrade 1°1 202 3 209 4 215 5 221 6 226 7 231 8 236 9 239 10 --1999 The State S only to the Overall Score. The information provided 111111 MID OMNI 11111 for Goal Performance 11111 Ole ided to show areas of individual strength or weakness.Nall 111111 111111k PRINTED:05 1111 PRINTED: 05-26-1999

SCHOOL: DATE: Spring 1999

CLASS: Grade 5 GRADE: 5 TEACHER:

OREGON+ TESTS TEACHER REPORT

Class District Oregon Subject Below Meets Exceeds AverageAverageAverage

Reading 213 213 218 55 36

. Math 213 212 218 60 36

EXPLANATION OF THE TEST SCORES

Exclusions Your averages and percentages don't include scores for special education students, students with limited English proficiency, home schooled students, or tests marked invalid.

RIT-Score This measure shows how far the student has progressed towards the standard.

Class Average The average of the MT-Score for your students. District Average The average of the MT-Score for all students in your district in this grade. Oregon Average The meets or exceeds average of the MT-Scores for all students in Oregon in this grade. (Estimated for grades 2, 4, 6, 7 ,9 ,11and12)

GOAL PERFORMANCE+

Class' District' Goals tested in READING: 42 40 1. Word Meaning: Identify the meaning of words directly and from context. 40 40 2.Locating Information: Locate information in standard reference sources. 46 44 3.Literal Comprehension: Comprehend literal meanings and explicit content of written materials. 42 42 4. Inferential Comprehension: Infer implied meanings from content, style, and organization. 45 42 5. Evaluative Comprehension: Evaluate the intent, validity and worth of written materials. 51 48 6. Literary Forms: Identify the common literary forms and gendre. 47 46 7. Literary Elements: Identify common literary elements and devices.

Goals tested in MATHEMATICS: 41 41 1.Calculation & Estimation: Use operations with whole number and rational number systems. 40 39 2. Measurement: Compare measurment properties of objects and computes area and perimeter. 57 52 3.Statistics & Probability: Solve problems with graphs, statistics, probability and data analysis. 36 35 4. Algebraic Relationships: Use algebra and number sentences to describe math relationships. 41 41 5. Geometry: Compare the shape, orientation, and size of objects.

* percent that meets or exceeds the standard. (Fall reports use the spring standard for the previous grade to make a fair comparison.) OREGON STANDARDS BY GRADE

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Reading 201 208 215 221 226 231 236 239

Mathematics 202 209 215 221 226 231 236 239

*The State Standard applies only to the Overall Score. The information provided for Goal Performance is intended to show areas of individual strength or weaknes 77 3 77 t-) Small-Scale Data Samples

371 Retelling: Reading Assessment That's Also Good Instruction (or, Reading Instruction. That's Also Good Assessment)

JANE B. BRAUNGER NORTHWEST REGIONAL EDUCATIONAL LABORATORY

onald Graves describes portfolios as "sim- ally improve the skill reading comprehension ply too good an idea to be limited to an which they assess. evaluation instrument" (Graves 1992, p. 1). Their primary value, he asserts, is in Retellings Complement a Constructivist students' learning, specifically self-reflection, which Model of Learning leads to increased understanding and the production of quality work. I wish to begin with a similar asser- Basically, what students do in creating a retelling tion about retellings. Retellings are excellent for read- is to retell, orally or in writing, a selected text so as ing assessment. They provide"the most to convey their understanding of it, including all straightforward assessment of the result of the text- relevant details, responses, inferences, and associa- reader interaction" (Johnston 1983, p. 54). But hav- tions. A common prompt is to ask students to "retell ing said that,I must emphasize that the reason what they have just read as if they were telling it to retellings can become authentic, useful assessment is another student who had not read the piece." theybeginas good instruction in the classroom. What makes retellings such powerful tools for Think of assessing retellings as a periodic analysis of developing and assessing students' reading abilities? written or oral work regularly prodUced as part of Brian Cambourne, an Australian literacy educator instruction. Students develop the ability to produce who has researched retellings as both instruction and better retellings as they practice because retellings are assessment, says that retellings give students an op- grounded in good reading theory and they can actu- portunity to use language to learn about language

In Blum, Robert E., and Arter, Judith A. (Eds). A Handbook for Student Performance Assessment in an Era of Restructuring. Alexandria, VA: Association for supervision and Curriculum Development, 1996.

IV -12 :1 ,131 372 IV-12 : 2 A HANDBOOK FOR STUDENT PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN AN ERA OF RESTRUCTURING

(1987). A retelling is constructed entirely by the Retellings involve a two-way dynamic. Students student. Teacher- or text-designed comprehension pull from the text as they construct a retelling, but questions stipulate what should be understood and they also act on the text, making it their own. Teach- remembered in text. But in a retelling, students use ers can see instances of students using their own language to frame and express their understanding language in retellings to capture the flavor of a piece of the reading. Retellings allow a teacher to discover they've read and communicate their enjoyment of what students know without prompting them with it. Such flexibility across language reflects the stu- questions (Rhodes and Shank lin 1993). Retellings dents' comprehension through active engagement mirror the reading process because they are a con- with the text, as illustrated by the following example. struction of meaning. They reflect reading as a trans- Some 8th grade students had their first experi- action involving the reader, the text, and possibly ence with retellings using "Talk: An Ashanti Tale," an other readers; they honor the primacy of the reader's African tale about animals, plants, and inanimate response, and, unlike standardized comprehension objects acquiring the power of talk and using that measures, they value and account for divergent re- power to chastise the people who use them (Christ sponses (Tierney, Carter, and Desai 1991). Responses 1989, p. 140). These students composed retellings of to a text may vary, for example, on the basis of varying length and complexity. When they shared students' experiences and interest in the topic. their retelling with a partner, and then in a group of Retellings are based on a transactional or con- four or five, they commented on these differences. structivist view of literacy, with the following princi- They especially enjoyed retellings with a strong voice ples: that incorporated familiar language while remaining true to the original story line. Here is one such Language and literacy are about making mean- example. The original text began like this: ing. Both are constructed through social interac- Once, not far from the city of Accra on the tion. Gulf of Guinea, a country man went out to Both are learned through purposeful use. his garden to dig up some yams to take to Readers construct meaning through interact- market. While he was digging, one of the yams said to him, "Well, at last you're here. ing with text and using prior experience and knowl- You never weeded me, but now you come edge in the process. around with your digging stick. Go away and Learning proceeds from whole to part. leave me alone!" Reading, writing, speaking, and listening are The farmer turned around and looked at interdependent and mutually supportive. his cow in amazement. The cow was chew- ing her cud and looking at him. This final point is central to the instructional power "Did you say something?" he said. of retellings, described by Cambourne (1988) as "lin- The cow kept on chewing and said noth- guistic spillover," a process in which linguistic forms, ing, but the man's dog spoke up. "It wasn't ideas, structures, and conventions from the texts the cow who spoke to you," the dog said. "It was the yam. The yam says leave him alone." used for retellings appear over time in students' The man became angry, because his dog reading, writing, and speaking. Cambourne builds had never talked before, and he didn't like on the image of the linguistic data pool (Figure 1). his tone besides. So he took his knife and cut Retellings capitalize on this natural interaction to a branch from a palm tree to whip his dog. enhance all language forms. Just then the palm tree said, "Put that branch down!" The man was getting very upset about the way things were going, and he started to

FIGURE1 throw the palm branch away, but the palm branch said, "Man, put me down softly!" LINGUISTIC DATA POOL He put the branch down gently on a stone, and the stone said, "Hey, take that Reading encounter Reading thing off me!" This was enough, and the frightened Writing encounter Writing farmer started to run for his village ... DATA Speaking encounter POOL Here is one student's written retelling of this part Speaking of the text.

Listening encounter Listening A farmer guywas digging up a yam and the yam got mad at him and told him to leave Karst& Burke, & Woodward, 1979 him alone and the dog got smart with the farmer when he didn't know it was the yam, 82 373 A HANDBOOK FOR STUDENT PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN AN ERA OF RESTRUCTURING IV-12 : 3

so he was gonna whip the dog with a branch has been read to them. Benefits include development and the tree punked him off and then the of more sophisticated language structures, accumu- branch did too, so he ran away ... lation of background experience, and development Retellings provide information on students' of interest in learning to read (Morrow 1988). For reading process and on their understanding of a text. example, after reading the book Tacky the Penguin to Unlike standardized measures, which cannot ac- a 1st grade class, I invited them to retell the story. As count for the reading strategies used in arriving at an various children retold favorite parts of the story, I answer, retellings allow the teacher to observe the wrote their composite retelling on a chart pack. reader's processes, and to hear or read the products Predictably, momentum built for the retelling after of the reader's comprehension. Retellings can be a the first few contributions, and soon the room ech- part of a balanced literacy-assessment program, pro- oed with shouts of "And then he .. . ," "It was funny viding observations of both process and product, as when he.. ," and "But then what happened was.. depicted by Anthony, Johnson, Mickelson, and ." Several sheets of paper and about 20 minutes later, Preece (1991) in their "quad" (Figure 2). they helped me read their group retelling aloud. It contained all the major events of the story, the faithfully repeated refrain "Tacky was a weird bird," Benefits as Instruction and Assessment as well as students' responses to characters and situ- Both teachers and students can benefit from ations in the story. The children planned to illustrate retellingsstudents in improved comprehension their version and bind it so they could enjoy reading ability and familiarity with characteristics of various itjust like the book it was based onagain and genres, and teachers in deepened insight into stu- again. The supportive, interactive group process here dents' reading interests, strategies, and under- had the immediate benefit of increasing students' standings. engagement with and enjoyment of the text. It also provided a safe group experience as a model of how Benefits to Students students would later produce retellings on their own. Studies of retelling with older students, 4th grad- Research with young children has involved ask- ers who included less-proficient and proficient ing them to retell fictional or expository material that readers, showed improvement across identified com-

FIGURE2 THE QUAD AS A DATA-GATHERING PROFILE

Anecdotal comments from classroom Reading logs observation and reflection Learning logs Interviews/conferences: student, parents, and professionals Selected pages from notebooks of journals Responses to reading: retelling, Audio tapes text construction Pupil self-assessments Writing folders Observation of Interest inventories Observation Children's of Process Products

Text-related activities Criterion-referenced measures Classroom Decontextualized Teacher-made unit (content- Measures Measures District or cross-grade concept) tests examinations Provincial or state examinations

83 ,; 3 '7 4 IV-12 : 4 A HANDBOOK FOR STUDENT PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN AN ERA OF RESTRUCTURING

prehension tasks in both groups after only four prac- data pool" in the process. In a supportive social tice sessions (Gambrell, Koskinen, and Kapinus context, students often notice why they prefer an- 1991). The dimensions of comprehension included other's retelling to their own, and transfer that aware- setting, theme, plot, and resolution. Students im- ness to their next retelling. Working with a small proved their recall of text-based propositions and group of 3rd and 4th graders in a Chapter 1 program, story-structure elements. The study supported the I observed this behavior. hypothesis that by orally reconstructing silently read Jenny had been the first to share her retelling of discourse, the reader learns something about organ- a fable about a tiger and an ant, in which the ant king izing and remembering text-acquired information repays the tiger king for sparing his life by freeing the (Gambrell et al. 1991, p. 360). The researchers found tiger king, trapped in a cave after an earthquake seals that retellings' focus on the whole story supports the the opening. Jenny's retelling contained detailed ac- students in holistically framing their understanding counts of the first meeting of the ant and the tiger, and encourages elaboration within that framework. but ended abruptly without including the central In short, active engagement in retelling a story actu- eventthe tiger being trapped in the cave and res- ally improves students' ability to read and under- cued by an army of ants. As she listened to Matthew stand stories. And comprehension does proceed from read his retelling next, she smiled and exclaimed, whole to part; details have meaning only insofar as "Oh, that's what I left out. That's what happened." they relate to an overall understanding of the text. Matthew had written how "everybody tried to help Brian Cambourne's work with retellings sheds the king: the elephant tried, the monkeys tried, the some light on why this verbal rehearsal technique buffalo tried. The king of the ants came and they (all seems to improve both comprehension and recall of the ants) took one grain at a time to get the king out. text. Active engagement in meaningful literacy expe- It took a whole day and they freed the king." Mat- riences is a powerful tool for learning. The key to thew had the positive experience of demonstrating a student engagement, he says, is in the immersion of full retelling, and Jenny took useful information students in texts of all kinds and the provision of from this demonstration. Far from feeling embar- many demonstrations of how texts are constructed rassed or disappointed, she was pleased to get help and used. Engagement that accompanies immersion with making her retellings richer, more complete. and demonstration occurs when: (1) learners believe Both students also benefited from their extended they are potential performers or doers of these dem- discussion about the original story, referring to it onstrated operations, (2) learners see the task as frequently as they compared their retellings. This purposeful and useful to them personally, and (3) type of prolonged encounter with text is another learners are not afraid that a less-than-perfect per- reason that retellings help students improve as read- formance will be criticized (Cambourne 1988). ers. The experience of the young child learning to Retellings enrich students' language in all its talk is instructive for teachers working with students formsreading, writing, listening, and speaking. as beginning or developing readers and writers. The benefits of classroom use of retellings include greater oral language complexity, improved reading Adults continually engage the child in "conversa- comprehension, increased awareness of the different tion," clearly expecting the child to enter into the ways in which texts are structured, more articulation dialogue ever more competently. The child shares of connections within and between texts, and greater this expectation, innately believing, "I can learn to use of literacy language and genre-specific conven- do this." This belief is fundamental to the successful tions in students' own writing and speaking (An- use of retelling. At the heart of retellings' power to thony et al. 1991). improve reading comprehension and spoken and written fluency is the holistic, social-constructivist context in which these activities occur. Students Benefits to Teachers participate in retellings because they learn things to Retellings provide the teacher with a window make their own reading and writing better, they are into students' reading strategies, background experi- supported by the, social context of the classroom as ences relevant to the text, and understandings of they practice retellings, and they expect to improve particular texts. Teachers can learn, among other over time. things, what the student thinks is important to re- In a typical instructional use of retellings, stu- member, whether the student's retelling fits the pur- dents may share their written retellings with a part- poses set for reading, the degree to which the ner or read them to the group. The emphasis is on student's responses are text-based or reader-based, noticing ways in which students' retellings are simi- and how close the match is between text and retell- lar to and different from each other and the text. In ing (Rhodes and Shanklin 1993, p. 233). An individ- this way, students attend closely to language and ualretelling may suggestusefulliteracy other text structures, enriching their own "linguistic demonstrations or experiences for a student. And 84 3 75 A HANDBOOK FOR STUDENT PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN AN ERA OF RESTRUCTURING IV-12 : 5

over time, assessed retellings allow teachers to ob- 1. Students see only the title of the text; they serve changes in students' reading strategies, atti- write predictions about what they think will be in a tudes, and comprehension. text with that title. They can even predict specific In the case of Matthew's and Jenny's retellings, words or phrases they'll expect to find. the teacher gained some valuable insights into the 2. Students share their predictions with their students' strengths and needs as readers and writers small group. The teacher can then ask for some because the students produced written retellings. groups to share with the whole class. Matthew's retelling was quite detailed, with a story- 3. Students read the text silently, remembering teller's flair for building suspense. Matthew's written their original predictions and confirming or modify- retelling, however, revealed some major spelling con- ing them as the text unfolds. Students should be fusions. Although retellings should not be evaluated encouraged to read the text as many times as neces- for spelling, Matthew's teacher might see spelling sary to feel comfortable writing a retelling without patterns in the retelling that, when viewed in the referring back to it. They should begin their retelling context of writing samples in his folder, would help when they think they understand the text well and her to set some realistic spelling targets with Mat- can retell it to someone who has not read it. Empha- thew. size that the goal is not to memorize the text, but to Perhaps most important, retelling does not re- retell it in their own words and in their own style. quire the teacher to take time away from instruction 4. When each student is ready, the text is put to gather assessment information. The assessment of aside. Students retell, using appropriate prose, pic- retellings is easily accomplished by slightly altering tures, or diagrams to convey the contents of the text the administration procedure. So, retelling provides so that someone unfamiliar with it could understand useful information to teachers about students' read- it. If the' retelling has a particular purpose, students ing and writing development. And students develop should be told in advance. For example, students can into better readers and writers because the retelling be asked to retell a piece of historical text to show process mirrors strategic reading behavior: predic- their understanding of the sequence and relationship tion, sampling, monitoring and revising predictions of events. Or they can be asked to retell a short in light of new textual evidence, questioning, con- fictional piece to show their understanding of the necting to one's own experience, and summarizing characters' motives. However the purpose is de- to check understanding. scribed, students must know that what matters is their ability to convey an understanding of the text, not their mastery of written conventions or penman- Procedures for Eliciting Retellings ship. Retellings may be done orally or in writing, from 5. After students complete their retellings, they text the student has either read or listened to. Obvi- share the retelling with a partner. They should be ously, oral retellings are more appropriate until stu- encouraged to note similarities and differencesin dents are able to write independently. As this section the information included, their manner of retelling, will explain, written retellings allow for more student etc.and to refer back to the original text to see more interaction and learning from each other; however, points of comparison and contrast with their re- even older students sometimes prefer to give oral tellings. They can also use the original to check retellings if,for example, they are less confident omissions and interpretations open to question. about their writing than their speaking. Students may retell individually or collaborate on a retelling, With oral retellings, students may simply be asked to retell a selected text in their own wordsfor and either the student or the teacher can choose the example, as if to a friend who hadn't read it. In an text. Whatever the format, students should be told before reading or listening to a text that they will be instructional setting, a teacher can prompt the retell- ing, as needed, asking for more information ("What asked to retell it. And, of course, the use of retellings happened next?"), probing for understanding ("Why for assessment should come after students have had do you think he did that?") or seeking conclusions extensive experience with retellings in instruction. ("What do you think the author was trying to say?"). The process described here is adapted from the For students who experience difficulty retelling a explanation by Anthony and colleagues (1991), story, Rhodes and Shanklin recommend applying the based on Brown and Cambourne's model (1987). principles of dynamic assessment. Before students Additional procedures for taking oral and written read the text, the teacher should provide instruction retellings are described by Rhodes and Shank lin that's likely to help them construct a good retelling (1993), Glazer and Brown (1993), and Morrow (1988, for example, help students preview the text features 1990). In this procedure, students produce written and make predictions based on them. Or the teacher retellings, interacting with a small group of four or could frame the piece, giving students a general five students: introduction to the story and the problem the char- 85 376 IV-12 : 6 A HANDBOOK FOR STUDENT PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN AN ERA OF RESTRUCTURING

acter in it will face. Then students read and retell the theme or point of the story, and use of language or story. stylistic features from the story (Anthony et al. 1991). Morrow (1988) reminds us that prompting is The advantage of a qualitative analysis of re- instruction, so if a teacher is using a retelling for tellings is the holistic assessment of comprehension assessment, he should do so without prompting stu- it provides. As Morrow (1988) points out, such analy- dents because prompts influence students' response sis is based on the premise that the whole piece is to the reading. Glazer and Brown (1993) distinguish more important than any of its parts, and that the between unguided and guided retellings. In an un- reader's total impression of a text includes those guided retelling, students retell the story without any elements. But Morrow also devised a quantitative intervention or interaction with peers, teachers, or analysis of retelling, which allows teachers who like other listeners. In a guided retelling, prompts, usually the structure of a scorable instrument to account for posed as questions, help students who experience features of text included in students' retellings. difficulty moving independently through a retelling. Brown and Glazer (1993) have adapted Morrow's Retellings used in instruction often include some scoring system, and designed a version for student teacher guidance and, especially with young chil- self-assessment (Figure 4). dren, props such as felt boards, puppets, or pictures. The retelling in this instance is a teaching incident. In contrast, retelling used for assessment is generally done without prompts, props, or access to the text FIGURE3 upon completion of the reading. The intent here is RETELLING CHECKLIST to gather information about the students' unsup- ported reconstruction of a text. The value of retelling Name for assessment depends on the students' familiarity Date with the process from experiencing it frequently in Title an instructional context. Low Degree Moderate Degree High Degree Analyzing, Scoring, Reporting, and Using Includes information Retellings directly in text. Analysis of a retelling for assessment purposesIncludes inferred can be done either qualitatively or quantitatively. information. Generally, a teacher reads or listens to a retelling to Includes what is see if a student most important. Organizes and sequences ideas clearly Includes summary Uses phrases, vocabulary, and language struc- or generalization. tures from the original text Re-creates the feeling or mood of the original Includes connections text to reader's life. Draws conclusions or inferences from the text Includes an attachment Summarizes in own words (Ministry of Educa- to the reading (likes or tion and Training 1991). dislikes). Recording information on these features can be Recognizes author's done anecdotally or on a matrix. Morrow (1988) organization and audience. designed the "retelling profile" to record information about the reader's comprehension of textual infor- Asks additional questions. mation, strategies used, metacognitive awareness, Source: Reading Asse55ment, Portland Public Schools, Portland, involvement with text, and language facility. The Oreg. 1989. Reprinted with permission. Portland (Oregon) Public Schools (1989) adapted that profile as the Retelling Checklist (Figure 3). Guidelines for recording information on re- tellings of narrative pieces are available from numer- Conclusion ous sources (Rhodes and Shanklin 1993, Morrow Whether qualitatively or quantitatively ana- 1990, Glazer and Brown 1993, Cambourne 1988). lyzed, retellings provide rich data on students' read- Common features on which to record information ing comprehension, as both a process and a product. include introduction of the story, setting, plot (se- If standardized assessment provides a snapshot of quence of events, problem, resolution), characters students' learning, retellings can be described as a (inclusion of significant ones, with adequate detail), videotape, capturing patterns of growth by revealing 86 3 7 7 A HANDBOOK FOR STUDENT PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN AN ERA OF RESTRUCTURING IV-1 2 : 7

FIGURE 4 SCORING SYSTEM FOR A NARRATIVE RETELLING

Child's Name Age Grade Title/author of Story Date

Type of retelling:

Circle one from each pair: (Guided/Unguided Oral/Written Listened to/Read)

Directions: Place "1" next to each element, except as indicated. Partial credit can be given only for characters and episodes (e.g., 4 out of 5 characters equals .8). Highest score for retelling is 10.

SENSE OF STORY STRUCTURE COMMENTS

SETTING: Begins story with introduction Includes time or place

CHARACTERS: - Names main character Number of other characters named Actual number of other characters Total score for other characters

PROBLEM: Refers to main character's goal or problem

EPISODES: Number of episodes recalled Actual number of episodes Total score for episodes Proper sequence of episodes

SOLUTION: Names problem's resolution Ends story

THEME: States theme of story Total score for retelling (out of 10) Affective (personal) involvement with text:

Summary:

Teacher:

Scoring system originated by L.M. Morrow in "Retelling Stories as a Diagnostic Tool," from Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures. Susan M. Glazer, Lyndon W. Searfoss, and Lance Gentile, eels., copyright 1988, The International Reading Association. Reprinted with permission.

87 3 7 8 BEST COPY AVAILABLE IV-12 : 8 AHANDBOOK FOR STUDENT PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN AN ERA OF RESTRUCTURING

the strategies in use over time (Anthony et al., p. 9). REFERENCES Furthermore, retellings are assessment embedded in Anthony, R. J., T. D. Johnson, N. I. Mickelson, and A. Preece. the learning experience. Students can use what they (1991). Evaluating Literacy: A Perspective for Change. learn from their retellings to become better readers Portsmouth, N.H.: Heinemann Educational Books, and writers. Figure 5 summarizes the benefits of Inc. retellings in contrast to traditional comprehension Brown, C. S., and S. M. Glazer. (1993). Portfolios and Beyond: Collaborative Assessment in Reading and Writing. Nor- tests. wood, Mass.: Christopher-Gordon Publishers, Inc. Brown, H., and B. Cambourne. (1987). Read and Retell. Portsmouth, N.H.: Heinemann Educational Books, Inc. Cambourne, B. (1988). The Whole Story: Natural Learning and the Acquisition of Literacy in the Classroom. Auck- FIGURES land, New Zealand: Ashton Scholastic Limited. Christ, H. (1989). "Talk, An Ashanti Tale." In Myths and RETELLINGS VS. Folklore, pp. 140-142. New York: Amsco School Publi- COMPREHENSION TESTS cations. Gambrell, L. B., B. A. Kapinus, and P. S. Koskinen. (1991). "Retelling and the Reading Comprehension of Profi- Retelling Comprehension Test cient and Less-Proficient Readers. The Journal of Educa- tional Research 84, 6: 356-362. Student organizes format Test or teacher Graves, D. H., and B. S. Sunstein, eds. (1992). Portfolio and determinescontent; determines content and Portraits. Portsmouth, N.H.: Heinemann Educational can bea conversation format; can be a "gentle Books, Inc. inquisition" Harp, B. (Ed.) (1991). Assessment and Evaluation in Whole Involves active Language Programs. Norwood, Mass.: Christopher- construction of meaning Calls for passive response Gordon. Provides evidence of to questions Harste, J.C., C.D. Burke, and V.A. Woodward. (1983). "Chil- dren's Initial Encounters with Print." NIE Grant Pro- student's reading Does not indicate posal, 1979. Cited in V.H. Hardt,ed. Teaching Reading processes and strategies processes and strategies with the Other Language Arts. Newark, Del.: Interna- Indicates prior knowledge known and used tional Reading Association. Irwin, P. A., and J. N. Mitchell. (in press). The Reader Retelling Indicates interest, Cannot account for prior Profile: Using Retellings to Make Instructional Decisions. creative engagement knowledge Johnston, P. H. (1983). Reading Comprehension Assessment: Does not assess interest. A Cognitive Basis. Newark, Del.: IRA. Can be a supported effort, Lobel, A. (1980). "The Elephant and His Son." In Fables, p. via prompts, collaboration enjoyment 32. New York: HarperCollins Children's Books. Actually improves Demands one-shot, Ministry of Education and Training. (1991). English Profiles perfected response Handbook: Assessing and Reporting Students' Progress in comprehension English. Victoria, Australia: Ministry of Education and Values divergent, creative Takes time from real Training. reading and instruction. Morrow, L. M. (1985). "Retelling Stories: A Strategy for thinking Improving Young Children's Comprehension, Con- Prompts convergent cept of Story Structure, and Oral Language Complex- thinking ity." Elementary School Journal 85,5: 647-661. Morrow, L. M. (1988). "Retelling Stories as a Diagnostic Tool." In S. M. Glazer, L. W. Searfoss, and L. Gentile, eds. Re-Examining Reading Diagnosis. Newark, Del.: IRA. Morrow, L. M. (1990). "Assessing Children's Understanding of Story Through Their Construction and Reconstruc- tion of Narrative." In Assessment for Instruction in Early Literacy, edited by L. M. Morrow, and J. K. Smith, pp. 110-134. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall. Portland Public Schools.(1989). Reading Assessment: Record- ing Student Progress. Portland, Oreg.: Portland Public Schools. Rhodes, L. K., and N. Shanklin. (1993). Windows into Liter- acy: Assessing Learners K-8. Portsmouth, N.H.: Heine- mann Educational Books, Inc. Tierney, R. J., M. A. Carter, and L. E. Desai. (1991). Portfolio Assessment in the Reading-Writing Classroom. Norwood, Mass.: Christopher-Gordon Publishers.

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

88 379 IMO MN NM OM MI =I MI IN MI NMI 11111 Mill Assessment MatrixMI for ClassroomBM I11Instruction III JimName 32 Item 1 3 Item 2 43 Item 3 3 Item 4 Retellirig Procedure 2 32 Item 5 43 Item 6 3 Item 7 42 Item 8 3 Item 9 3Item 10 32Item 11 2Item 12 AdamLuisMarioCraig LEP LEP 423 413 42 42 43 324 331 34 42 423 432 42 JoseBillAnthonyChuck LEP LEP 432 23 423 423 32 321 21 2 32 32 421 42 LauraBonitaBonnieSteve LEP 23 342 341 32 32 341 2413 24 421 3421 2411 241 coCO SusanKatieEstellaRosa LEP LEP 324 324 324 324 34 342 32 3 324 342 24 3422 TOTALS:BeckyDaisyMaria LEPLEP 5634 5534 6134 6224 6034 5824 49342 5632 5824 4572 5124 4552 Participant's Materials 330 EducationalNorthwest Regional Laboratory 381 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Jim Retelling Procedure 2*

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4. Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use bf language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon XV. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Participant's Materials 91 Educational Laboratory 382 111 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2* Craig 1

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree I

1. Includes information directly stated in text. I I IBC 2. Includes information inferred directly or I indirectly from text. I I I

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text. I I

4.Provides relevant content and concepts. I I I X

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information. I

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text. I 8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement I with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language I conventions). I I I X 10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or corn- I pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose. I

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me-. chanics of speaking or writing. )1: 1

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility 1 with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer. Lyndon NV. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional 92 Educational Laboratory 3 8 3 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Mario Retelling Procedure 2* LEP Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information. SIC

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7.Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing. x

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited inReexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures,edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Participant's Materials 93 Educational Laboratory 384 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Luis CEP Retelling Procedure 2* 1

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2.Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language

conventions). I I

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional 94 Educational Laboratory 385 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2* Adam

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text. 4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5.Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose. X

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing. X

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Participant's Materials 95 Educational Laboratory 386 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2 Chuck I

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text. I

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text. I

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text. I

4. Provides relevant content and concepts. I

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- I ground knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text. X 8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement I I I with the text. I

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language I conventions). I I .)C I

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or corn- pose the retelling. I

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

1

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited inReexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures,edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon NV. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49. 1

Northwest Regional 96 Educational Laboratory 3S7 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2* Jim

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4. Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation: Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon \V. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Participant's Materials Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Anthony

Retelling Procedure 2* LEP

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2.Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4. Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text ti that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions). X

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited inReexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures,edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon \V. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 98 389 IAssessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

IRetelling Procedure 2* Bill

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- I dence of the following information. Low Moderate High I Retelling None DegreeD Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text. I 2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

I3. Includes what is important to remember from the text. I I X

4. Provides relevant content and concepts. I I X

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

III 6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text Ithat can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text. I

I8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

I9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions). I I X I

I10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Participant's Materials 99 390 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Jose LEP Retelling Procedure 2*

Directions: Indicate with a checicmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2.Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text. 4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8.Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing. )1C

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Rending Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional 391 Educational Laboratory 100 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2* Steve

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2.Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3.Includes what is important to remember from the text. JC

4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text. X

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12.Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Participant'sMaterials 1013 9 2 Educational Laboratory A Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Bonnie Retelling Procedure 2*

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text. I

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text. 1

3.Includes what is important to remember from the text. SIC

4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world. X

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory 102 3 9 3 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction E3onita Retelling Procedure 2* LEP Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- I dence of the following information. Low Moderate High I Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text. I I 2.Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text. I I X

I3. Includes what is important to remember from the text. I I X

I4. Provides relevant content and concepts.

5.Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

I6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text Ithat can be applied to the real world. I

7.Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text. I I 1 X

I8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text. I I I X

I9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions). I I I

I10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling. I I I X

1 1. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience I or purpose. I I I X 12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- I chanics of speaking or writing. I I I X

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Participant's Materials 10 Educational Laboratory 3394 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Laura Retelling Procedure 2*

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation: Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon \V. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49. 3 9 5 Northwest Regional 104 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2* RosaLEP

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or providesevi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5.Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7.Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8.Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9.Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited inReexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures,edited by Susan Mandel Glazer. Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

105 Northwest Regional Participant's Materials Educational Laboratory 396 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Katie Retelling Procedure 2*

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions). I I

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional 106 Educational Laboratory 39 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Retelling Procedure 2* Susan

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retellingincludes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text. I I I

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Participant's Materials 1°B98 Educational Laboratory 1 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Maria LEP Retelling Procedure 2*

Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information. 1

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2.Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3.Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4.Provides relevant content and concepts. YC

5.Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information. 3PC

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world. X

7.Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8.Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling. JtC

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose. I I I 31C

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional 108 Educational Laboratory 399 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Daisy Retelling Procedure 2* LEP Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or providesevi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text.

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text. X

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

6. Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose. X

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited inReexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures,edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional Participant's Materials 109400 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction Becky Retelling Procedure 2* LEP Directions: Indicate with a checkmark the extent to which the reader's retelling includes or provides evi- dence of the following information.

Low Moderate High Retelling None Degree Degree Degree

1. Includes information directly stated in text. 1

2. Includes information inferred directly or indirectly from text.

3. Includes what is important to remember from the text.

4.Provides relevant content and concepts.

5. Indicates reader's attempt to connect back- ground knowledge to text information.

6.Indicates reader's attempt to make summary statements or generalizations based on text that can be applied to the real world.

7. Indicates highly individualistic and creative impressions of or reactions to the text.

8. Indicates the reader's affective involvement with the text.

9. Demonstrates appropriate use of language (vocabulary, sentence structure, language conventions).

10. Indicates reader's ability to organize or com- pose the retelling.

11. Demonstrates the reader's sense of audience or purpose.

12. Indicates the reader's control of the me- chanics of speaking or writing.

Interpretation:Items 1-4 indicate the reader's comprehension of textual information; items 5-8 indicate metacognitive awareness, strategy use, and involvement with text; items 9-12 indicate facility with language and language development.

Adapted from Pi A. Irwin and Judy N. Mitchell and cited in Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures, edited by Susan Mandel Glazer, Lyndon W. Scarfoss, and Lance M. Gentile. Newark, Delaware: International Reading Association, 1988, pp. 128-49.

Northwest Regional 110 Educational Laboratory 401 Sample Data Organizers

402 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Sample Matrix - A

Skill Area Skill Area Skill Area Skill Area

# of students

1-25th percentile

25th -50th percentile

51st-75th percentile

76th-99th percentile

Northwest Regional Participant's Materials AO 3 Educational Laboratory A Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Sample Matrix B

Test Category Test Category Test Category Test Category Appropriate Bench- Appropriate Bench- Appropriate Bench- Appropriate Bench- mark mark mark mark

% Not Meet- ing

% Meeting

1 % Exceeding

1

Participant's Materials Northwest Regional 4°4 Educational Laboratory Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Sample Matrix - C

Students Skills/Attributes

Northwest Regional Participant's Materials Educational Laboratory A Sample Instructional Strategies

406 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction

Sample Instructional Strategies

What follows are summaries of selected instructional strategies. These are only a sample and are intended to stimulate thought about different approaches that may be appropriate when consid- ering the needs of students, their learning styles, special characteristics, and goals. Although they are grouped under specific headings, the strategies may be overlapped. You mayalready use many of these instructional strategies under different names or no name atall. Teams will benefit from investigating and discussing these strategies with specific students in mind.

Direct Instruction

Often the most employed instructional strategy, this approach has the teacher present new mate- rial while checking for understanding. Guided practice is given, as well as assistance for individual students. New material may be introduced effectively in this manner. Often followed by repetition and independent practice. Direct instruction is highly dependent upon the teacher's ability to motivate students and maintain their involvement in the material being presented.

Inquiry

This strategy encourages the investigation of problems or situations. Students are encouraged to apply a range of problem solving and thinking techniques. Students learn to build and test theo- ries to solve problems in a variety of curriculum content areas. Students discuss the procedures used to formulate hypotheses and how those hypotheses were tested. The teacher interacts with students to work toward the solution of difficult problems using a variety of resources. Most conversation is generated by students, with the teacher acting in the role of facilitator.

Brainstorming

Through this strategy, students are asked to explore the possible explanations or solutions to a question, problem, situation, or set of challenges. Thinking around the problem is encouraged through what is known as lateral thinking. The teacher's responsibility is to set up an environ- ment that allows students to think and create freely and safely. Ideas or thoughts are listed without evaluation or judgement. All options are accepted whether or not a direct application can be immediately identified. The teacher is responsible for monitoring the accuracy of the notetaker.

Concept Attainment

Here students learn to develop concepts by identifying categories and critical attributes. The teacher gives positive and negative examples of the unstated concept. The students develop and identify an hypothesis, state and test the hypothesis, and then state and test the concept. The class then goes through a debriefing to analyze their own thinking processes. This strategy may be

Northwest Regional Participant's Materials 121 Educational Laboratory 0 7 A used in a shortened form as a motivational piece to introduce. The more complex the concept, the longer the strategy and debriefing.

Written Language

Written language is based on a process developed through the California Writing Project Model. The model views writing as a circular process, beginning with pre-writing and continuing through pre-composing writing, sharing, revising, editing, rewriting, evaluating and final compo- sition. Key to this approach is the guidance of the teachers, which helps students see and understand the process from first ideas to final product. This strategy focuses on refining pieces of writing and therefore may take a longer period of time to completion of a written piece. It is also important to note that the process need not be strictly sequential in order to produce well- written final products.

Total Physical Response TPR

This strategy is often used with limited-English-proficient students. The understanding of spoken language is aided through the use of body movements. When the student is able to match the body movements with the spoken language, uninterrupted communication is encouraged. Im- portant to this approach is the concept that students will speak when ready and gain greater retention of the oral language.

Cooperative Learning

With this strategy, teachers are able to work with students by forming effective, productive groups. This strategy may be used at all levels and in all content areas.The aim within these groups is to have students realize that cooperatively they can meetgoals, as a group and as indi- viduals. There are certain guiding principles to cooperative learning which help assure success of the group. These include autonomy, positive acquisition, social skills building, distribution of leadership, and heterogeneous regard.

Group Discussion

This strategy allows the teaching of concepts and clarification of information. Through group discussion, students develop interpersonal skills, while benefiting from opportunities to express their own views, hear the views of others in the group, form group consensus and solidify indi- vidual opinions. In generating consensus, members share ideas and learn to support group decisions. In strengthening individual ideas, students are able to gain support through feedback and group discussion.

Synectics

With this strategy, students compare similarities and differences between topics using analogy and metaphor. This process is designed to help student to be creative thinkers, looking at

Northwest Regional 122 Educational Laboratory 408 Assessment Matrix for Classroom Instruction items from an unusual or peculiar perspective. Students are encouraged to usesimple com- parison (direct analogy), "becoming the thing" (personal analogy) or compressedconflict (symbolic analogy) to aid in creative problem solving.

Math Problem Solving

Using this approach, students are taught to think about possible strategies for problem solving. The teacher demonstrates how to approach a variety of challenging math problems. These may include problems requiring calculation, written explanation, oral explanation, or symbolic repre- sentations. Importantly, students are encouraged to look at the approach for solving these problems, instead of focusing solely on the correct mathematical result. Key components include clarification, planning, implementing the plan, and reviewing the results

Modeling

Building on the abilities of students to learn from observing the behaviors and applications of others, this strategy allows the teacher to demonstrate skills important to the learning activity. Teachers may demonstrate a performance and structure student performance to precisely emulate what was demonstrated, or allow students to adapt portions of the learned performance as best suits their needs. It is important that teachers demonstrate skills accurately and consistently. Re- finement of desired skills can be accomplished through coaching over many activities.

Conferencing with Students

In order to allow students to take an active role in their education, opportunities for discussion, review and feedback can be offered using this approach. The teacher assumes initial responsibil- ity to structure meetings with students. Structure should include topic, targets, achievement strategies, timelines and indicators of success. The sessions provide a framework to help students plan independently for their own success. Eventually, students assume responsibility for confer- ences, providing the scheduling and agenda that were previously teacherdriven. Students may also schedule conferences to report progress to peers, teachers or parents.

Northwest Regional Participant's Materials Educational Laboratory Appendix Hillsboro School District 1J Language Arts Content Goals FIFTH GRADE

Reading Decoding/Accuracy Continue to read accurately by using phonics, language structure, and visual cues.

Fluency Read orally with natural phrasing, expressive interpretation, flow, and pace, recognizing punctuation, using phonetic and grammatical structures to self-correct.

Word Meaning Determine meanings of words using contextual and structural clues, illustrations, and other reading strategies. Use context clues to choose the correct meaning for identified words in the reading passage. Use knowledge of commonly used prefixes and suffixes to help define words in context. Use knowledge of contractions and possessives to help determine the meaning of words in the passage. Increase word knowledge through systematic vocabulary development

Locate Information Locate information and clarify meaning by using illustrations, tables of contents, glossaries, indexes, headings, graphs, charts, diagrams, and/or tables. Use tables of contents and indexes to locate specific information. Use information in illustrations, graphs, charts, diagrams, and tables to help understand a reading. passage. Use a glossary to locate words to help clarify meaning. Use headings to locate where needed information is likely to be found.

Literal Comprehension Identify sequence of events, main ideas, facts, supporting details, and opinions in literary, informative, and practical selections. The order of events or a specific event from a sequence of events. A statement or sentence that best indicates the main idea of the selection. * Directly stated facts, e.g., actions or events; directions for an experiment or problem solving exercise; information from charts/graphs; names of characters, places, or things in the selection; special circumstances relevant to the story. * Directly stated opinions. * Details such as key words, phrases, or sentences that explicitly state important characteristics, circumstances, or similarities and differences in characters, times, or places.

Inferential Comprehension Identify relationships, images, patterns, or symbols and draw conclusions about their meanings in printed material. *Identify implicit relationships, such as cause and effect, sequence, time relationships, comparisons, classifications, and generalizations. * Predict future outcomes or actions. Infer an author's unstated intention(s) or meaning by drawing conclusions from images, patterns, or symbols in the text.

h:\nwrac\amci stult\anicillnahillsboro school district Ij.doc A-1 411 Literal Inferential

1 2 3 4 5 AC + 3 2 AG + + + 4 + 3 ESL AL + _ + 3 _ 2 AM + + + 4 2 AV 3 2 ESL BB 3 + 3 CG ÷ _ + 3 3 CK + + 4 2 CM + + + 4 + .3 CP _ _ 2 + 3 JE + + 4 + 3 KA _ 2 3

KF 2 1

KM _ _ 1 1 KV + V 3 + + 4 MH + + 3 _ 2 MM + 3 + 3 MO 3 2 ESL OV _ 2 _ 2 SK + + + 4 + _ 3

TS _ _ 2 _ 1 TT + + + 5 + 5

+10 +8 +10 5 1 +6 +5 5 1 7 6 6 46 9 6 4 1 -4 -7 -5 3 9 -6 - 10 3 9 2 4 2 8

1 1 1 2 Average 3 Average 2.5

nwrac \.a mei ;tuft arnci linahtestscures.doe A-2. 412 ment before, slid his fingers along the sharp edge October 12 and looked startled at his fingers that dripped blood into the sand. A lush green island was there in the morning, and Everyone was smiling and so friendly. Closeup, our three ships approached it carefully, maneuver- we could see how clear and gentle their eyes were, ing through breakers and a threatening barrier reef. how broad and unusual their foreheads. The We could see clear down to the reef in the sparkling Captain especially noted and said to one of hismen, blue waters as we sailed through. And, ah, it is truly "See the gold in that one's nose? See how docile land, truly earth, here so far from Spain. The Santa they are? They will be easy. We will take six back Maria led the way into the sheltered bay of the with us to Spain." island and got a mark of only five fathoms' depth. I think at this, too, my mother would have We anchored there and barely paused to admire the lowered her eyes. breathtaking beauty. Small boats were prepared, armed, and lowered, and in these some of us went ashore. Out of respect, all waited while Christopher October 16 Columbus leaped out of the boat, his feet the first So much has happened. There is so muchto to touch this new land. (I wondered what my remember and record, and so much I do not think mother would say if she knew her son had lost the I want to tell my mother. Perhaps I will keep these 10,000 maravedis to the Captain, who claimed it letters to myself after all. The natives think thatwe for himself.) are angels from God. They swim out to us, wave, The Captain carried the royal banner of our king throw themselves in the sand, hold their hands and and queen, and as everyone else scrambled out of faces to the sky, and sing and call to us. The crew the boats and secured them in the white sand, he loves it, and no one loves it better than Columbus. thrust the banner into the earth and then sank down He lifts his open palms to them like a priest at mass. to his knees and said a prayer of thanksgiving for I sometimes wonder if he doesn't believe these our safe arrival in India. Others dropped to their natives himself just a little bit. knees around him. Diego was beside me, and he They come right out to the ship in swift dugouts clapped his hand on my shoulder. I knew he was that sit forty men, and sometimes as they approach happy to be on land again. I was, too, although I us the dugout tips, but in minutes they right it and have been at sea so long that even on land the begin bailing it out with hollow gourds. All day ground seems to buckle and sway beneath my feet. long the Indians row out to see us, bringing gifts of The Captain made a solemn ceremony and cottonthread,shell-tippedspears,and even formally took possession of the land for the king brightly colored parrots that sit on our shoulders and queen, naming it San Salvador. We all wit- and cry out in human voices. For their trouble we nessed this, and then little by little, we noticed give them more worthless beads, bells, and tastes of something elsethere were people stepping out honey, which they marvel at. from the trees, beautiful, strong, naked people, The six native men Columbus has taken aboard with tanned skin and straight black hair. My mother are not very happy. One by one they are escaping, would have lowered her eyes or looked away, as I which I cannot help but say I am happy for. One have seen her do in our home when someone jumped overboard and swam away, and another dresses, but I could not take my eyes off them. jumped overboard when a dugout came up along- Some had boldly painted their bodies or their faces, side us 'in the darkness. Some of the crew seized some only their eyes, some their noses. They were another man coming alongside in a dugout and so beautiful and gentle. They walked towards us forced him onboard..Columbus tried to convince slowly but without fear, smiling and reaching out him of our gOod intentions through sign language their hands. and broken words and more gifts of glass beads and The sailors watched them in wonder, and when junk, and the man rowed back to some people on these people came near, the crewgave them coins, the shore. They stood talking to each other and little red caps, whatever they had in their pockets. pointing at our ship. Columbus smiled and was Columbus himself showed one native his sword, convinced they know we are from God. Me, I am and the native, never having seen suchan instru- not so sure they will believe it for much longer.

From Pedro's Joterncil by Pam Conrad. Copyright 1991 by Pam Conrad.Published by Boyds Mills Press. Reprinted by permission. 41 BEST COPY AVAILABLE Name: MO

Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

V They leaped out of the ship onto the sand

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador? '/ nice beautiful and a lot of trees

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

strong, naked, people, tanned and faces painted

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Seeing land and natives Seeing the natives and a lot of water and his men

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

V No too much water for two months and his mom

A-5414 Name:CM Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

I know that Columbus and his crew were happy to land because Pedro wrote that Clumbus nelt down and thank God that they had reached India

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Pedro wrote that the land was warm, suny and not all buatiful.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

Pedro said on Page 97 that the people were beautiful, strong, taned skin and had sraight black hair.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... smily natives goled indenes are docile. The crew was .mean to Inedaneds He does not think the people will be live clombas mock more

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

No I don't think he would because he had to leve his mom/famle. Name:AM

Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

I think Columbus was happy to be on land because he nelt and sayed a prayer of Thanksgiving for their safe arrival in India.

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

They could see cleer down to the reef in the sparkling blue waters, with white sand.

3.What information.does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

They were beautiful, strong, naked people with tanned skin and straight black hair

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... getting more land and pleasing the king lousing 10,000 maravedis to the Captain, and queen. who clamed it for himself

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

Yes because If he impressed the king and queen he could think he can do it again.

A-7 ; 416 Name: SK Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

I know Columbus and his crew are happy to be on land because they get on their hands and knees and bowing and praying.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Pedro provides that the land of San Salvador is a beatful place with white sand, big trees and warm weather.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

Pedro provides that the people of San Salvador are extremely tan they have long, thick, black straight hair no clothes, and they have boldly body paint on themselves.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... I. San Salvador people bowing to him and 1. Taking six San Salvador people his crew 2. lost $10,000 to Columbus 2. Seeing land

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

Yes, I do think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages with Columbus because with Columbus one would always have a great time because Columbus always will go to the extreme. Name: BB

Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1.How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

I think Columbus and his crew were happy to land when the people that had paint on their body and they thought that Columbus and the other people were angels.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

I think the information that Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador is that people were coming from the palms.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

The information about the people of San Salvador is that they had no clothes, but they had paint in their bodies.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... When he found land People not traiding good. when he saw the people they made friends. People without clothes. He went looking for India. He didn't was the first to find land. He went away from his mom.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

I think Pedro would be happy to go to more voyages so that he can find something for his mom, but I think that Pedro might stay in his house because he might be sad because he didn't was the first one to saw land. Name: AC Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

because I say clubus was happy to Land on land again and get 10,000 Millon bucks. and name the Land after his queen and king

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Tropical, warm climete and clear blue waters that is refeshing

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

The are frendly paint There selve There mostly nacked. And are rich.

. Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... The ideins bring caper coins like gold and he does not want to tell his mother because saw how hansom they where and how Kindhe wrote so much and he wants to keep they where. theses Letters to himself

5.Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

yes becuse he had the hole arportunity to stay by clumbus side and if he went on others and wrote there jornuels he would be eagert to go on alot Name: TT

Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

In the book it says, "everyone else scrambled out of the boats." The word "scrambled" tells you that they are very excited. It also says that Diego , he was beside him, "clasped his hand on my shoulder.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

He says the island is lush and green. It is a warm place. It has palm trees and lots of bushes. The water is clear blue.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

He says that they are beautiful, strong, tanned, straight black hair, gentle, docile and wonderous. They belive that the crew is from God.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... How the Taino people reacted when they Columbus wanting to take a few of the saw the crew. The supplies they got from Taino people. Not getting the 10,000 the Minos' Columbus being the first to seemaravels. Columbus being so excited, or land and getting to keep the 10,000 happy about the Tainos' thinking they are maravel's. from God.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

No, I don't think Pedro would want to go on another voyage. I think so because he was definatly happy to reach land, whether it was home, or somewhere new. I could tell he wasn't to happy about his captain either. I can tell he didn't like what Columbus was doing either, by trying to capture the Tainos or being so happy about the natives thinking they are from God.

A-11 420 Name: Mil Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Because when they got their they all droped down too their knees and said a prayer of thanksgiving for arriving safe. And also the captain makes a answer.

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

He porvides what it looks like and whos on it he tells what they water looked like when the first aproched.

3. What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

That there are people with buitfull bodys and hair and they where strong and nacked.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... being happy and going on to finde land if he found lands that he would have the 10,000 dollars so he could get every thin he wants and to share the land they find

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

Yes because he could see more land and meet new people make new finds and travle.

A-12 421 Name: AL

Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Because when they get there they all get in there kness and start to prey for landing safe in land. And also the captain makes a ceromany.

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

He provides what it look like and how the watter look lie when he get 's there

3. What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

That there are people that are beatifitl and with tann skin. And that they are also strong and naked people with no clothes on and Black hair. Some of them have painted themselves.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... bieng happy and by going on to find that The look and the saddness to see those land well the first person Who finds land people naked. well be given 10,000 martavedis

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

Yes! Because he enjoyed it and because he looks like whanting to know more about land.

A-13 ;422 Name: MM Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Because Columbus neald to the ground and prayd.

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Pedro providies about the land that it had clear blue waters, warm climate.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

That they were amazed that they never seen such gagets.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Seing the peOple of the land. going in the water

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

I think pedro doesn't want to go on any more because he missed land to much.

A-14 423 Name: OV

Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Well I thouth that they were happy of land because they found it. and also because they found other people well I just thouth that because I be happy for land

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

The infomration that pedro provide about San Salvador is he help Columpus find San Salvador and also they found people in San Salvador

3. What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

The information that Pedro provide about the people in San Salvador is there takeing six people to were calampunz came from

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Finding Land and winning 10,000 for Not doing brately eney thing or helping finding 1 and and I think he was also Columus find Land and finding the people encouraged for Finding people on the land That Columbus and he crew found.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

Well ...I Think that Pedro will go on annother voyages because he like when they found land and the people and won the 10,000 dollars they won for finding that island and called San Salvador.

A4,1 4 Name: AV Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Columbus new his crew was happy when the landed because the people there had there bodys painted, and had black hair they were painted on their face's or just their eye's.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Pedro think it look like a lush green island and very beautiful he thinks land is truly earth.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

Pedro descibs the people very nice and their nice black hair and their nicely painted faces.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Land Columbus is trying to take nativs. They People cept jumping out of the boat.. gold Suplies gifts Angel

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

Yes because he liked what he saw and the people there were nice and he liked that experience. Name: KF Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land? V Columbus and his crew. Cloumbus was the frist to touch this new land.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Pedro say that there are six native men Cloumbus has took aborad.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

Pedro tell when they go through another land.

. Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Columbus escaping the crew

5.Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

No because Pedro sound like he like it.

416 Name: TS Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Because they wanted to Decover the island and Because they jumped OUT almost Right when They landed.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

He tells you That he was a caban Boy and gives you Detell.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

He said that columbas said they would be given 10,000 allers and sees the land on October 11 1492.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Captain Columbus Not Shure.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

I think he should because he tells you more Detail so yah he should.

A-1004 2 7 Name: KA Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

I think they were happy to land because the had thought they would get spices and stuff

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

That thare people that look like people from india so he says the place dose not look li this in the picturse

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

He says they have tand sikin and are vary cerise about thare stuff

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... land Storms people Short food cuiosty Gold Shipreck spices monsters his crew

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

V yes because he now knows what the sea is like even if thare are a lot of dangers Name: KV Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

They got off the boats and fell to their knees and thanked God for landing on solid ground.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

There are Natives and there are beaches.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

That they like honey and they think they're from God and that they like worthless beads.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... He didn't fall off the world and when he When the natives were captured and when found land and found valuable stuff on they didn't see land for a long time. North America.

5.Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

No because he saw his own people take native Americans away from there friends and family. Name: CG Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

I think Colubus and his crew were happy to land because he got on his knees and said thanksgiving for our Safe arrival. Its say diego was happy to be on land

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

we witnessed this land to be San Salvador cause itshowed he new little and little more things were coming out from behind the tree.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

That they are neked and coming out from behind the trees and coining towards them very slowly and he said they seemed nice cause the were smiling.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Finding land and seeing that it was india not getting 10,000 mavols things that the and being very happy that he found it on captain said he would give to him the eleventh of october

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

V Yes because I think he now about land and would probably like to write another exciting Journal that our class can read and I think he would like to go

A-21 430 Name: KM Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1.How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Not to fall of the edge of the world

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Pedro provids information that there was a lot of Land and Spices

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

he wants them to come Home with him to Spain.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... finding the land the people did not Go.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

yes because lie would like to get money

431

A-22 Name: JE Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Because it says that the native men weren't happy, but probablie his crew were happy to land because they were not very happy on the ship because Christopher Columbus was the caption and they probablie got bossed around all the time. I think Columbus was happy to come to land because he found native people their.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

there is a lot of clear blue water, lots of trees, warm water and a lot of native men and woman. the native people probablie like their climat because they jumped off the ship when they got put ON

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

They all were hidden behind trees then they came out naked they have long black hair. Pedros mother would close her eye's and look down but Pedro thought the girls were so beautiful he had to look at them

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... coming to land because he found indian Having Christapher Columbus take some native people their and he wanted to take of the native people and just threw them on some with him so that he can show people the ship like they were some kind of back at home. animals but they jumped off and Pedro

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

yes because he got to see stuff that he wouldn't see at home and experience that native people are not bad they are so beautiful he couldn't take his eyes off of the so called beautifid woman. I would like to go because it looks like it would be exciting to be on the ship with Christopher ColumbmS

AA3 2 Name: CP Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

Because in the story when thay landid thay thought thay where in India Christpher Clumbus thought he found a Knew roght to India. And he will go down in history.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

Pedro describs San Salvadoras a pece full Place and Puts a lot of decal into it

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

Pedro decribs the new peopol whith rather good discripson

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... Columbus was encuraged by triying to findPedro was discouraged by the Indians a new rote to India where He landid he Because thay though the wer angals of god though he was on India. And Pedro was afrad that they would not think that for long

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

I think Pedro would not like to go on exploration agen of what hapend whith Christpher Columbus voge. Becase he probbley would not whant to see the see for awinll. And so he can speend some time whith his mother befor she dies.

433

A-24 Name: AG Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

/know Columbus and his crew were happy to land because Columbus leaped out of the boat.

2.What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

The captain made a solem ceremony and formally took possession of the land for the King and Queen naming it San Salvador. It was a lush green Island with sparkling blue water.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

Beautiful strong naked people were stepping out of trees. They had tanned skin and straight black hair.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... When he saw the people. He was It discourages Pedro when he finds out encouraged to find out more about them. Columbus was going to enslave six men.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

I think Pedro would like to go on more voyages of exploration. But I think he would want to stay at least a year in San Salvador to explore first. I think he would like to explore because he would want to see all diferent kinds of people and places. He sounds like an adventurous person. Name: CK Pedro's Journal

Directions: Read the excerpt from and then answer the questions. Please use complete sentences.

1. How do you know Columbus and his crew were happy to land?

They were happy to see land by seeing two pepol and faling on ther knes and giving food and junk and old cloths some nekleses. and they fond American and could live ther and start a new land.

2. What information does Pedro provide about the land of San Salvador?

He talks aboat the whithe sand and tale trees and blue water and how the Sand buckets around ther Knees. They wer happy to see land.

3.What information does Pedro provide about the people of San Salvador?

Pepol with no cloths and with paint on and gentel bodes. They had tan Skihen: Some with Paint on ther noses and Some With Pant on ther bodevs.

4.Complete the T chart below. Compare and contrast Columbus's view with Pedro's view.

COLUMBUS PEDRO Was encouraged by... Was discouraged by... 17 I think Columbus must fel he found new I think PEDRo was discouraged by not land and that he is happy. he probele thinksfinding new land and not being abel to tel he can find gold timer. He wants to be abel his mom. Pedro thinks he can take pepol to live ther. bake to Spian. he wants to tell his mom about the pepel.

5. Do you think Pedro would be eager to go on more voyages of exploration after this experience? Why or why not?

I think he would becuas he wants to find new land and new pepol and gold So he could get rich. I also think no becas he mite not find hew land or new pepol or gold.

A-26 435 PROGRESS REPORT PrimaryGrades 1-3 HILLSBORO Hillsboro, Oregon CHOOL DISTRICT I/ Name: ACHIEVEMENT SCORING GUIDE KEY Grade Level: School Year: Exemplary - Shows exceptional application consistently 5 Advanced - Exceeds the standard Teacher: AW'; Pio 1 I cl e riftr,S h ri4thOta n da rd as expected at grade level,J.--.,i, 3 A. Meets - Shows standard in writing and speaking as expected at grade level 3 Developing - Application of content and/or skills School: 2 Emerging - Shows some application of content and/or skills

1 Beginning -Shows little or no application of knowledge or skills NA Content not taught or assessed during this grading period ATTENDANCE NE Uttle or no evidence from student Number of Days Present M Modified Instruction - see attached progress report EFFORT AND SUCCESSFUL LEARNER KEY Number of Days Absent + Consistently Demonstrates Number of Days Tardy I Usually Demonstrates 0 Rarely or Does Not Demonstrate

3'd 4th CHARACTERISTICS OF A 1" 2n0 3'd,9 MATHEMATICS 1rd SUCCESSFUL LEARNER -'- Effort t'.A..,;::\ Au.c., Persistent - Sta s with a task =... Knows basic facts Cooperative - Works and interacts well '17-7 Computation f.:"1:.:-t %s;. ,,...-1,..- Application of number theory with others ..s. Considerate - Sensitive to the feelings of Estimation others; gets along with and supports Measurement rl others Geometry Resourceful - Sorts out problems, seeks if..1!,i',-.-7----n--- Probability and statistics ,.:-;.-.,.-', r: hel ap ro riatel Pattems/algebralc relationships .:-",,;- Work Ethic - Demonstrates work habits Problem solving .1....;. to complete duties and assignments in a 1" 3rd 4IR timely manner. Daily work ,w SCIENCE s'i -4: Homework Li....4.A Effort I rr,77 Responsible - Accepts responsibility for Units of Study: own actions and behavior

Respectful - Demonstrates respect for -I self, others, rules, authoriand ro e 6 Understands and applies concepts Reflective - Thinks problems through, and processes In earth and space, life, and physical science N. gives reasons for oinions, self-evaluates Attentive - Listens well and follows SOCIAL SCIENCES lit2thi.,, 3'd 4th . . directions Effort 3r° Units of Study: READING/LITERATURE 1.1 Li Iia6 Effort :: Reads accurately using decoding I Understands and applies concepts ;-.....::',. strategies, Including honics ,, and relationships In history, civics, Vt. : zit .,.., Reads fluent1 :i-Ld geography, and economics Word meanin and context clues 747.7Z HEALTH plies skills to locate information LTSM 16(laillaiLill :,...-r.., Comprehension Z:.. Effort Units of Study: WRITING 3A=MEETS STANDARD letlkilliiillin Effort Understands and applies concepts , persuasive, imaginative Modes taught: narrative, exosito of safety, diseases, healthy and fit 1.Ideas and content g5.1 body, Informed consumer, and 2.Organization 5...;77. healthy relationships 3.Conventions ri,.7 1"11513'd 4th Voice, word choice, and sentence fluency are being taught. ART Selling (4 = proficient WIZ Effort Handwriting (legibili) (4 = proficient) riwzji3rd Lim Ei-T-3 MUSIC Elm a SPEAKING 3 .r =MEETS STANDARD iimunand Effort Effort Understands and applies con- ce ts of music liters (Gr. 3) Speaks effectively for a variety of V ( audiences and purposes PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1"EN3rd gm 4th Quarter scores denote achievement relative to end- Effort of-year standards. Sportsmanship/Behavior Grade for School Year A-27 4 3 6 BEST COPY AVAILABLE PROGRESS REPORT Intermediate - Grades 4-6 ILLSBORO Hillsboro, Oregon CHOOL DISTRICT Ir Name: 1 ACHIEVEMENT SCORING GUIDE KEY Grade Level: School Year. 6 Exemplary - Shows exceptional application consistently 5 Advanced - Exceeds the standard ';I:!,,V.10.1eht,liOi;,VS.AKtleriderci.as,expected.at grade level,::,,:-.., Teacher: 3 Developing - Application of content and/or skills 2 Emerging - Shows some application of content and/or skills School: 1 Beginning -Shows little or no application of knowledge or skills NA Content not taught or assessed during this grading period ATTENDANCE NE unto or no evidence from student ki Modified Instruction - see attached progress report Number of Days Present EFFORT AND SUCCESSFUL LEARNER KEY Number of Days Absent + Consistently Demonstrates Number of Days Tardy I Usually Demonstrates 0 Rarely or Does Not Demonstrate

MATHEMATICS 1"2 3rd 4th. CHARACTERISTICS OF A .,, 3'd 41' Effort VIM. SUCCESSFUL LEARNER - [ Knows basic facts Persistent - Sta s with a task itS ET3 Computation Cooperative - Works and Interacts well with tom? Application of number theory others . Considerate - Sensitive to the feelings of Estimation tTtlW. ...i others; gets alo with and su its others - Measurement Resourceful - Sorts out problems, seeks Geometry 1.4.1,AV he!. a..ro.riatel C.4"s Probability and statistics Work Ethic - Demonstrates work habits to Patterns/algebraic relationships complete duties and assignments In a timely 54.5. .."' I. Problem solving 'ViAt. manner: Daily work . Homework SCIENCE l't 3"I.4th. Responsible - Accepts responsibility for own actions and behavior Effort l=4. 1V Respectful - Demonstrates respect for self, Units of Study: others, rules, autho and ro

Reflective - Thinks problems through, gives a-

reasons for o . tritons, self-evaluates Understands and applies concepts ti.w.' 1. Attentive - Ustens well and follows and processes In earth and space,

directions life, and physical science 4 AV READING/LITERATURE 1't 2T1 r.'4th, SOCIAL SCIENCES 1" 3'd 4th'I Effort ETA Effort 0.3e Reads fluent! .E71 Units of Study: Word meaning and context clues irffi ..lies skills to locate information VA Com . rehension Eril Understands and applies concepts Extending understandin. and relationships In history, civics, g173 geography, and economics ,G, Text anal sis nv.:74 HEALTH WRITING l't 3- 1" 3'd Ell Effort Effort 2?.1 Ei-.7g Units of Study: Modes taught: narrative, ex..sito ,. ersuasive, imaginative Ideas and content EiTia Or. anization DM Understands and applies concepts . Voice of safety, diseases, healthy and fit P.71> Word choice ED body, Informed consumer, and Sentence fluen Era healthy relationships , Conventions r.S71.-. ART loLis3rd 4"?. S elling Effort . Handwriting (legibili) En MUSIC SPEAKING 1" r4,4 le'1511151115111 Effort Effort Apt Understands and applies con- Speaks effectively for a variety of cepts of music literacy audiences and purposes

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1'1 3rd 41h 4th Quarter scores denote achievementrelative to end- Effort of-year standards. S.ortsmanship/Behavior Skill development , Grade for School Year A-28 BEST COPYAVAILABLE C 4 3 RATER A

-- A - It Mr1F1 FIHA_ z_nn HAAA "AM R "4z2-nrOlrkf"-lAr4v-ri

LAO

, A

A...41 ,A .6.--a. -.6------46

RIVA If4, airismffli 11111111MBENIPMEMI,-

&&'

5 At Num LAMM= e. . Fe= RATER

- - ARMS III Ma rinA Winn RFA: r1741 FARMg FIF4 r4FIRri _

I I - IA r

p '

A

r

th A ' ' 4

A A 4 IIPEWEIMIr A

YA A4141A * IA 11.111Wvr Is man_m_minawal(-I 3 waft* n

10ilm11m111i1111n1111i1wa0mnuunu M1Ini1mho uninumniallfil alinrisam N.

.. -

A

.4741? P17,;-:7 or 1 r-mr 1F-1-"irAn/ AkAarikilrekirlrdik-7-igiej ,_11010fir":01 Aivailtiriggipalflellaa iPPAir wAr NG& . _711! .7J, A A. AItled .1.41017114AtilliZillkirELLM mom& ,Yr.:;:rfir.MEMrA. Asir= Aiiiiriik4ztkriirvrAter.4rA VAIRISMIEVIC r--,w,74F/wRisri:r r vmmelir- r::' .1 r 19, .1r Tir'1,.:.1r.Mr:- 1r, :1=--k r L1411. .AIBFAk..'" 0 461Vrairdr4g11111111111.111WA & r , lr .1r 711r 7 T1'fir 7.:Z ."iiirp ..7.....-.4 kirAlOtaNVAPAV.ivirairk.ii., Z A N.IIIII rnMillr..,PPY:lr "!7':4.lr V 1 'AIL, derIkt.&.:*--AiA ZrAli*A-1, v. 7. ..._ .._ rim'......

111111t1 11411111/11IiiikvwFIANNYMMISVP.1 ESAU 1111-- AIL -41 E V1:1

_ '' - S

1410.41.1 LI 11. V WIL1 1212L4L1 IA LIU IA-L1 UMW

1 ri nr s 4 .`Va

/1 1,1 :11 71 ' it tbuga u.v.v,if le Nis- 1 1 flat. ik-.ir,t, Itii:iVii' 4 P , I , army n it t'l!vi, ir7.. ; v.. _ . tAtiiill,VATAMMi la, ' 1 i I 6 . . , 4 ct705 a!Ai rt ri 11 EMIIM 0-* ' i e...../11111._ . Valli 4 FATEAULT ., r; TA .....Vail..44,Vt.ill ::1 741."It104.. U.. . )64,1:,tIkel.:...,i1P1.1::::::ikt2,

I

witunsAis S

W a . 1 IT'' ly 1 -

I a , a RATER

.- - ARAM 1717:1 IslAnr-1 a t' 01 etc 0-._b

a _ ...I .. A lo 4 - -I 4 A do .- .4 4/..;, ° - dr _ _ AV,. f A_ I ...... ad.- ,...., ._ Al 6r..., f. .0As-, -ik -Mr wasia.am_--5101F- 41111101fi--A -, .. ..APAr AI Ia. ,ii....m6.414_ _..° 4, .. A .. I Istemprwa dIPAI, al, /I .41,. A AO . ,------/..0.114'411..'W;IM WW.4/ . A, .. 4 i .111- A . -4110.-[..., A At .40-1r, .... _. . 1 ... . JIIIIr MP 'A. _ ,...... 1 ... A . AR APAR a _Ab ..' .11 Al- # . A'S a _. ii. _ - _ _SIWZr4r- AnwA24.______*ffimirw.ralt.., - Aria .aallinlir. -a a...... _AN Allear-or . f . __"...... ° .4, /IA A /4-' ... ' .....- ___ e I _4647:-`7.7"--73_11111.111105k- ..,.- _ t ..... MR . 0A A _...... Air,. kiwi. V_Arlillir.-/ d ..,As- AlrAll - z /...... 41. - e. a -1 AP a11942 - A AAt 111,0 _ ...... -'6r.-"4".._: IliallW-...... A ..r. a.. Adb, 1 _./. r-4st _ 4. _Jr,ir . AmalIabg iCia - . i'-1410." mil/-...--..f.,-_-...... _,art 4 I o Ai",F------_.- - me .114' .... Ali A .i e P ,_---_, _ ..A. ___111 I I g I% dr .f..,APA a,' IF Alinfi O.. ,.NAM?MPIt , LAI AK. .- 4, -a __A -

.4 0 _.A.- .41, L A __ ,Ar ... ,I'.'_...il - Ali _.4110 I AP AAr,,, ., - .Ii --.."0.. 41 ...--ratw v----__- _ qv,A.AlawitowICJ .11

4 A a RATER ' 2) . - I I-

V nnnri rtivAtOA-4";.: 11r, Ng: NE% - r 1:7461 iTic4++t,f4:". MR '5..v RF FIRM VAITA oppp INvortuolo .RM rImr

PI 1 Ilk aS &AA ma?

....11".'an."

11117Ali v _ loo V. -2JIg _ _ -

API "..+44.4A mg nip ..ripimalprP .7S inFlir%*Al et _.

.11 111111111111 711 ts.; :71;#61;Q641.11L 4111-7 al. twadlit.41b Ada. IP As

4.: **. - `- it.11 Pr Ir 311011 woo rim ---D*-"2;. odag.m.-2- woo MIMI al= ITV:m:1s +sm., ri'hi I r, 11111 1, IIMI OAA.. AP. 'WIA LILO. V' 111 MI= 111.11r110 IMO ...AreammrAnik low 'WA r MP:1M 111.1111. Ili:A-(5a,- Iimio"Wira NM 11111 k. apP. .1.1 1 4qi 111 NM.raw" =mos ma 0""1111111111111111111111111111111111.111 .. . .11 MOWS . D i 07.

1

RATER

Or,

. . -- - - I - NI- nmsnorIV-V07-0-7-fair AAA4.--4.-VHH-#4 nn H-_*Anr4F.IRKIA0 mm--e---snrvinfrAorovi-41.*_' $ kit r4 _-___ AH.M 4,.., __I --:---

1St- I. a . - ,O _ gi 4, _ ./ . 4 A -

Ala a la .

4 4 Am nisswarrApP"armyro P7r-iinioreming:1 h1 1momirioNWMIVI .4474 r 74f W474174

P-11111,4111/11///iww/W

/Ma

kal Ak I .

a RATER

_. - - RPM r4F1 A rirogri F.41 rirri rirIR: Fr1 F1117

fa I A *A 6 4d- a. fa iii A 1. 1111111ff"

A_ 4

, AllairWrAdi III Ing."111 & I ivi.mameIto ffr. Arm ":Tra 14/C4 ' - P111/111111iii 111011111111111111111mummumatunnuarrximffirsvilIMA. rilPA1111111111111111111MEN! WTLL IIRIRI_11111111111111B 11 1411111rMall111 ii PIIIIM11111111111111 Min IBM

A ,.I

4.7 7110-

A . ,n I . 11 : RATER

..4111 1 MAMA9 mns mn MAR MAR "01Pii

. -... ., IA ° .,-A...._-I1--- ,I1

A MIME___,..mmz,- AL A i . Ii imsr1 ' l. A I MIA A 0 1 TS 1, i AN" IPA t A, A

11- 1 I AIL -

a. .

I On

A AZ o . TIT.

I rTAirll ;-' 141/#144:1".!Th:IF-A Fliklr"

, --Atii-PAAVAPAIL411/44G.4_ . gatiLik-4-k...AAFAviSMILAlla srk-aviAlkiitaIR.41P;MEAUMP.4 _jsitaskiVQ44711-41UP:1040kliA 'AtirtakkOalkowfvm. >APAIlk_IMS ^

L , %;. ( /17* " 4 -7,7"7" v, ', ', ,740 -. ',' --IFP: e" reNtz.:.- .7""" ,wSiVilago_ v . _, , - .1; - '1.:1413,1. - - 0 J1, 0I igergiffir NW ....." o,..o. o - ; ''' ..... r ammommma.eit7wwilrekliffirayniir MEM ' _-s...--...... 27 11V4 _ aulf ., w e -sr0 I ". IfI 'I cv111111 .,-... _ r 'IV , ,--iF - r: if . / II if r0 ....w - 7,, r yr . lirala arkarwritt70

p Plif Yin. 7111 fra IrN- V WI. -IV rf MP.

'LlF21.4 :MU LIU 61 LI V WU. W. WU IA &I. LILIVW UMW WI:WU

- - - ...

?:131`ce)zi RATER Kin

. I- S nrArfn mr4,4 riiFIFIR RAM FIR rimr mrnz._ 0

1-=- ______

_ ..., _ I. Al 7, r. qd . lNNW A_APIEra. 11. 'joa j=161417177 rail I lir g fa will fil P 1 raW riejellt 1 taiiiiiai--1!'------1-r- --"wL,---- 11111111111:1111417 lir; 111117 _, UV 1rfir ml! ,9.,..fir--gramisiro WA I AZOV I-1 ..4-111WITh1'ai: ,alliilaillill.I IlLe my WI ' 11h1 I I! 1181WWAWANKM:RAFt=..:..., MI& illIPAIIMIPANITCOr7 itifiliiire:7- 1111VILe1 lle filliel!In'. MaiAlla 'PRIAM] A As 'II 11 .1111111Trallareall MIIIIIILUI I Mel/

frAi , i I- mi. Au togrminwai,"mowIMEIVIT01, fir,

.11 0'71111 LAIMILv m_ AIN ,rr war or " 4±11111BAILo .11 isome rummy'ofra RATER

I s 'Winn mr z_1701z FIFIR MAAR r4 rrri FOR RAMO

I

I

L

If

t-4

AIWAWI RATER

.0."111 . - KARR win z_MAri Flrlmr nmnFOR swannriAn

_ - -

PACto ..11./iA /A 14 .A P AA0. -RAI A - AAt _ A _1A _Ili _I Le Au 4 . A A .1 I I . A 14' %IOWA/ P.A Lt. 411C1 A & AAL1 A at,

A lb FA hi.. Ilk Al 1 ALAI; kAth

0111rA AAA', t,mo.-10-Fltk.75-94r.Przir

VII . I .1 forolorims7P4ilmrow.

A Alb I er441PW- VARA

._ 1.a II 1J AA_ AA "Or4PFONAPIIP-s. r474 rArkr4-14.V-4.07VAIMPI% . A AA k FAMOrArAnimirriwrokl_ .1 ely _4Mena- rFliniNir4rimrino A . A A roP-NNrvorirgrOAr- 411*-4r4 V l 14 . . irivvr-4_41rioriroAra. .se _ -71:14,Y171Plirir Prin . _a_ 0..a.. 4. 4, 1.4,1 45me ..1....a1K-CrigrAM A ronr" _aP.A.MMEIMITA-1101111 .AP_ AA AD 1 1 MirliFY4 KritiA..'AMER:1 V.74v4 Pi 40,01WP'Aillr A , WWI" A _ iNg A fre Itn. illErAt-' ALAIN. rag! 1 ara 1111111r AEI_ Ai10.- all I. AR' A INN as. atir.414:4, NAVARIti A 41111VE aria ' AVairWellifidg _ NNW ArmatwaustiomeisAMIL . . RATER U11 IMMO

- -. ItArtillilama - fihr010e P?.,.-.7..,,wl IWONM Ma RAMA .4iiriel 51:1; vas /jai am filial . am Wit ma RAM z__MML__ Pa; fax-.-,_ iii.v. rzts ritiOEMC-rigla MM MMM MAMA --..--iimusist1,1, OnF4F4'0-Mr-4 ::....' 1"...-ii.:-.....7,.....7-..14......

fi &A Mb

. 11. is Axiom,

IWA1 mil ,211` a rr 11 4,10, A.. 11i1FIR r4 *71 114n 74'nriMrTIMK:4,07(171111 "4:PMPRIMIRKIF101111 lrrifrolivInniro714rigrIMAinorimmar 1r4F1P1WiiiNniriels w r4dm re:4 rill rill F4.?.id,RAIir4K0740710111111rw- .0.I INIZA r4N;11;q Mr44 FrIP1111 .;.ri74:1r.4-V-1;74.0-MiNr4111 trantaamr

11151/4...4

was.- rIMMiimb a . la . Ira WiaIL if 0.4A -LitsOo. A s AAAdluk 4 ON d .- ..1120

I I. 0

kit . . . 40, 4.: 1

1

4 5 4 RATER NI 11111

..-"411111111..11.";411.111111141._

.- I - - ---.40011114111e I MAR garantwrir I4 rim FAM r4 Mikw." -.4111111111t-*11161X1A _0009' .411111111111111MIK ------_ _

& A. LA 'le Itt

inn SA A a *. IA 411 .. 101.41 1A, A,' 4

SII I. &A.' AA t ..11 £

A.-1- ,MMILIWAIr dal 114la-1`

AALAA-' A PD 4

21111EVA., ATM d

Or 0 AI A I A allD. A rk: a, Vi\A, fs J- 1-0c .461-j'n ¶1"4- taviv4-woCr-- 6 /al )e,-a.,vs- 4-Ty tckoc,rE (.1001/4SY1 roaryl, S 6 sv-0,00°1t 6.`6 r. vtokA.-4edr-v1 Gomos. 4-- ,Arul ,,t,a0- If Arl') 1 elJ /\JrAx.44-9 cruck.11,1 v,\c-Qcccure, {\ A-tf \ivevo04.0-iuj Scti-)a-refrg n 174Q2._ \(0> heNt5a0.d irrioundlis as

1

BEST COPYAVAILABLE

(j45 A-58 L " - RAMA MMM MAMA mg MAR MAR mA m-An

i IP A h. AA At SI

A Au I ' 40.10A0lAidi

, A -_, a c 1 _I a a Alt

-a k.1 A e 4 NM", . , girlbArl- AMC! 4 A 1 iti - 4 i:"%1747,4141'n Niqlrir:07-0.74r-44nr:olt-4 !:ilr4PF4P4P.i py471yfr. F17.7-4 -prl-74Friri:40"2.71Fr4Pri r4r4P50;71ri"Ni7"4-inr-4 rrqc 174 Pi pdf;;774 rit74 1=s-e. Pri !"it V-44 r>"'A iqr4 F-74 rAir4 r V4-Priq I ;"4 111 -r;( 10-4 Fr:4 ;7474v4F7Ar4 NP4Vii7r:Critr07.4174!'4**7-1 tr4 ic°4 V7A P41" cw4 t°741.'r-4 :74 ir-4- VViiP:f7:41.M INir4i°1741,*-1 r!4.1 )7.°T.iFb-4741;ev44 tin ->74i.---4w4r4r1-frorivw41 1.T.4 iw4 li7:4 W7414.4*0141iN ,*71- Zr4 i'""41 74 ;v4 .1r4 174 i4,7:4+:74aft Fr411 r41 b74 ;w4 .v4 74 r'Ar44AiNPV7Plirr4inrif'44 FrA :!r4 i474. t741740r4irnr-wwq r4frigii,"4.P.'4.**14Nr ronf-4 ).rik;v4iiwo70741;74! v:w4NINNi'""4 v;P;i to°4 Fr-4 %;74k t VON Areajzirrior- rdt-4Nrirge4r4111* 1.!:'c".o7,1tilV4174rVrg":4N i if; NAIrT`401741)7-43;9',47,67-41. tii`':'4FiP-74111114 . ff ;*4 NiNver4N1IrIlisw417-4itr4 .)14 rVi i4V4 ti**4 ? , , r4k=4.-0474iv474111f1PrANNzfirlilAVI-717 ._

Pr4 0;v4 rft r rs4 rz4 -I 11 I . , , (...._ '...1 i ; ,,tiir i . .,.. l''"did.0 i/ :', 7. _ 4. / .

,I . I ..r. . :..._\..:..., : sis:-7_:-ji r e.... i,..7.. 0 /1 C., 1-r : 0 011. . c c).- ....-

., , -- . ._ ,-- i.1 .-ss c ,...) .- h.: ...)--- c ..) r (q h.+, r 1 1 /. . .. 1 IN )(4 r ci 1 7fpiiCo:thil,.. .-iie, (--%irea,Citng-Aan)

--), Li )nthc,-)Sc...,_,, 1 th,..3'..f2-/ a--ica:S'- i--)-1± Tour ...... ,.... -i' i ,'''' ,.'}'-, 1 n in, s ., -,,ii ,'c., -,; y, s.:-.-- ,...7 -1.--'41----C 1 -1-hccf a r,- 1-h61 O(/ can c,.norlbar,5 r IcCk fiU.StC410, I doUdy\ t vpr "4PP-A j Thud-is how .(3e;fkhQd swQr.

01 ..1441 112'..411111,..4.1 A Mr4.04fl: ori prlyi

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

458

A-60 ei EiN CM PS C 1,, 5-1-u. ci e, ,...-f Ac 5 L J/ 4/ sE 5 Li L/ 4/ I-/ 5A 5 3 3 3 I al) 5 3- 5 Li hi GR I 0 .2 3 / G LA 5 41 44 Li 3 KW 5 Ai 3 a .2 M E. 5" Li h/ 11 NE 5 Li 3 .2. PA 1 .2 ...1 / MO 5 5 il3

OD I I I / -re. 5 4-4 41 iv V v4 5 5 1 I d, el c.) I V IA 5 q il 3 /

3.° Avexay .i-I 5.53."I 0' I sis/a.z a 0 14'5 a 9 g 7 4/ 3'5 0 I a hi A 02 15 0 3 3 3 0/

/ 5 4 1 1 i 7

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

459 A-61 rtNATHEMATICALIgi,t0BLEK,SOLVINGVisaRrAteaMM. Conceptual Understanding Processes and Strategies Students will: Students will: use pictures, models, diagrams, and symbols to select and use mathematical strategies. Apply show main mathematical concepts in the graphic and/or numeric models to solve the problem. problem. select and use relevant information in the problem to solve it.

Communication Verification Students will: Students will: A. communicate the solution with clear reasoning review the work (calculations and strategies) to applicable to the problem. verify the accuracy and reasonableness of the results.

15.08#064211415M Expressions and Equations Representations of Mathematical Relationships Use variables and open sentences to express algebraic Represent and describe relationships among quantities relationships. using words, tables, graphs, and rules. Represent how a Emphasis is on simple, single-step relationships. Open change in one quantity can result in a change in another. sentences model single operations - addition, Recognize, create, describe, and extend a wide variety of subtraction, multiplication, and division of whole numeric and geometric patterns. numbers. Students will be asked to interpret: two-column tables. bar graphs. Cartesian graphs (first quadrant). number sentences. written descriptions of the relationship. Students will: supply an element that is missing from a pattern. identify an element that does not belong in a pattern. choose a written description that explains how to generate the pattern in a single step. reproduce a pattern in another format. create a pattern that models an everyday event. communicate/write about mathematical relationships and patterning. Patterns could be generated in a variety of ways: addition, subtraction, multiplication and division of whole numbers. addition of decimals to the hundredths. relationships between the numerator and denominator of a fraction using common multiples or factors. monetary relationships. 4 arrangements of two-or tree dimensional geometric figures. relationships among component parts of geometric 4 figures. BEST COPY AVAILABLE write relationships using<,>,=.

A-63 MA/Math/By Grade/Fifth/8/26/99 46U OREGON STATE STANDARDS

READING MATHEMATICS

Grade Meets Exceeds Meets Exceeds

2* 191 206 191 206 3 201 215 202 215 4* 208 223 209 223 5 215 231 215 231 6* 221 235 221 235 7* 226 237 226 237 8 231 239 231 239 9* 236 245 236 245 10 239 249 239 249

* Computed for this grade by MEB

1998 Ore!on RIT-Score Avera!es b Grade Grade Reading Mathematics 2 199.0 195.0

3 209.0 205.0 4 213.5 211.5

5 . 218.0 218.0 6 222.0 222.3

7 226.0 226.7

8 230.0 231.0

9 232.5 232.0 10 235.0 233.0

11 237.0 234.0 12 237.0 234.0

BEST COPYAVAILABLE A-64 Resources for Improving Reading Instruction

Elementary School Adams, M.J. (1990). Beginning to read: thinking and learning about print. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Allington, R.L., & Cunningham, P.M. (1996). Schools that work: where all children read and write. New York, NY: HarperCollins.

Brown, H., & Cambourne, B. (1990). Read and retell: a strategy for the whole-language/natural learning classroom. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Clay, M.M. (1972). The early detection of reading difficulties: a diagnostic survey with recovery procedures. Exeter, NH: Heinemann.

Clay, M.M. (1991). Becoming literate: the construction of inner control. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Clay, M.M. (1993). An observation survey of early literacy achievement. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Fountas, I.C., & Pinnell, G.S. (1996). Guided reading: good first teaching for all children. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Gambrell, L.B. (1996). What research reveals about discussion. In L.B. Ganbrell & J.F. Almasi (Eds.). Lively discussions! Fostering engaged reading. Newark, DE: International Reading Association.

Juel, C. (1991). Beginning reading. In R. Barr, M.L. Kamil, P. Mosenthal, & P.D. Pearson (Eds.). Handbook of reading research, volume 2. White Plains, NY: Longman.

Juel, C. (1994). Learning to read and write in one elementary school. New York, NY: Springer- Verlag.

Moustafa, M. (1997). Beyond traditional phonics: research discoveries and reading instruction.

Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann. .

Rhodes, L.K. (1993). Literacy assessment: a handbook of instruments. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Rhodes, L.K., & Dudley-Marling, C. (1996). Readers and writers with a difference: a holistic approach to teaching struggling readers and writers (2'1 ed.). Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann. Routman, R. (1991). Invitations: changing as teachers and learners k-12. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Routman, R. (1996). Literacy at the crossroads: crucial talk about reading, writing, and other teaching dilemmas. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Middle and High School Afflerbach, P.P., & Johnston, P.H. (1986). What do expert readers do when the main idea is not explicit? In J.F. Baumann, (Ed.), Teaching main idea comprehension. Newark, DE: International Reading Association.

Allen, J. (1995). It's never too late: leading adolescents to lifelong literacy. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Allen, J., & Gonzalez, K. (1998). There's room for me here: literacy workshop in the middle school. York, ME: Stenhouse.

Atwell, N. (1998). In the middle: new understandings about writing, reading and learning (2nd ed.). Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook.

Baumann, J.F. (1986). The direct instruction of main idea comprehension ability. In J.F. Baumann (Ed.). Teaching main idea comprehension. Newark, DE: International Reading Association.

Beane, J. (1993). A middle school curriculum: from rhetoric to reality (2nd ed.). Columbus, OH: National Middle School Association.

Billmeyer, R. (1996). Teaching reading in the content areas. Aurora, CO: Mid Continent Regional Educational Laboratory.

Campbell Hill, B., Johnson, N.J., & Schlick Noe, K. (1995). Literature circle and response. Norwood, MA: Christopher-Gordon.

Daniels, H. (1994). Literature circles: voice & choice in the student-centered classroom. York, ME: Stenhouse.

Daniels, H., & Bizar, M. (1998). Methods that matter: six structures for best practice. York, ME: Stenhouse.

Guthrie, J., & Alvermann, D. (Eds.) (1999). Engaged reading: processes, practices and policy implications. New York: Teachers College Press.

Krogness, M.M. (1995). Just teach me, Mrs. K.: talking, reading, and writing with resistant adolescent learners. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Moore, J.N. (1997). Interpreting young adult literature. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

4 6666 Rhodes, L.K. (1993). Literacy assessment: a handbook of instruments. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Rhodes, L.K., & Marling, C.D. (1996). Readers and writers with a difference. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Smagorinsky, P. (1996). Standards in practice, grades 9-12. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English..

Weaver, C. (1996). Teaching grammar in context. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Wilhelm J.D. (1996). Standards in practice grades 6-8. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Wilhelm, J.D. (1997). "You gotta BE the book: teaching engaged and reflective reading with adolescents. (Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English and Teachers College Press.

Professional Development Braunger, J., & Lewis, J.P. (1997). Building a knowledge base in reading. Portland, OR: Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory, National Council of Teachers of English and International Reading Association.

Joyce, B., & Showers, B. (1980). Improving inservice training: the messages of research. Educational Leadership, 37(5),.379-385.

Joyce, B., & Showers, B. (1995) Student achievement through staff development: fundamentals of school renewal (2nd ed.). White Plains, NY: Longman.

Palincsar, A.S. (1987). Reciprocal teaching: can student discussion boost comprehension? Instructor, 96(5), 56-60.

Schmoker, M. (1996). Results: the key to continuous school improvement. Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

Slavin, R.E. (1990). Cooperative learning: theomy, research, and practice. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Snow, C.E., Burns, M.S., & Griffin, P. (Eds.) (1998). Preventing reading difficulties in young children. Washington, DC: National Academy Press. TM031977

U.S. Department of Education Office of Educational Research and Improvement (OERI) National Library of Education (NLE) RIC Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC)

NOTICE

Reproduction Basis

This document is covered by a signed "ReproductionRelease (Blanket) form (on file within the ERIC system), encompassing all or classes of documents fromits source organization and, therefore, does not require a "Specific Document" Release form.

This document is Federally-funded, or carries its own permission to reproduce, or is otherwise in the public domain and, therefore, may be reproduced by ERIC without a signed Reproduction Release form (either "Specific Document" or "Blanket").

EFF-089 (3/2000)